Sample records for antihypertrophic molecular switch

  1. Molecular Rotors as Switches

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kang L. Wang


    Full Text Available The use of a functional molecular unit acting as a state variable provides an attractive alternative for the next generations of nanoscale electronics. It may help overcome the limits of conventional MOSFETd due to their potential scalability, low-cost, low variability, and highly integratable characteristics as well as the capability to exploit bottom-up self-assembly processes. This bottom-up construction and the operation of nanoscale machines/devices, in which the molecular motion can be controlled to perform functions, have been studied for their functionalities. Being triggered by external stimuli such as light, electricity or chemical reagents, these devices have shown various functions including those of diodes, rectifiers, memories, resonant tunnel junctions and single settable molecular switches that can be electronically configured for logic gates. Molecule-specific electronic switching has also been reported for several of these device structures, including nanopores containing oligo(phenylene ethynylene monolayers, and planar junctions incorporating rotaxane and catenane monolayers for the construction and operation of complex molecular machines. A specific electrically driven surface mounted molecular rotor is described in detail in this review. The rotor is comprised of a monolayer of redox-active ligated copper compounds sandwiched between a gold electrode and a highly-doped P+ Si. This electrically driven sandwich-type monolayer molecular rotor device showed an on/off ratio of approximately 104, a read window of about 2.5 V, and a retention time of greater than 104 s. The rotation speed of this type of molecular rotor has been reported to be in the picosecond timescale, which provides a potential of high switching speed applications. Current-voltage spectroscopy (I-V revealed a temperature-dependent negative differential resistance (NDR associated with the device. The analysis of the device

  2. EDITORIAL: Molecular switches at surfaces Molecular switches at surfaces (United States)

    Weinelt, Martin; von Oppen, Felix


    In nature, molecules exploit interaction with their environment to realize complex functionalities on the nanometer length scale. Physical, chemical and/or biological specificity is frequently achieved by the switching of molecules between microscopically different states. Paradigmatic examples are the energy production in proton pumps of bacteria or the signal conversion in human vision, which rely on switching molecules between different configurations or conformations by external stimuli. The remarkable reproducibility and unparalleled fatigue resistance of these natural processes makes it highly desirable to emulate nature and develop artificial systems with molecular functionalities. A promising avenue towards this goal is to anchor the molecular switches at surfaces, offering new pathways to control their functional properties, to apply electrical contacts, or to integrate switches into larger systems. Anchoring at surfaces allows one to access the full range from individual molecular switches to self-assembled monolayers of well-defined geometry and to customize the coupling between molecules and substrate or between adsorbed molecules. Progress in this field requires both synthesis and preparation of appropriate molecular systems and control over suitable external stimuli, such as light, heat, or electrical currents. To optimize switching and generate function, it is essential to unravel the geometric structure, the electronic properties and the dynamic interactions of the molecular switches on surfaces. This special section, Molecular Switches at Surfaces, collects 17 contributions describing different aspects of this research field. They analyze elementary processes, both in single molecules and in ensembles of molecules, which involve molecular switching and concomitant changes of optical, electronic, or magnetic properties. Two topical reviews summarize the current status, including both challenges and achievements in the field of molecular switches on

  3. Molecular DNA switches and DNA chips (United States)

    Sabanayagam, Chandran R.; Berkey, Cristin; Lavi, Uri; Cantor, Charles R.; Smith, Cassandra L.


    We present an assay to detect single-nucleotide polymorphisms on a chip using molecular DNA switches and isothermal rolling- circle amplification. The basic principle behind the switch is an allele-specific oligonucleotide circularization, mediated by DNA ligase. A DNA switch is closed when perfect hybridization between the probe oligonucleotide and target DNA allows ligase to covalently circularize the probe. Mismatches around the ligation site prevent probe circularization, resulting in an open switch. DNA polymerase is then used to preferentially amplify the closed switches, via rolling-circle amplification. The stringency of the molecular switches yields 102 - 103 fold discrimination between matched and mismatched sequences.

  4. Molecular switches and motors on surfaces. (United States)

    Pathem, Bala Krishna; Claridge, Shelley A; Zheng, Yue Bing; Weiss, Paul S


    Molecular switches and motors respond structurally, electronically, optically, and/or mechanically to external stimuli, testing and potentially enabling extreme miniaturization of optoelectronic devices, nanoelectromechanical systems, and medical devices. The assembly of motors and switches on surfaces makes it possible both to measure the properties of individual molecules as they relate to their environment and to couple function between assembled molecules. In this review, we discuss recent progress in assembling molecular switches and motors on surfaces, measuring static and dynamic structures, understanding switching mechanisms, and constructing functional molecular materials and devices. As demonstrative examples, we choose a representative molecule from three commonly studied classes including molecular switches, photochromic molecules, and mechanically interlocked molecules. We conclude by offering perspectives on the future of molecular switches and motors on surfaces.

  5. Chiroptical Molecular Switches 1; Principles and Syntheses.

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Lange, Ben de; Jager, Wolter F.; Feringa, Bernard


    The concept and the synthesis of the basic molecules for a chiroptical molecular switch are described. This molecular switch is based on photochemical interconversion of two bistable forms of chiral sterically overcrowded olefins. A large variety of these alkenes with different properties have been

  6. Transcriptional regulation of cardiac genes balance pro- and anti-hypertrophic mechanisms in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nina Gennebäck


    Full Text Available Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM is characterized by unexplained left ventricular hypertrophy. HCM is often hereditary, but our knowledge of the mechanisms leading from mutation to phenotype is incomplete. The transcriptional expression patterns in the myocar - dium of HCM patients may contribute to understanding the mechanisms that drive and stabilize the hypertrophy. Cardiac myectomies/biopsies from 8 patients with hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy (HOCM and 5 controls were studied with whole genome Illumina microarray gene expression (detecting 18 189 mRNA. When comparing HOCM myocardium to controls, there was significant transcriptional down-regulation of the MYH6, EGR1, APOB and FOS genes, and significant transcriptional up-regulation of the ACE2, JAK2, NPPA (ANP, APOA1 and HDAC5 genes. The transcriptional regulation revealed both pro- and anti-hypertrophic mechanisms. The pro-hypertrophic response was explained by the transcriptional down-regulation of MYH6, indicating that the switch to the fetal gene program is maintained, and the transcriptional up-regulation of JAK2 in the JAK-STAT pathway. The anti-hypertrophic response was seen as a transcriptional down-regulation of the immediate early genes (IEGs, FOS and EGR1, and a transcriptional up-regulation of ACE2 and HDAC5. This can be interpreted as a transcriptional endogenous protection system in the heart of the HOCM patients, neither growing nor suppressing the already hypertrophic myocardium.

  7. Fine tuning of molecular rotor function in photochemical molecular switches

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    ter Wiel, Matthijs K. J.; Feringa, Ben L.


    Molecular switches are used as scaffolds for the construction of controlled molecular rotors. The internal position of the switching entity in the molecule controls the dynamic behaviour of the rotor moiety in the molecule. Six new molecular motors with o-xylyl rotor moieties were prepared on the ba

  8. A nanoplasmonic switch based on molecular machines

    KAUST Repository

    Zheng, Yue Bing


    We aim to develop a molecular-machine-driven nanoplasmonic switch for its use in future nanophotonic integrated circuits (ICs) that have applications in optical communication, information processing, biological and chemical sensing. Experimental data show that an Au nanodisk array, coated with rotaxane molecular machines, switches its localized surface plasmon resonances (LSPR) reversibly when it is exposed to chemical oxidants and reductants. Conversely, bare Au nanodisks and disks coated with mechanically inert control compounds, do not display the same switching behavior. Along with calculations based on time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT), these observations suggest that the nanoscale movements within surface-bound "molecular machines" can be used as the active components in plasmonic devices. ©2009 IEEE.

  9. Active Molecular Plasmonics: Controlling Plasmon Resonances with Molecular Switches

    KAUST Repository

    Zheng, Yue Bing


    A gold nanodisk array, coated with bistable, redox-controllable [2]rotaxane molecules, when exposed to chemical oxidants and reductants, undergoes switching of its plasmonic properties reversibly. By contrast, (i) bare gold nanodisks and (ii) disks coated with a redox-active, but mechanically inert, control compound do not display surface-plasmon-based switching. Along with calculations based on time-dependent density functional theory, these experimental observations suggest that the nanoscale movements within surface-bound “molecular machines” can be used as the active components in plasmonic devices.

  10. The Art of Building Small : From Molecular Switches to Molecular Motors

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, Bernard


    Molecular switches and motors are essential components of artificial molecular machines. In this perspective, we discuss progress in our design, synthesis, and functioning of photochemical and electrochemical switches and chemical and light-driven molecular motors. Special emphasis is given to the c

  11. The art of building small : From molecular switches to molecular motors

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, Ben L.


    Molecular switches and motors are essential components of artificial molecular machines. In this perspective, we discuss progress in our design, synthesis, and functioning of photochemical and electrochemical switches and chemical and light-driven molecular motors. Special emphasis is given to the c

  12. Tetrapodal molecular switches and motors: synthesis and photochemistry. (United States)

    Chen, Kuang-Yen; Wezenberg, Sander J; Carroll, Gregory T; London, Gábor; Kistemaker, Jos C M; Pijper, Thomas C; Feringa, Ben L


    The design, synthesis, and dynamic behavior of a series of novel tetrapodal molecular switches and motors containing common functional groups for attachment to various inorganic and organic surfaces are presented. Using a Diels-Alder reaction, an anthracene unit with four functionalized alkyl substituents ("legs") was coupled to maleimide-functionalized molecular switches or motors under ambient conditions. Terminal functional groups at the "legs" include thioacetates and azides, making these switches and motors ideal candidates for attachment to metallic or alkyne-functionalized surfaces. UV/vis absorption spectroscopy shows that the molecular switches and motors retain their ability to undergo reversible photoinduced and/or thermally induced structural changes after attachment to the tetrapodal anthracene.

  13. Electronic transport properties of a quinone-based molecular switch (United States)

    Zheng, Ya-Peng; Bian, Bao-An; Yuan, Pei-Pei


    In this paper, we carried out first-principles calculations based on density functional theory and non-equilibrium Green's function to investigate the electronic transport properties of a quinone-based molecule sandwiched between two Au electrodes. The molecular switch can be reversibly switched between the reduced hydroquinone (HQ) and oxidized quinone (Q) states via redox reactions. The switching behavior of two forms is analyzed through their I- V curves, transmission spectra and molecular projected self-consistent Hamiltonian at zero bias. Then we discuss the transmission spectra of the HQ and Q forms at different bias, and explain the oscillation of current according to the transmission eigenstates of LUMO energy level for Q form. The results suggest that this kind of a quinone-based molecule is usable as one of the good candidates for redox-controlled molecular switches.

  14. Polymer Alignment Behavior with Molecular Switching of Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal (United States)

    Murashige, Takeshi; Fujikake, Hideo; Sato, Hiroto; Kikuchi, Hiroshi; Kurita, Taiichiro; Sato, Fumio


    This paper describes the molecular alignment behavior of polymer networks with switching of a ferroelectric liquid crystal (FLC) in a molecularly aligned FLC/polymer composite film. The polymer alignment in the composite film, which was slowly formed by photopolymerization-induced phase separation of a heated nematic-phase solution of FLC and monomers, was observed by polarization Raman spectral microscopy. Raman peak intensities originating from the polymers were changed with those from the FLC, when the applied voltage polarity was changed. The trace patterns of the Raman peak intensity with in-plane rotation of the composite film indicated that the formed flexible polymers can follow FLC molecular switching.

  15. Synthetic light-activated molecular switches and motors on surfaces

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Katsonis, Nathalie; Lubomska, Monika; Pollard, Michael M.; Feringa, Ben L.; Rudolf, Petra


    Recent advances in synthetic methods and analysis techniques provide a basis for the construction and characterization of organized arrays of molecular switches and motors on surfaces. Among them, molecular systems that can be controlled by light are particularly promising because of their ease of a

  16. Molecular magnetic switch for a metallofullerene


    Bo WU; Wang, Taishan; Feng, Yongqiang; Zhang, Zhuxia; Jiang,Li; Wang, Chunru


    The endohedral fullerenes lead to well-protected internal species by the fullerene cages, and even highly reactive radicals can be stabilized. However, the manipulation of the magnetic properties of these radicals from outside remains challenging. Here we report a system of a paramagnetic metallofullerene Sc3C2@C80 connected to a nitroxide radical, to achieve the remote control of the magnetic properties of the metallofullerene. The remote nitroxide group serves as a magnetic switch for the e...

  17. Molecular magnetic switch for a metallofullerene (United States)

    Wu, Bo; Wang, Taishan; Feng, Yongqiang; Zhang, Zhuxia; Jiang, Li; Wang, Chunru


    The endohedral fullerenes lead to well-protected internal species by the fullerene cages, and even highly reactive radicals can be stabilized. However, the manipulation of the magnetic properties of these radicals from outside remains challenging. Here we report a system of a paramagnetic metallofullerene Sc3C2@C80 connected to a nitroxide radical, to achieve the remote control of the magnetic properties of the metallofullerene. The remote nitroxide group serves as a magnetic switch for the electronic spin resonance (ESR) signals of Sc3C2@C80 via spin–spin interactions. Briefly, the nitroxide radical group can ‘switch off’ the ESR signals of the Sc3C2@C80 moiety. Moreover, the strength of spin–spin interactions between Sc3C2@C80 and the nitroxide group can be manipulated by changing the distance between these two spin centres. In addition, the ESR signals of the Sc3C2@C80 moiety can be switched on at low temperatures through weakened spin–lattice interactions. PMID:25732144

  18. Phosphorylation: The Molecular Switch of Double-Strand Break Repair

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K. C. Summers


    Full Text Available Repair of double-stranded breaks (DSBs is vital to maintaining genomic stability. In mammalian cells, DSBs are resolved in one of the following complex repair pathways: nonhomologous end-joining (NHEJ, homologous recombination (HR, or the inclusive DNA damage response (DDR. These repair pathways rely on factors that utilize reversible phosphorylation of proteins as molecular switches to regulate DNA repair. Many of these molecular switches overlap and play key roles in multiple pathways. For example, the NHEJ pathway and the DDR both utilize DNA-PK phosphorylation, whereas the HR pathway mediates repair with phosphorylation of RPA2, BRCA1, and BRCA2. Also, the DDR pathway utilizes the kinases ATM and ATR, as well as the phosphorylation of H2AX and MDC1. Together, these molecular switches regulate repair of DSBs by aiding in DSB recognition, pathway initiation, recruitment of repair factors, and the maintenance of repair mechanisms.

  19. Monitoring Gene Expression In Vivo with Nucleic Acid Molecular Switches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    David C. Ward; Patricia Bray-Ward


    The overall objectives of this project were (1) to develop allosteric ribozymes capable of acting as molecular switches for monitoring the levels of both wild-type and mutant mRNA species in living cells and whole animals and (2) to develop highly efficient reagents to deliver nucleic acid molecular switches into living cells, tissues and animals with the ultimate goal of expression profiling specific mRNAs of diagnostic or prognostic value within tumors in animals. During the past year, we have moved our laboratory to Nevada and in the moving process we have lost electronic and paper copies of prior progress reports concerning the construction and biological properties of the molecular switches. Since there was minimal progress during the last year on molecular switches, we are relying on past project reports to provide a summary of our data on this facet of the grant. Here we are summarizing the work done on the delivery reagents and their application to inducing mutations in living cells, which will include work done during the no cost extension.

  20. Dissipation enhanced vibrational sensing in an olfactory molecular switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chęcińska, Agata; Heaney, Libby [Centre for Quantum Technologies, National University of Singapore, Singapore 117543 (Singapore); Pollock, Felix A. [Atomic and Laser Physics, Clarendon Laboratory, University of Oxford, Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3PU (United Kingdom); Nazir, Ahsan [Photon Science Institute and School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PL (United Kingdom); Centre for Quantum Dynamics, Imperial College London, London SW7 2AZ (United Kingdom)


    Motivated by a proposed olfactory mechanism based on a vibrationally activated molecular switch, we study electron transport within a donor-acceptor pair that is coupled to a vibrational mode and embedded in a surrounding environment. We derive a polaron master equation with which we study the dynamics of both the electronic and vibrational degrees of freedom beyond previously employed semiclassical (Marcus-Jortner) rate analyses. We show (i) that in the absence of explicit dissipation of the vibrational mode, the semiclassical approach is generally unable to capture the dynamics predicted by our master equation due to both its assumption of one-way (exponential) electron transfer from donor to acceptor and its neglect of the spectral details of the environment; (ii) that by additionally allowing strong dissipation to act on the odorant vibrational mode, we can recover exponential electron transfer, though typically at a rate that differs from that given by the Marcus-Jortner expression; (iii) that the ability of the molecular switch to discriminate between the presence and absence of the odorant, and its sensitivity to the odorant vibrational frequency, is enhanced significantly in this strong dissipation regime, when compared to the case without mode dissipation; and (iv) that details of the environment absent from previous Marcus-Jortner analyses can also dramatically alter the sensitivity of the molecular switch, in particular, allowing its frequency resolution to be improved. Our results thus demonstrate the constructive role dissipation can play in facilitating sensitive and selective operation in molecular switch devices, as well as the inadequacy of semiclassical rate equations in analysing such behaviour over a wide range of parameters.

  1. Molecular switching analyzed with sub-molecular precision: CuPc on Cu(111)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schaffert, Johannes; Cottin, Maren; Sonntag, Andreas; Karacuban, Hatice; Bobisch, Christian; Moeller, Rolf [Faculty of Physics, Center for Nanointegration Duisburg-Essen, University of Duisburg-Essen, 47048 Duisburg (Germany); Lorente, Nicolas [Centro de Investigacion en Nanociencia y Nanotecnologia, Campus de la Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona, 08193 Bellaterra (Spain)


    The current fluctuations in Scanning Tunneling Microscopy and Spectroscopy have been analyzed in real time using special analogue electronics. This type of Scanning Action Microscopy technique allows to map topography and switching processes simultaneously. For the Cu-Phthalocyanine (CuPc) molecule on Cu(111), switching between two states is observed. The switching frequency, the switching amplitude and the ratio between the residence times in the observed states can be studied with Angstrom spacial resolution. Spectroscopic data obtained at 7 K yields information about the involved electronic states. Based on the experimental data as well as DFT calculations a model is presented. The CuPc molecule switches between different adsorption configurations, which are attributed to different angles of molecular rotation on the Cu(111) surface.

  2. Light-Triggered Control of Plasmonic Refraction and Group Delay by Photochromic Molecular Switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Großmann, Malte; Klick, Alwin; Lemke, Christoph


    An interface supporting plasmonic switching is prepared from a gold substrate coated with a polymerfilm doped with photochromic molecular switches. A reversible light-induced change in the surface plasmon polariton dispersion curve of the interface is experimentally demonstrated, evidencing...... reversible switching of the surface plasmon polariton group and phase velocity. The switching capabilities of the interface are furthermore successfully applied to achieve focus control of a plasmonic lens. The results imply the realization of nonvolatile and reversible plasmonic switching units providing...

  3. Switching Dynamics in Reaction Networks Induced by Molecular Discreteness

    CERN Document Server

    Togashi, Y; Kaneko, Kunihiko; Togashi, Yuichi


    To study the fluctuations and dynamics in chemical reaction processes, stochastic differential equations based on the rate equation involving chemical concentrations are often adopted. When the number of molecules is very small, however, the discreteness in the number of molecules cannot be neglected since the number of molecules must be an integer. This discreteness can be important in biochemical reactions, where the total number of molecules is not significantly larger than the number of chemical species. To elucidate the effects of such discreteness, we study autocatalytic reaction systems comprising several chemical species through stochastic particle simulations. The generation of novel states is observed; it is caused by the extinction of some molecular species due to the discreteness in their number. We demonstrate that the reaction dynamics are switched by a single molecule, which leads to the reconstruction of the acting network structure. We also show the strong dependence of the chemical concentra...

  4. Electronic Transport Properties of a Naphthopyran-Based Optical Molecular Switch:an ab initio Study

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    XIA Cai-Juan; LIU De-Sheng; ZHANG Ying-Tang


    The electronic transport properties of a. Naphthopyran-based molecular optical switch are investigated by using the nonequilibrium Green's Function formalism combined with first-principles density functional theory. The molecule that comprises the switch can convert between its open and closed forms upon photoexcitation. Theoretical results show that the current through the open form is significantly larger than that through the closed form, which is different from other optical switches based on ring-opening reactions of the molecular bridge. The maximum on-off ratio (about 90) can be obtained at 1.4 V. The physical origin of the switching behavior is interpreted based on the spatial distributions of molecular orbitals and the HOMO-LUMO gap. Our result shows that the naphthopyran-based molecule is a good candidate for optical molecular switches and will be useful in the near future.%@@ ronic transport properties of a naphthopyran-based molecular optical switch are investigated by using the nonequilibrium Green's function formalism combined with first-principles density functional theory.The molecule that comprises the switch can convert between its open and closed forms upon photoexcitation.Theoretical results show that the current through the open form is significantly larger than that through the closed form,which is different from other optical switches based on ring-opening reactions of the molecular bridge.The maximum on-off ratio(about 90)can be obtained at 1.4 V.The physical origin of the switching behavior is interpreted based on the spatial distributions of molecular orbitals and the HOMO-LUMO gap.Our result shows that the naphthopyran-based molecule is a good candidate for optical molecular switches and will be useful in the near future.

  5. An Electrically Driven and Readable Molecular Monolayer Switch Based on a Solid Electrolyte. (United States)

    Marchante, Elena; Crivillers, Núria; Buhl, Moritz; Veciana, Jaume; Mas-Torrent, Marta


    The potential application of molecular switches as active elements in information storage has been demonstrated through numerous works. Importantly, such switching capabilities have also been reported for self-assembled monolayers (SAMs). SAMs of electroactive molecules have recently been exploited as electrochemical switches. Typically, the state of these switches could be read out through their optical and/or magnetic response. These output reading processes are difficult to integrate into devices, and furthermore, there is a need to use liquid environments for switching the redox-active molecular systems. In this work, both of these challenges were overcome by using an ionic gel as the electrolyte medium, which led to an unprecedented solid-state device based on a single molecular layer. Moreover, electrochemical impedance has been successfully exploited as the output of the system.

  6. Asymmetric stochastic switching driven by intrinsic molecular noise.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    David Frigola

    Full Text Available Low-copy-number molecules are involved in many functions in cells. The intrinsic fluctuations of these numbers can enable stochastic switching between multiple steady states, inducing phenotypic variability. Herein we present a theoretical and computational study based on Master Equations and Fokker-Planck and Langevin descriptions of stochastic switching for a genetic circuit of autoactivation. We show that in this circuit the intrinsic fluctuations arising from low-copy numbers, which are inherently state-dependent, drive asymmetric switching. These theoretical results are consistent with experimental data that have been reported for the bistable system of the gallactose signaling network in yeast. Our study unravels that intrinsic fluctuations, while not required to describe bistability, are fundamental to understand stochastic switching and the dynamical relative stability of multiple states.

  7. Molecular modeling and molecular dynamics simulation of the polarization switching phenomena in the ferroelectric polymers PVDF at the nanoscale

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bystrov, V.S., E-mail: [Department of Materials and Ceramic Engineering and CICECO, University of Aveiro, 3810-193 Aveiro (Portugal); Institute of Mathematical Problems of Biology RAS, 142290, Pushchino (Russian Federation)


    The molecular modeling and molecular dynamics of polarization switching for the ferroelectric films model of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) are investigated at the nanoscale. We consider a molecular model of PVDF film, consisting of two and four a chains [–CH2–CF2–]{sub n} limited by n=6 elementary units. The first-principle approach is applied to the switching and kinetics of these models. Two types of behavior were established for PVDF chains: simultaneous and sequential rotation in high and low electric fields. Kinetics of sequential polarization switching shows a homogeneous critical behavior in the low electric field with a critical point at Landau–Ginzburg–Devonshire (LGD) coercive field E=E{sub C}. This type of kinetics demonstrates a kink-like behavior for polarization solitary wave propagation. The simultaneous type of kinetics demonstrates the total domain-like polarization switching, corresponding to exponential behavior of switching time in high electric field as for bulk samples. Corresponding LGD intrinsic coercive field for a two-chain and four-chains model is E{sub C}∼2.0 GV/m with revealing size effect. Obtained results show common quantum nature of PVDF chains switching phenomena—the quantum interaction of the PVDF molecular orbitals under applied electric field at the nanoscale level. The results obtained are compared with experimental data.

  8. The stochastic behavior of a molecular switching circuit with feedback

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Smith Eric


    Full Text Available Abstract Background Using a statistical physics approach, we study the stochastic switching behavior of a model circuit of multisite phosphorylation and dephosphorylation with feedback. The circuit consists of a kinase and phosphatase acting on multiple sites of a substrate that, contingent on its modification state, catalyzes its own phosphorylation and, in a symmetric scenario, dephosphorylation. The symmetric case is viewed as a cartoon of conflicting feedback that could result from antagonistic pathways impinging on the state of a shared component. Results Multisite phosphorylation is sufficient for bistable behavior under feedback even when catalysis is linear in substrate concentration, which is the case we consider. We compute the phase diagram, fluctuation spectrum and large-deviation properties related to switch memory within a statistical mechanics framework. Bistability occurs as either a first-order or second-order non-equilibrium phase transition, depending on the network symmetries and the ratio of phosphatase to kinase numbers. In the second-order case, the circuit never leaves the bistable regime upon increasing the number of substrate molecules at constant kinase to phosphatase ratio. Conclusion The number of substrate molecules is a key parameter controlling both the onset of the bistable regime, fluctuation intensity, and the residence time in a switched state. The relevance of the concept of memory depends on the degree of switch symmetry, as memory presupposes information to be remembered, which is highest for equal residence times in the switched states. Reviewers This article was reviewed by Artem Novozhilov (nominated by Eugene Koonin, Sergei Maslov, and Ned Wingreen.

  9. Electrically controllable molecular spin crossover switching in Fe(phen)2 (NCS)2 thin film (United States)

    Mondal, Chaitali; Mandal, Swapan K.


    Spin crossover molecular complex Fe(phen)2(NCS)2 in thin film form (20-300 nm) is obtained by simple dip-coating technique on glass substrates. The growth of the molecular films is confirmed by optical and X-ray diffraction data. The morphology of the samples shows distributed nanocrystals with an average size ca. 12 nm. We measure the current (I)-voltage (V) characteristics of a device with 300 nm film thickness and show that application of electric field can induce spin state switching. The electric field experienced by individual nanocrystals separated by nanometric gap is supposed to be quite high and is plausibly playing the crucial role in instigating switching in molecular nanocrystals. The result is quite significant towards developing room temperature molecular spin cross-over switching devices in the nanoscale limit.

  10. The Development and Study of Molecular Electronic Switches and their Field-Effect Transistor (FET) Device Properties (United States)


    reviewed journals: Final Report: The Development and Study of Molecular Electronic Switches and their Field -Effect Transistor (FET) Device Properties...fabrication of nanostructures can serve as building blocks for molecular switching devices, organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), photovoltaic, field ...arrays, and photovoltaic cells. We are currently synthesizing the iodo-substituted perylene diimide (6) that will be cross -coupled to the above switch

  11. Sox2 transcription network acts as a molecular switch to regulate properties of neural stem cells

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Koji; Shimozaki


    Neural stem cells(NSCs) contribute to ontogeny by producing neurons at the appropriate time and location. Neurogenesis from NSCs is also involved in various biological functions in adults. Thus, NSCs continue to exert their effects throughout the lifespan of the organism. The mechanism regulating the core functional properties of NSCs is governed by intra- and extracellular signals. Among the transcription factors that serve as molecular switches, Sox2 is considered a key factor in NSCs. Sox2 forms a core network with partner factors, thereby functioning as a molecular switch. This review discusses how the network of Sox2 partner and target genes illustrates the molecular characteristics of the mechanism underlying the self-renewal and multipotency of NSCs.

  12. Investigation of a metal-organic interface. Realization and understanding of a molecular switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Neucheva, Olga [Forschungszentrum Juelich (DE). Institute of Bio- and Nanosystems (IBN), Functional Nanostructures at Surfaces (IBN-3)


    The field of molecular organic electronics is an emerging and very dynamic area. The continued trend to miniaturisation, combined with increasing complexity and cost of production in conventional semiconductor electronics, forces companies to turn their attention to alternatives that promise the next levels of scale at significantly lower cost. After consumer electronic devices based on organic transistors, such as TVs and book readers, have already been presented, molecular electronics is expected to offer the next breakthrough in feature size. Unfortunately, most of the organic/metal interfaces contain intrinsic defects that break the homogeneity of the interface properties. In this thesis, the electronic and structural properties of such defects were examined in order to understand the influence of the inhomogeneities on the quality of the interface layer. However, the main focus of this work was the investigation of the local properties of a single molecule. Taking advantage of the Scanning Tunnelling Microscope's (STM's) ability to act as a local probe, a single molecular switch was realized and studied. Moreover, in close collaboration with theory groups, the underlying mechanism driving the switching process was identified and described. Besides the investigation of the switching process, the ability of the STM to build nanostructures of different shapes from large organic molecules was shown. Knowing the parameters for realization and control of the switching process and for building the molecular corrals, the results of this investigation enable the reconstruction of the studied molecular ensemble and its deployment in electric molecular circuits, constituting a next step towards further miniaturization of electronic devices. (orig.)

  13. A pH-sensitive peptide-containing lasso molecular switch. (United States)

    Clavel, Caroline; Fournel-Marotte, Karine; Coutrot, Frédéric


    The synthesis of a peptide-containing lasso molecular switch by a self-entanglement strategy is described. The interlocked rotaxane molecular machine consists of a benzometaphenylene[25]crown-8 (BMP25C8) macrocycle surrounding a molecular axle. This molecular axle contains a tripeptidic sequence and two molecular stations: a N-benzyltriazolium and a pH-sensitive anilinium station. The tripeptide is located between the macrocycle and the triazolium station, so that its conformation can be tailored depending on the shuttling of the macrocycle from one station to the other. At acidic pH, the macrocycle resides around the anilinium moiety, whereas it shuttles around the triazolium station after deprotonation. This molecular machinery thus forces the lasso to adopt a tightened or a loosened conformation.

  14. The importance of the rotor in hydrazone-based molecular switches

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xin Su


    Full Text Available The pH-activated E/Z isomerization of a series of hydrazone-based systems having different functional groups as part of the rotor (R = COMe, CN, Me, H, was studied. The switching efficiency of these systems was compared to that of a hydrazone-based molecular switch (R = COOEt whose E/Z isomerization is fully reversible. It was found that the nature of the R group is critical for efficient switching to occur; the R group should be a moderate H-bond acceptor in order to (i provide enough driving force for the rotor to move upon protonation, and (ii stabilize the obtained Z configuration, to achieve full conversion.

  15. Ab initio theory for current-induced molecular switching: Melamine on Cu(001)

    KAUST Repository

    Ohto, Tatsuhiko


    Melamine on Cu(001) is mechanically unstable under the current of a scanning tunneling microscope tip and can switch among configurations. However, these are not equally accessible, and the switching critical current depends on the bias polarity. In order to explain such rich phenomenology, we have developed a scheme to evaluate the evolution of the reaction paths and activation barriers as a function of bias, which is rooted in the nonequilibrium Green\\'s function method implemented within density functional theory. This, combined with the calculation of the inelastic electron tunneling spectroscopy signal, allows us to identify the vibrational modes promoting the observed molecular conformational changes. Finally, once our ab initio results are used within a resonance model, we are able to explain the details of the switching behavior, such as its dependence on the bias polarity, and the noninteger power relation between the reaction rate constants and both the bias voltage and the electric current. © 2013 American Physical Society.

  16. Electronic Transport Properties of an Anthraquinone-Based Molecular Switch with Carbon Nanotube Electrodes

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHAO Peng; LIU De-Sheng


    Based on the nonequilibrium Green's function method and density functional theory calculations,we theoretically investigate the electronic transport properties of an anthraquinone-based molecular switch with carbon nanotube electrodes.The molecules that comprise the switch can convert between reduced hydroquinone (HQ) and oxidized anthraquinne (AQ) states via redox reactions.Our results show that the on-off ratio is increased one order of magnitude when compared to the case of gold electrodes.Moreover,an obvious negative differential resistance behavior at much low bias (0.07 V) is observed in the HQ form.%Based on the nonequilihrium Green's function method and density functional theory calculations, we theoretically investigate the electronic transport properties of an anthraquinone-based molecular switch with carbon nanotube electrodes. The molecules that comprise the switch can convert between reduced hydroquinone (HQ) and oxidized anthraquinne (AQ) states via redox reactions. Our results show that the on-off ratio is increased one order of magnitude when compared to the case of gold electrodes. Moreover, an obvious negative differential resistance behavior at much low bias (0.07 V) is observed in the HQ form.

  17. The theoretical investigation of one of the derivatives of 1, 2-dithienylcyclopentene as a molecular switch. (United States)

    Safarpour, Mohammad Ali; Hashemianzadeh, Seyed Majid; Kasaeian, Azam


    The structural and electronic properties of a three-state molecular switch-an active device in a nano-electronic circuit-were studied using the B3LYP/6-31G* method. Due to its chemical stability, high conductivity upon doping, and non-linear optical properties, polythiophene is among the most widely studied conjugated organic polymers, both experimentally and theoretically. The aim of the present work was to theoretically study a very complex case: a three-state switch synthesized and experimentally investigated by Nishida et al. (Org Lett 6:2523-2526, 2004). An initial set of test calculations showed B3LYP level of theory and 6-31G* basis set to be the most appropriate for our purpose, i.e., the study of the structure, charge and spin distributions, as well as electrical characteristics such as electric polarizability, HOMO-LUMO gap (HLG) and electric dipole moment, for one of the 1,2-dithienylcyclopentene derivatives. Also, natural bond orbital analyses were performed to calculate local charges and charge transfers in order to study the capability of the molecule as a molecular switch. The results reported here are of general significance, and demonstrate that it is possible to use certain structural and electrical properties to understand and design electro-photochromic compounds showing a switching function in cases where stable forms can be exchanged by light or electron transfer. Figure Model of a thiophene wire incorporating a redox active unit.

  18. Transport dynamics of molecular motors that switch between an active and inactive state. (United States)

    Pinkoviezky, I; Gov, N S


    Molecular motors are involved in key transport processes in the cell. Many of these motors can switch from an active to a nonactive state, either spontaneously or depending on their interaction with other molecules. When active, the motors move processively along the filaments, while when inactive they are stationary. We treat here the simple case of spontaneously switching motors, between the active and inactive states, along an open linear track. We use our recent analogy with vehicular traffic, where we go beyond the mean-field description. We map the phase diagram of this system, and find that it clearly breaks the symmetry between the different phases, as compared to the standard total asymmetric exclusion process. We make several predictions that may be testable using molecular motors in vitro and in living cells.

  19. Research Update: Molecular electronics: The single-molecule switch and transistor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kai Sotthewes


    Full Text Available In order to design and realize single-molecule devices it is essential to have a good understanding of the properties of an individual molecule. For electronic applications, the most important property of a molecule is its conductance. Here we show how a single octanethiol molecule can be connected to macroscopic leads and how the transport properties of the molecule can be measured. Based on this knowledge we have realized two single-molecule devices: a molecular switch and a molecular transistor. The switch can be opened and closed at will by carefully adjusting the separation between the electrical contacts and the voltage drop across the contacts. This single-molecular switch operates in a broad temperature range from cryogenic temperatures all the way up to room temperature. Via mechanical gating, i.e., compressing or stretching of the octanethiol molecule, by varying the contact's interspace, we are able to systematically adjust the conductance of the electrode-octanethiol-electrode junction. This two-terminal single-molecule transistor is very robust, but the amplification factor is rather limited.

  20. Molecular switches under TGFβ signalling during progression from cardiac hypertrophy to heart failure. (United States)

    Heger, J; Schulz, R; Euler, G


    Cardiac hypertrophy is a mechanism to compensate for increased cardiac work load, that is, after myocardial infarction or upon pressure overload. However, in the long run cardiac hypertrophy is a prevailing risk factor for the development of heart failure. During pathological remodelling processes leading to heart failure, decompensated hypertrophy, death of cardiomyocytes by apoptosis or necroptosis and fibrosis as well as a progressive dysfunction of cardiomyocytes are apparent. Interestingly, the induction of hypertrophy, cell death or fibrosis is mediated by similar signalling pathways. Therefore, tiny changes in the signalling cascade are able to switch physiological cardiac remodelling to the development of heart failure. In the present review, we will describe examples of these molecular switches that change compensated hypertrophy to the development of heart failure and will focus on the importance of the signalling cascades of the TGFβ superfamily in this process. In this context, potential therapeutic targets for pharmacological interventions that could attenuate the progression of heart failure will be discussed.

  1. Transient photocurrent in molecular junctions: singlet switching on and triplet blocking. (United States)

    Petrov, E G; Leonov, V O; Snitsarev, V


    The kinetic approach adapted to describe charge transmission in molecular junctions, is used for the analysis of the photocurrent under conditions of moderate light intensity of the photochromic molecule. In the framework of the HOMO-LUMO model for the single electron molecular states, the analytic expressions describing the temporary behavior of the transient and steady state sequential (hopping) as well as direct (tunnel) current components have been derived. The conditions at which the current components achieve their maximal values are indicated. It is shown that if the rates of charge transmission in the unbiased molecular diode are much lower than the intramolecular singlet-singlet excitation/de-excitation rate, and the threefold degenerated triplet excited state of the molecule behaves like a trap blocking the charge transmission, a possibility of a large peak-like transient switch-on photocurrent arises.

  2. Photo-driven molecular switch based on the photochromism and solvatochromism of diarylethene dialdehyde

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    BIN YueJing; ZHAO FuQun; CHEN ZiHui; ZHANG FuShi


    The two distinct characters of diarylethene dialdehyde derivative-photochromism and solvatochrom-ism are displayed in particular circumstances. The fluorescence of phosphorus (Ⅲ) tetrabenzotri-azacorrole can be reversibly regulated by the three kinds of status of the diarylethene dialdehyde, col-orless ring-opened form, red ring-closed form, and blue ring-closed form, which is gated by visible light, ultraviolet light and ethanol individually or jointly. Based on this effect, a novel molecular INH logic switch is proposed.

  3. Molecular mechanism of 7TM receptor activation--a global toggle switch model

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Schwartz, Thue W; Frimurer, Thomas M; Holst, Birgitte;


    The multitude of chemically highly different agonists for 7TM receptors apparently do not share a common binding mode or active site but nevertheless act through induction of a common molecular activation mechanism. A global toggle switch model is proposed for this activation mechanism to reconcile...... to this model, a vertical see-saw movement of TM-VI-and to some degree TM-VII-around a pivot corresponding to the highly conserved prolines will occur during receptor activation, which may involve the outer segment of TM-V in an as yet unclear fashion. Small-molecule agonists can stabilize such a proposed...

  4. miR-185 plays an anti-hypertrophic role in the heart via multiple targets in the calcium-signaling pathways.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin Ock Kim

    Full Text Available MicroRNA (miRNA is an endogenous non-coding RNA species that either inhibits RNA translation or promotes degradation of target mRNAs. miRNAs often regulate cellular signaling by targeting multiple genes within the pathways. In the present study, using Gene Set Analysis, a useful bioinformatics tool to identify miRNAs with multiple target genes in the same pathways, we identified miR-185 as a key candidate regulator of cardiac hypertrophy. Using a mouse model, we found that miR-185 was significantly down-regulated in myocardial cells during cardiac hypertrophy induced by transverse aortic constriction. To confirm that miR-185 is an anti-hypertrophic miRNA, genetic manipulation studies such as overexpression and knock-down of miR-185 in neonatal rat ventricular myocytes were conducted. The results showed that up-regulation of miR-185 led to anti-hypertrophic effects, while down-regulation led to pro-hypertrophic effects, suggesting that miR-185 has an anti-hypertrophic role in the heart. Our study further identified Camk2d, Ncx1, and Nfatc3 as direct targets of miR-185. The activity of Nuclear Factor of Activated T-cell (NFAT and calcium/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II delta (CaMKIIδ was negatively regulated by miR-185 as assessed by NFAT-luciferase activity and western blotting. The expression of phospho-phospholamban (Thr-17, a marker of CaMKIIδ activity, was also significantly reduced by miR-185. In conclusion, miR-185 effectively blocked cardiac hypertrophy signaling through multiple targets, rendering it a potential drug target for diseases such as heart failure.

  5. Identification of dynamical hinge points of the L1 ligase molecular switch. (United States)

    Giambasu, George M; Lee, Tai-Sung; Sosa, Carlos P; Robertson, Michael P; Scott, William G; York, Darrin M


    The L1 ligase is an in vitro selected ribozyme that uses a noncanonically base-paired ligation site to catalyze regioselectively and regiospecifically the 5' to 3' phosphodiester bond ligation, a reaction relevant to origin of life hypotheses that invoke an RNA world scenario. The L1 ligase crystal structure revealed two different conformational states that were proposed to represent the active and inactive forms. It remains an open question as to what degree these two conformers persist as stable conformational intermediates in solution, and along what pathway are they able to interconvert. To explore these questions, we have performed a series of molecular dynamics simulations in explicit solvent of the inactive-active conformational switch in L1 ligase. Four simulations were performed departing from both conformers in both the reactant and product states, in addition to a simulation where local unfolding in the active state was induced. From these simulations, along with crystallographic data, a set of four virtual torsion angles that span two evolutionarily conserved and restricted regions were identified as dynamical hinge points in the conformational switch transition. The ligation site visits three distinct states characterized by hydrogen bond patterns that are correlated with the formation of specific contacts that may promote catalysis. The insights gained from these simulations contribute to a more detailed understanding of the coupled catalytic/conformational switch mechanism of L1 ligase that may facilitate the design and engineering of new catalytic riboswitches.

  6. A molecular beacon-based DNA switch for reversible pH sensing in vesicles and live cells. (United States)

    Narayanaswamy, Nagarjun; Nair, Raji R; Suseela, Y V; Saini, Deepak Kumar; Govindaraju, T


    In this Communication, a molecular beacon-based DNA switch (LMB) is developed as an efficient and reversible pH sensing probe. Remarkably, LMB exhibited reversible structural transition between the closed (molecular beacon) and open (A-motif) states very efficiently in synthetic vesicles and live cells without the need for any transfection agents.

  7. A pH-sensitive lasso-based rotaxane molecular switch. (United States)

    Clavel, Caroline; Romuald, Camille; Brabet, Emile; Coutrot, Frédéric


    The synthesis of a pH-sensitive two-station [1]rotaxane molecular switch by self-entanglement of a non-interlocked hermaphrodite molecule, containing an anilinium and triazole moieties, is reported. The anilinium was chosen as the best template for the macrocycle benzometaphenylene[25]crown-8 (BMP25C8) and allowed the self-entanglement of the molecule. The equilibrium between the hermaphrodite molecule and the pseudo[1]rotaxane was studied by (1)H NMR spectroscopy: the best conditions of self-entanglement were found in the less polar solvent CD(2)Cl(2) and at high dilution. The triazole moiety was then benzylated to afford a benzyltriazolium moiety, which then played a dual role. On one hand, it acts as a bulky gate to trap the BMP25C8, thus to avoid any self-disentanglement of the molecular architecture. On another hand, it acts as a second molecular station for the macrocycle. At acidic pH, the BMP25C8 resides around the best anilinium molecular station, displaying the lasso [1]rotaxane in a loosened conformation. The deprotonation of the anilinium molecular station triggers the shuttling of the BMP25C8 around the triazolium moiety, therefore tightening the lasso.

  8. Molecular and Supramolecular Information Processing From Molecular Switches to Unconventional Computing

    CERN Document Server

    Katz, Evgeny


    Edited by a renowned and much cited chemist, this book covers the whole span of molecular computers that are based on non-biological systems. The contributions by all the major scientists in the field provide an excellent overview of the latest developments in this rapidly expanding area. A must-have for all researchers working on this very hot topic. Perfectly complements Biomolecular Information Processing, also by Prof. Katz, and available as a two-volume set.

  9. Photoisomerization dynamics of a rhodopsin-based molecule (potential molecular switch) with high quantum yields (United States)

    Allen, Roland; Jiang, Chen-Wei; Zhang, Xiu-Xing; Fang, Ai-Ping; Li, Hong-Rong; Xie, Rui-Hua; Li, Fu-Li


    It is worthwhile to explore the detailed reaction dynamics of various candidates for molecular switches, in order to understand, e.g., the differences in quantum yields and switching times. Here we report density-functional-based simulations for the rhodopsin-based molecule 4-[4-Methylbenzylidene]-5-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole (MDP), synthesized by Sampedro et al. We find that the photoisomerization quantum yields are remarkably high: 82% for cis-to-trans, and 68% for trans-to-cis. The lifetimes of the S1 excited state in cis-MDP in our calculations are in the range of 900-1800 fs, with a mean value of 1270 fs, while the range of times required for full cis-to-trans isomerization are 1100-2000 fs, with a mean value of 1530 fs. In trans-MDP, the calculated S1 excited state lifetimes are 860-2140 fs, with a mean value of 1330 fs, and with the full trans-to-cis isomerization completed about 200 fs later. In both cases, the dominant reaction mechanism is rotation around the central C =C bond (connected to the pyrroline ring), and de-excitation occurs at an avoided crossing between the ground state and the lowest singlet state, near the midpoint of the rotational pathway. Research Fund for the Doctoral Program of Higher Education of China; Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities; Robert A. Welch Foundation; National Natural Science Foundation of China.

  10. NBS-LRR Proteins and Their Partners: Molecular Switches of Plant Defense

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LIU Chunyan; QIU Hongmei; WANG Jialin; WANG Jing; CHEN Qingshan; HU Guohua


    Specificity of the plant innate immune system is often conferred by resistance (R) proteins. Most plant disease resistance (R) proteins contain a series of leucine-rich repeats (LRRs), a nucleotide-binding site (NBS), and a putative amino-terminal signaling domain. They are termed NBS-LRR proteins. The LRRs are mainly involved in recognition, and the amino-terminal domain determines signaling specificity, whereas the NBS domain presumably functions as a molecular switch. During the past years, the most important discoveries are the role of partners in NBS-LRR gene mediated defenses, mounting support for the so-called "guard hypothesis" of R gene function, and providing evidence for intramolecular interactions and intelmolecular interactions within NBS-LRR proteins as a mode of signaling regulation. The outcome of these interactions determines whether a plant activates its defense responses.

  11. Photoinduced reversible switching of porosity in molecular crystals based on star-shaped azobenzene tetramers. (United States)

    Baroncini, Massimo; d'Agostino, Simone; Bergamini, Giacomo; Ceroni, Paola; Comotti, Angiolina; Sozzani, Piero; Bassanetti, Irene; Grepioni, Fabrizia; Hernandez, Taylor M; Silvi, Serena; Venturi, Margherita; Credi, Alberto


    The development of solid materials that can be reversibly interconverted by light between forms with different physico-chemical properties is of great interest for separation, catalysis, optoelectronics, holography, mechanical actuation and solar energy conversion. Here, we describe a series of shape-persistent azobenzene tetramers that form porous molecular crystals in their E-configuration, the porosity of which can be tuned by changing the peripheral substituents on the molecule. Efficient E→Z photoisomerization of the azobenzene units takes place in the solid state and converts the crystals into a non-porous amorphous melt phase. Crystallinity and porosity are restored upon Z→E isomerization promoted by visible light irradiation or heating. We demonstrate that the photoisomerization enables reversible on/off switching of optical properties such as birefringence as well as the capture of CO2 from the gas phase. The linear design, structural versatility and synthetic accessibility make this new family of materials potentially interesting for technological applications.

  12. Total synthesis of marinomycin A using salicylate as a molecular switch to mediate dimerization (United States)

    Evans, P. Andrew; Huang, Mu-Hua; Lawler, Michael J.; Maroto, Sergio


    Antibiotics play a significant role in human health because of their ability to treat life-threatening bacterial infections. The growing problems with antibiotic resistance have made the development of new antibiotics a World Health Organization priority. Marinomycin A is a member of a new class of bis-salicylate-containing polyene macrodiolides, which have potent antibiotic activity against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus and vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus faecium. Herein, we describe a triply convergent synthesis of this agent using the salicylate as a novel molecular switch for the chemoselective construction of the macrodiolide. This strategy raises new questions regarding the biosynthetic role of the salicylate and its potential impact on the mechanism of action of these types of agents. For instance, in contrast to penicillin, which enhances the electrophilicity of the cyclic amide through ring strain, salicylates reduce the electrophilicity of the aryl ester through an intramolecular resonance-assisted hydrogen bond to provide an amide surrogate.

  13. Photochromic Spatiotemporal Control of Bubble-Propelled Micromotors by a Spiropyran Molecular Switch. (United States)

    Moo, James Guo Sheng; Presolski, Stanislav; Pumera, Martin


    Controlling the environment in which bubble-propelled micromotors operate represents an attractive strategy to influence their motion, especially when the trigger is as simple as light. We demonstrate that spiropyrans, which isomerize to amphiphilic merocyanines under UV irradiation, can act as molecular switches that drastically affect the locomotion of the micrometer-sized engines. The phototrigger could be either a point or a field source, thus allowing different modes of control to be executed. A whole ensemble of micromotors was repeatedly activated and deactivated by just altering the spiropyran-merocyanine ratio with light. Moreover, the velocity of individual micromotors was altered using a point irradiation source that caused only localized changes in the environment. Such selective manipulation, achieved here with an optical microscope and a photochromic additive in the medium, reveals the ease of the methodology, which can allow micro- and nanomotors to reach their full potential of not just stochastic, but directional controlled motion.

  14. Thermodynamic Molecular Switch in Sequence-Specific Hydrophobic Interaction: Two Computational Models Compared

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Paul Chun


    Full Text Available We have shown in our published work the existence of a thermodynamic switch in biological systems wherein a change of sign in ΔCp°(Treaction leads to a true negative minimum in the Gibbs free energy change of reaction, and hence, a maximum in the related Keq. We have examined 35 pair-wise, sequence-specific hydrophobic interactions over the temperature range of 273–333 K, based on data reported by Nemethy and Scheraga in 1962. A closer look at a single example, the pair-wise hydrophobic interaction of leucine-isoleucine, will demonstrate the significant differences when the data are analyzed using the Nemethy-Scheraga model or treated by the Planck-Benzinger methodology which we have developed. The change in inherent chemical bond energy at 0 K, ΔH°(T0 is 7.53 kcal mol-1 compared with 2.4 kcal mol-1, while ‹ts› is 365 K as compared with 355 K, for the Nemethy-Scheraga and Planck-Benzinger model, respectively. At ‹tm›, the thermal agitation energy is about five times greater than ΔH°(T0 in the Planck-Benzinger model, that is 465 K compared to 497 K in the Nemethy-Scheraga model. The results imply that the negative Gibbs free energy minimum at a well-defined ‹ts›, where TΔS° = 0 at about 355 K, has its origin in the sequence-specific hydrophobic interactions, which are highly dependent on details of molecular structure. The Nemethy-Scheraga model shows no evidence of the thermodynamic molecular switch that we have found to be a universal feature of biological interactions. The Planck-Benzinger method is the best known for evaluating the innate temperature-invariant enthalpy, ΔH°(T0, and provides for better understanding of the heat of reaction for biological molecules.

  15. Controlling the color of cholesteric liquid-crystalline films by photoirradiation of a chiroptical molecular switch used as dopant

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    van Delden, RA; Huck, NPM; Feringa, BL; Delden, Richard A. van; Gelder, Marc B. van; Huck, Nina P.M.


    Using thin films of a cholesteric mixture of acrylates 2 and 3 doped with the chiroptical molecular switch (M)-trans-1, photo-control of the reflection color between red and green is possible. This doped liquid-crystal (LC) film can be used for photoinduced writing, color reading, and photoinduced l

  16. Synthesis of Hymecromone Derivatives Containing Chiral 1,1'-Bi-2-naphthyl Moiety for Dual-mode Molecular Switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zi Xing SHAN; Chun Guang XIAO


    Some hymecromone derivatives containing chiral 1,1(-bi-2-naphthyl moiety were synthesized and their photodimerizations were investigated.It was found that fluorescence intensity and optical rotation of the new chiral hymecromone derivatives could be regulated by light.This property has potential significance for developing a new type of dual-mode molecular switch.

  17. Chiral induction in phenanthroline-derived oligoamide foldamers: an acid- and base-controllable switch in helical molecular strands. (United States)

    Hu, Hai-Yu; Xiang, Jun-Feng; Yang, Yong; Chen, Chuan-Feng


    A series of phenanthroline-derived oligoamides bearing a chiral (R)-phenethylamino end group were synthesized that displayed chiral helical induction and subsequently formed one-hand helical foldamers in solution. Moreover, an acid- and base-controllable switch in the helical molecular strands was observed, which has been demonstrated by NMR, UV-vis, and circular dichroism spectroscopy.

  18. Isolation of Ion-Driven Conformations in Diphenylacetylene Molecular Switches Using Cryogenic Infrared Spectroscopy (United States)

    Wolk, Arron B.; Garand, Etienne; Jones, Ian M.; Kamrath, Michael Z.; Hamilton, Rew; Johnson, Mark A.


    We report the infrared predissociation spectra of a family of ionic diphenylacetylene molecular switch complexes. The electrosprayed complexes were trapped and cooled in a cryogenic (10K) quadrupole ion trap and tagged with molecular deuterium. The infrared spectra of the vibrationally cold species reveal sharp transitions over a wide energy range (800 - 3800 cm-1), facilitating comparison to harmonic spectra. The evolution of the band pattern upon derivatization of the complexes exposes the signatures of the amide, urea, and carbonyl functionalities, enabling unambiguous identification of the non-covalent interactions that control the secondary structure of the molecule. Complexation with the tetramethylammonium cation reveals a conformation analogous to that of the neutral molecule, while halide ion attachment induces a conformational change similar to that observed earlier in solution. In several cases, both the donor and acceptor groups involved in the multidentate H-bonds are observed, providing a microscopic mechanical picture of the interactions at play. I. Jones, and A. Hamilton, Angew. Chem. Intl. Edit. 50, 4597 (2011).

  19. Ultrafast quenching of ring closure in molecular switches, self-assembled on gold nanoparticles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Hania, Ralph; Pugžlys, Audrius; Kudernac, Tibor; Jonkman, Harry; Duppen, Koos; DeSilvestri, S.; Kobayashi, T.; Kobayashi, T.; Nelson, K.A.; Okada, T.


    We report the ultrafast quenching of the ring-closure reaction in BTE-based photochromic switches self-assembled on gold nanoparticles. The photoinduced population dynamics of the switches reveals that the electronic states of the switch molecules are strongly mixed with the states of the gold parti

  20. A predictive model of intein insertion site for use in the engineering of molecular switches.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    James Apgar

    Full Text Available Inteins are intervening protein domains with self-splicing ability that can be used as molecular switches to control activity of their host protein. Successfully engineering an intein into a host protein requires identifying an insertion site that permits intein insertion and splicing while allowing for proper folding of the mature protein post-splicing. By analyzing sequence and structure based properties of native intein insertion sites we have identified four features that showed significant correlation with the location of the intein insertion sites, and therefore may be useful in predicting insertion sites in other proteins that provide native-like intein function. Three of these properties, the distance to the active site and dimer interface site, the SVM score of the splice site cassette, and the sequence conservation of the site showed statistically significant correlation and strong predictive power, with area under the curve (AUC values of 0.79, 0.76, and 0.73 respectively, while the distance to secondary structure/loop junction showed significance but with less predictive power (AUC of 0.54. In a case study of 20 insertion sites in the XynB xylanase, two features of native insertion sites showed correlation with the splice sites and demonstrated predictive value in selecting non-native splice sites. Structural modeling of intein insertions at two sites highlighted the role that the insertion site location could play on the ability of the intein to modulate activity of the host protein. These findings can be used to enrich the selection of insertion sites capable of supporting intein splicing and hosting an intein switch.

  1. Ultrafast in cellulo photoinduced dynamics processes of the paradigm molecular light switch [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ (United States)

    de La Cadena, Alejandro; Davydova, Dar'Ya; Tolstik, Tatiana; Reichardt, Christian; Shukla, Sapna; Akimov, Denis; Heintzmann, Rainer; Popp, Jürgen; Dietzek, Benjamin


    An in cellulo study of the ultrafast excited state processes in the paradigm molecular light switch [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ by localized pump-probe spectroscopy is reported for the first time. The localization of [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ in HepG2 cells is verified by emission microscopy and the characteristic photoinduced picosecond dynamics of the molecular light switch is observed in cellulo. The observation of the typical phosphorescence stemming from a 3MLCT state suggests that the [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ complex intercalates with the DNA in the nucleus. The results presented for this benchmark coordination compound reveal the necessity to study the photoinduced processes in coordination compounds for intracellular use, e.g. as sensors or as photodrugs, in the actual biological target environment in order to derive a detailed molecular mechanistic understanding of the excited-state properties of the systems in the actual biological target environment.

  2. Ultrafast in cellulo photoinduced dynamics processes of the paradigm molecular light switch [Ru(bpy)2dppz](2.). (United States)

    De la Cadena, Alejandro; Davydova, Dar'ya; Tolstik, Tatiana; Reichardt, Christian; Shukla, Sapna; Akimov, Denis; Heintzmann, Rainer; Popp, Jürgen; Dietzek, Benjamin


    An in cellulo study of the ultrafast excited state processes in the paradigm molecular light switch [Ru(bpy)2dppz](2+) by localized pump-probe spectroscopy is reported for the first time. The localization of [Ru(bpy)2dppz](2+) in HepG2 cells is verified by emission microscopy and the characteristic photoinduced picosecond dynamics of the molecular light switch is observed in cellulo. The observation of the typical phosphorescence stemming from a (3)MLCT state suggests that the [Ru(bpy)2dppz](2+) complex intercalates with the DNA in the nucleus. The results presented for this benchmark coordination compound reveal the necessity to study the photoinduced processes in coordination compounds for intracellular use, e.g. as sensors or as photodrugs, in the actual biological target environment in order to derive a detailed molecular mechanistic understanding of the excited-state properties of the systems in the actual biological target environment.

  3. Ultrafast in cellulo photoinduced dynamics processes of the paradigm molecular light switch [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ (United States)

    De la Cadena, Alejandro; Davydova, Dar’ya; Tolstik, Tatiana; Reichardt, Christian; Shukla, Sapna; Akimov, Denis; Heintzmann, Rainer; Popp, Jürgen; Dietzek, Benjamin


    An in cellulo study of the ultrafast excited state processes in the paradigm molecular light switch [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ by localized pump-probe spectroscopy is reported for the first time. The localization of [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ in HepG2 cells is verified by emission microscopy and the characteristic photoinduced picosecond dynamics of the molecular light switch is observed in cellulo. The observation of the typical phosphorescence stemming from a 3MLCT state suggests that the [Ru(bpy)2dppz]2+ complex intercalates with the DNA in the nucleus. The results presented for this benchmark coordination compound reveal the necessity to study the photoinduced processes in coordination compounds for intracellular use, e.g. as sensors or as photodrugs, in the actual biological target environment in order to derive a detailed molecular mechanistic understanding of the excited-state properties of the systems in the actual biological target environment. PMID:27644587

  4. Electrospun Nanofibers from a Tricyanofuran-Based Molecular Switch for Colorimetric Recognition of Ammonia Gas. (United States)

    Khattab, Tawfik A; Abdelmoez, Sherif; Klapötke, Thomas M


    A chromophore based on tricyanofuran (TCF) with a hydrazone (H) recognition moiety was developed. Its molecular-switching performance is reversible and has differential sensitivity towards aqueous ammonia at comparable concentrations. Nanofibers were fabricated from the TCF-H chromophore by electrospinning. The film fabricated from these nanofibers functions as a solid-state optical chemosensor for probing ammonia vapor. Recognition of ammonia vapor occurs by proton transfer from the hydrazone fragment of the chromophore to the ammonia nitrogen atom and is facilitated by the strongly electron withdrawing TCF fragment. The TCF-H chromophore was added to a solution of poly(acrylic acid), which was electrospun to obtain a nanofibrous sensor device. The morphology of the nanofibrous sensor was determined by SEM, which showed that nanofibers with a diameter range of 200-450 nm formed a nonwoven mat. The resultant nanofibrous sensor showed very good sensitivity in ammonia-vapor detection. Furthermore, very good reversibility and short response time were also observed.

  5. A novel colorimetric triple-helix molecular switch aptasensor for ultrasensitive detection of tetracycline. (United States)

    Ramezani, Mohammad; Mohammad Danesh, Noor; Lavaee, Parirokh; Abnous, Khalil; Mohammad Taghdisi, Seyed


    Detection methods of antibiotic residues in blood serum and animal derived foods are of great interest. In this study a colorimetric aptasensor was designed for sensitive, selective and fast detection of tetracycline based on triple-helix molecular switch (THMS) and gold nanoparticles (AuNPs). As a biosensor, THMS shows distinct advantages including high stability, sensitivity and preserving the selectivity and affinity of the original aptamer. In the absence of tetracycline, THMS is stable, leading to the aggregation of AuNPs by salt and an obvious color change from red to blue. In the presence of tetracycline, aptamer binds to its target, signal transduction probe (STP) leaves the THMS and adsorbs on the surface of AuNPs. So the well-dispersed AuNPs remain stable against salt-induced aggregation with a red color. The presented aptasensor showed high selectivity toward tetracyclines with a limit of detection as low as 266 pM for tetracycline. The designed aptasensor was successfully applied to detect tetracycline in serum and milk.

  6. Temperature control of molecular circuit switch responsible for virulent phenotype expression in uropathogenic Escherichia coli (United States)

    Samoilov, Michael


    The behavior and fate of biological organisms are to a large extent dictated by their environment, which can be often viewed as a collection of features and constraints governed by physics laws. Since biological systems comprise networks of molecular interactions, one such key physical property is temperature, whose variations directly affect the rates of biochemical reactions involved. For instance, temperature is known to control many gene regulatory circuits responsible for pathogenicity in bacteria. One such example is type 1 fimbriae (T1F) -- the foremost virulence factor in uropathogenic E. coli (UPEC), which accounts for 80-90% of all community-acquired urinary tract infections (UTIs). The expression of T1F is randomly `phase variable', i.e. individual cells switch between virulent/fimbriate and avirulent/afimbriate phenotypes, with rates regulated by temperature. Our computational investigation of this process, which is based on FimB/FimE recombinase-mediated inversion of fimS DNA element, offers new insights into its discrete-stochastic kinetics. In particular, it elucidates the logic of T1F control optimization to the host temperature and contributes further understanding toward the development of novel therapeutic approaches to UPEC-caused UTIs.

  7. A cytosolic carbonic anhydrase molecular switch occurs in the gills of metamorphic sea lamprey (United States)

    Ferreira-Martins, D.; McCormick, Stephen; Campos, A.; Lopes-Marques, M.; Osorio, H.; Coimbra, J.; Castro, L.F.C.; Wilson, Jonthan M


    Carbonic anhydrase plays a key role in CO2 transport, acid-base and ion regulation and metabolic processes in vertebrates. While several carbonic anhydrase isoforms have been identified in numerous vertebrate species, basal lineages such as the cyclostomes have remained largely unexamined. Here we investigate the repertoire of cytoplasmic carbonic anhydrases in the sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus), that has a complex life history marked by a dramatic metamorphosis from a benthic filter-feeding ammocoete larvae into a parasitic juvenile which migrates from freshwater to seawater. We have identified a novel carbonic anhydrase gene (ca19) beyond the single carbonic anhydrase gene (ca18) that was known previously. Phylogenetic analysis and synteny studies suggest that both carbonic anhydrase genes form one or two independent gene lineages and are most likely duplicates retained uniquely in cyclostomes. Quantitative PCR of ca19 and ca18 and protein expression in gill across metamorphosis show that the ca19 levels are highest in ammocoetes and decrease during metamorphosis while ca18 shows the opposite pattern with the highest levels in post-metamorphic juveniles. We propose that a unique molecular switch occurs during lamprey metamorphosis resulting in distinct gill carbonic anhydrases reflecting the contrasting life modes and habitats of these life-history stages.

  8. Molecular Design of Ionization-Induced Proton Switching Element Based on Fluorinated DNA Base Pair. (United States)

    Tachikawa, Hiroto; Kawabata, Hiroshi


    To design theoretically the high-performance proton switching element based on DNA base pair, the effects of fluorine substitution on the rate of proton transfer (PT) in the DNA model base pair have been investigated by means of direct ab initio molecular dynamics (AIMD) method. The 2-aminopyridine dimer, (AP)2, was used as the model of the DNA base pair. One of the hydrogen atoms of the AP molecule in the dimer was substituted by a fluorine (F) atom, and the structures of the dimer, expressed by F-(AP)2, were fully optimized at the MP2/6-311++G(d,p) level. The direct AIMD calculations showed that the proton is transferred within the base pair after the vertical ionization. The rates of PT in F-(AP)2(+) were calculated and compared with that of (AP)2(+) without an F atom. It was found that PT rate is accelerated by the F-substitution. Also, the direction of PT between F-AP and AP molecules can be clearly controlled by the position of F-substitution (AP)2 in the dimer.

  9. Isomerization of Orthogonal Molecular Switches Encapsulated within Micelles Solubilizing Carbon Nanotubes

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kreft, Stefanie K.; Petersen, Michael Åxman; Nielsen, Mogens Brøndsted


    We study the effects of the proximity of the orthogonal dipole-switching moiety dihydroazulene/vinylheptafulvene (DHA/VHF) to carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The switches are introduced into a micelle surrounding the CNTs, thereby achieving very close proximity between the molecules and the CNTs...... for the first time. The change of the molecules' configuration is not hindered by its encapsulation: We report the reversible switching of molecules inside CNT surrounding micelles. The orthogonality of the switch also allows us for the first time to observe the effect of the molecule on the emission spectra...

  10. Ultrafast quantum spin-state switching in the Co-octaethylporphyrin molecular magnet with a terahertz pulsed magnetic field (United States)

    Farberovich, Oleg V.; Mazalova, Victoria L.


    Molecular spin crossover switches are the objects of intense theoretical and experimental studies in recent years. This interest is due to the fact that these systems allow one to control their spin state by applying an external photo-, thermo-, piezo-, or magnetic stimuli. The greatest amount of research is currently devoted to the study of the effect of the photoexcitation on the bi-stable states of spin crossover single molecular magnets (SMMs). The main limitation of photo-induced bi-stable states is their short lifetime. In this paper we present the results of a study of the spin dynamics of the Co-octaethylporphyrin (CoOEP) molecule in the Low Spin (LS) state and the High Spin (HS) state induced by applying the magnetic pulse of 36.8 T. We show that the spin switching in case of the HS state of the CoOEP molecule is characterized by a long lifetime and is dependent on the magnitude and duration of the applied field. Thus, after applying an external stimuli the system in the LS state after the spin switching reverts to its ground state, whereas the system in the HS state remains in the excited state for a long time. We found that the temperature dependency of magnetic susceptibility shows an abrupt thermal spin transition between two spin states at 40 K. Here the proposed theoretical approach opens the way to create modern devices for spintronics with the controllable spin switching process.

  11. Programmable DNA triple-helix molecular switch in biosensing applications: from in homogenous solutions to in living cells. (United States)

    Tang, Pinting; Zheng, Jing; Tang, Jianru; Ma, Dandan; Xu, Weijian; Li, Jishan; Cao, Zhong; Yang, Ronghua


    Herein, we demonstrated a new gold nanoparticles (AuNPs)-integrated programmable triple-helix molecular switch (THMS) to realize the biosensing of multiple targets from in homogenous solution to in living cells. The results demonstrated that this proposed programmable THMS could be successfully used for imaging multiple messenger RNA (mRNA) in living cells and it significantly extends the scope of the THMS sensing platform.

  12. Axin-mediated CKI phosphorylation of beta-catenin at Ser 45: a molecular switch for the Wnt pathway

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Amit, Sharon; Hatzubai, Ada; Birman, Yaara;


    The Wnt pathway controls numerous developmental processes via the beta-catenin-TCF/LEF transcription complex. Deregulation of the pathway results in the aberrant accumulation of beta-catenin in the nucleus, often leading to cancer. Normally, cytoplasmic beta-catenin associates with APC and axin a......, thereby precluding the initiation of the cascade. Thus, a single, CKI-dependent phosphorylation event serves as a molecular switch for the Wnt pathway. Udgivelsesdato: 2002-May-1...

  13. Multilayered proteomics reveals molecular switches dictating ligand-dependent EGFR trafficking

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Francavilla, Chiara; Papetti, Moreno; Rigbolt, Kristoffer T G


    identified RAB7 phosphorylation and RCP recruitment to EGFR as switches for EGF and TGF-α outputs, controlling receptor trafficking, signaling duration, proliferation, and migration. By manipulating RCP levels or phosphorylation of RAB7 in EGFR-positive cancer cells, we were able to switch a TGF...

  14. Aptamer contained triple-helix molecular switch for rapid fluorescent sensing of acetamiprid. (United States)

    Liu, Xin; Li, Ying; Liang, Jing; Zhu, Wenyue; Xu, Jingyue; Su, Ruifang; Yuan, Lei; Sun, Chunyan


    In this study, an aptamer-based fluorescent sensing platform using triple-helix molecular switch (THMS) was developed for the pesticide screening represented by acetamiprid. The THMS was composed of two tailored DNA probes: a label-free central target specific aptamer sequence flanked by two arm segments acting as a recognition probe; a hairpin-shaped structure oligonucleotide serving as a signal transduction probe (STP), labeled with a fluorophore and a quencher at the 3' and 5'-end, respectively. In the absence of acetamiprid, complementary bindings of two arm segments of the aptamers with the loop sequence of STP enforce the formation of THMS with the "open" configuration of STP, and the fluorescence of THMS is on. In the presence of target acetamiprid, the aptamer-target binding results in the formation of a structured aptamer/target complex, which disassembles the THMS and releases the STP. The free STP is folded to a stem loop structure, and the fluorescence is quenched. The quenched fluorescence intensity was proportional to the concentration of acetamiprid in the range from 100 to 1200nM, with the limit of detection (LOD) as low as 9.12nM. In addition, this THMS-based method has been successfully used to test and quantify acetamiprid in Chinese cabbage with satisfactory recoveries, and the results were in full agreement with those from LC-MS. The aptamer-based THMS presents distinct advantages, including high stability, remarkable sensitivity, and preservation of the affinity and specificity of the original aptamer. Most importantly, this strategy is convenient and generalizable by virtue of altering the aptamer sequence without changing the triple-helix structure. So, it is expected that this aptamer-based fluorescent assay could be extensively applied in the field of food safety inspection.

  15. A sensitive SERS assay for detecting proteins and nucleic acids using a triple-helix molecular switch for cascade signal amplification. (United States)

    Ye, Sujuan; Wu, Yanying; Zhang, Wen; Li, Na; Tang, Bo


    A novel surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) detection system is developed for proteins and nucleic acids based on a triple-helix molecular switch for multiple cycle signal amplification, achieving high sensitivity, universality, rapid analysis, and high selectivity.

  16. Ab initio study of transport properties of an all-carbon molecular switch based on C20 molecule

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    OUYANG Fang-ping; XU Hui


    Choosing closed-ended armchair (5, 5) singlewall carbon nanotubes (CCNTs) as electrodes, we have investigated the electron transport properties across a carbon molecular junction consisting of a C20 molecule sandwiched between two semi-infinite carbon nanotubes. It is shown that the Landauer conductance of this carbon hybrid system can be tuned within several orders of magnitude not only by varying the tube-C20 distance, but more importantly by changing the orientation of the C20 molecule and rotating the C20 molecule or one of the tubes around the symmetry axis of the system at fixed distances. This fact could make this all-carbon molecular system a possible candidate for a nanoelectronic switching device. Moreover, our study also reveals that molecular configuration selection and structural relaxation would play an important role in the design of such devices.

  17. Reversible molecular switching at a metal surface: A case study of tetra- tert-butyl-azobenzene on Au(1 1 1) (United States)

    Wolf, Martin; Tegeder, Petra


    Molecular switches represent a fascinating class of functional molecules, whose properties can be reversibly changed between different molecular states by excitation with light or other external stimuli. Using surface science concepts like self assembly to align such molecules in a well-defined geometry at solid surfaces, new functional properties may arise, which are relevant for different fields like, e.g., molecular electronics, sensing or biocompatible interfaces. For a microscopic understanding of molecular switching at surfaces, it is essential to obtain detailed knowledge on the underlying elementary processes, for instance the excitation mechanism in photoinduced switching. Here we present a case study of a specifically designed azobenzene derivative on a metal surface, namely tetra- tert-butyl-azobenzene (TBA) adsorbed on Au(1 1 1), which is so far one of the best studied system for which reversible conformational changes have been demonstrated. TBA/Au(1 1 1) can thus be viewed as model system in order to gain deeper insights into molecular switching processes at metal surfaces. We have studied the photoinduced and thermally activated reversible switching of TBA in direct contact with a Au(1 1 1) surface using two-photon photoemission (2PPE) and high-resolution electron energy loss spectroscopy (HREELS). The trans/cis-isomerization of TBA is accompanied by reversible changes in the geometrical and electronic structure of the molecules, allowing to gain mechanistic and quantitative insight into the switching process. In particular, the cross sections for the photoisomerization, the ratio between the cis- and trans-TBA in the photostationary state, and the activation energy for the thermally induced cis→trans reaction have been determined and are found to be strongly reduced compared to the corresponding quantities in the liquid phase. Furthermore, the mechanism of optical excitation and molecular switching of TBA on Au(1 1 1) has been identified to arise

  18. Single electron bipolar conductance switch driven by the molecular Aharonov-Bohm effect. (United States)

    Lee, Joonhee; Tallarida, Nicholas; Rios, Laura; Perdue, Shawn M; Apkarian, Vartkess Ara


    We demonstrate a conductance switch controlled by the spin-vibronic density of an odd electron on a single molecule. The junction current is modulated by the spin-flip bistability of the electron. Functional images are provided as wiring diagrams for control of the switch's frequency, amplitude, polarity, and duty-cycle. The principle of operation relies on the quantum mechanical phase associated with the adiabatic circulation of a spin-aligned electron around a conical intersection. The functional images quantify the governing vibronic Hamiltonian.

  19. Electrostatic Switch Function in the Mechanism of Protein Kinase A Iα Activation: Results of the Molecular Dynamics Simulation (United States)

    Rogacheva, Olga N.; Shchegolev, Boris F.


    We used molecular dynamics to find the average path of the A-domain H → B conformational transition in protein kinase A Iα. We obtained thirteen productive trajectories and processed them sequentially using factor and cross-correlation analyses. The conformational transition is presented as partly deterministic sequence of six events. Event B represents H → B transition of the phosphate binding cassette. Main participants of this event form electrostatic switch cAMP(O6)–A202(N-H)–G199(C=O). Through this switch, cAMP transmits information about its binding to hydrophobic switch L203–Y229 and thus triggers conformational transition of A-domain. Events C and D consist in N3A-motif displacement towards phosphate binding cassette and B/C-helix rotation. Event E involves an increase in interaction energy between Y229 and β-subdomain. Taken together, events B, E, and D correspond to the hinge movement towards β-barrel. Transition of B/C-helix turn (a.a. 229–234) from α-form to π-form accounts for event F. Event G implies that π-helical turn is replaced by kink. Emerging in the resulting conformation, electrostatic interaction R241–E200 facilitates kink formation. The obtained data on the mechanism of cAMP-dependent activation of PKA Iα may contribute to new approaches to designing pharmaceuticals based on cAMP analogs.

  20. Emerging roles of microRNAs as molecular switches in the integrated circuit of the cancer cell (United States)

    Sotiropoulou, Georgia; Pampalakis, Georgios; Lianidou, Evi; Mourelatos, Zissimos


    Transformation of normal cells into malignant tumors requires the acquisition of six hallmark traits, e.g., self-sufficiency in growth signals, insensitivity to antigrowth signals and self-renewal, evasion of apoptosis, limitless replication potential, angiogenesis, invasion, and metastasis, which are common to all cancers (Hanahan and Weinberg 2000). These new cellular traits evolve from defects in major regulatory microcircuits that are fundamental for normal homeostasis. The discovery of microRNAs (miRNAs) as a new class of small non-protein-coding RNAs that control gene expression post-transcriptionally by binding to various mRNA targets suggests that these tiny RNA molecules likely act as molecular switches in the extensive regulatory web that involves thousands of transcripts. Most importantly, accumulating evidence suggests that numerous microRNAs are aberrantly expressed in human cancers. In this review, we discuss the emergent roles of microRNAs as switches that function to turn on/off known cellular microcircuits. We outline recent compelling evidence that deregulated microRNA-mediated control of cellular microcircuits cooperates with other well-established regulatory mechanisms to confer the hallmark traits of the cancer cell. Furthermore, these exciting insights into aberrant microRNA control in cancer-associated circuits may be exploited for cancer therapies that will target deregulated miRNA switches. PMID:19561119

  1. Electrochemical control of quantum interference in anthraquinone-based molecular switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Markussen, Troels; Schiøtz, Jakob; Thygesen, Kristian Sommer


    Using first-principles calculations we analyze the electronic transport properties of a recently proposed anthraquinone-based electrochemical switch. Robust conductance on/off ratios of several orders of magnitude are observed due to destructive quantum interference present in the anthraquinone...

  2. Transition metal functionalized photo- and redox-switchable diarylethene based molecular switches

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Harvey, Emma C.; Feringa, Ben L.; Vos, Johannes G.; Browne, Wesley R.; Pryce, Mary T.


    In this review recent progress in combining metal carbonyl and bipyridyl transition metal complexes with dithienylethene photochromic switches is discussed. A key challenge in designing such systems is to allow for interaction between the various components, but without loss in photochemical activit

  3. pH-responsive self-duplex of (Py)A-substituted oligodeoxyadenylate in graphene oxide solution as a molecular switch. (United States)

    Yi, Jeong Wu; Park, Jaesung; Kim, Kwang S; Kim, Byeang Hyean


    In this paper, we demonstrated a highly discriminated and reliable molecular switch based on the interaction between the self-duplex of (Py)A-substituted oligodeoxyadenylate and graphene oxide in aqueous solution. This system showed a clear on/off state through the association and dissociation of (Py)A-modified oligodeoxynucleotide with graphene oxide in manipulated pH conditions, high amplitude efficiency for at least 50 cycles, and rapid response within seconds. Our molecular switch system has high reproducibility and simple operation by using pH stimulus.

  4. Sialic Acid-Responsive Polymeric Interface Material: From Molecular Recognition to Macroscopic Property Switching (United States)

    Xiong, Yuting; Jiang, Ge; Li, Minmin; Qing, Guangyan; Li, Xiuling; Liang, Xinmiao; Sun, Taolei


    Biological systems that utilize multiple weak non-covalent interactions and hierarchical assemblies to achieve various bio-functions bring much inspiration for the design of artificial biomaterials. However, it remains a big challenge to correlate underlying biomolecule interactions with macroscopic level of materials, for example, recognizing such weak interaction, further transforming it into regulating material’s macroscopic property and contributing to some new bio-applications. Here we designed a novel smart polymer based on polyacrylamide (PAM) grafted with lactose units (PAM-g-lactose0.11), and reported carbohydrate-carbohydrate interaction (CCI)-promoted macroscopic properties switching on this smart polymer surface. Detailed investigations indicated that the binding of sialic acid molecules with the grafted lactose units via the CCIs induced conformational transformation of the polymer chains, further resulted in remarkable and reversible switching in surface topography, wettability and stiffness. With these excellent recognition and response capacities towards sialic acid, the PAM-g-lactose0.11 further facilitated good selectivity, strong anti-interference and high adsorption capacity in the capture of sialylated glycopeptides (important biomarkers for cancers). This work provides some enlightenment for the development of biointerface materials with tunable property, as well as high-performance glycopeptide enrichment materials. PMID:28084463

  5. Sialic Acid-Responsive Polymeric Interface Material: From Molecular Recognition to Macroscopic Property Switching (United States)

    Xiong, Yuting; Jiang, Ge; Li, Minmin; Qing, Guangyan; Li, Xiuling; Liang, Xinmiao; Sun, Taolei


    Biological systems that utilize multiple weak non-covalent interactions and hierarchical assemblies to achieve various bio-functions bring much inspiration for the design of artificial biomaterials. However, it remains a big challenge to correlate underlying biomolecule interactions with macroscopic level of materials, for example, recognizing such weak interaction, further transforming it into regulating material’s macroscopic property and contributing to some new bio-applications. Here we designed a novel smart polymer based on polyacrylamide (PAM) grafted with lactose units (PAM-g-lactose0.11), and reported carbohydrate-carbohydrate interaction (CCI)-promoted macroscopic properties switching on this smart polymer surface. Detailed investigations indicated that the binding of sialic acid molecules with the grafted lactose units via the CCIs induced conformational transformation of the polymer chains, further resulted in remarkable and reversible switching in surface topography, wettability and stiffness. With these excellent recognition and response capacities towards sialic acid, the PAM-g-lactose0.11 further facilitated good selectivity, strong anti-interference and high adsorption capacity in the capture of sialylated glycopeptides (important biomarkers for cancers). This work provides some enlightenment for the development of biointerface materials with tunable property, as well as high-performance glycopeptide enrichment materials.

  6. A solid-state electrochemiluminescence biosensing switch for detection of DNA hybridization based on ferrocene-labeled molecular beacon

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wang Xiaoying [School of Public Health, Southeast University, Nanjing 210009 (China); He Pingang, E-mail: [Department of Chemistry, East China Normal University, Shanghai 200062 (China); Fang Yuzhi, E-mail: [Department of Chemistry, East China Normal University, Shanghai 200062 (China)


    A solid-state electrochemiluminescence (ECL) biosensing switch incorporating quenching of ECL of ruthenium(II) tris-(bipyridine) (Ru(bpy){sub 3}{sup 2+}) by ferrocene (Fc) has been successfully developed for DNA hybridization detection. The important issue for this biosensing system is based on the ferrocene-labeled molecular beacon (Fc-MB), i.e. using the special Fc-MB to react with the target DNA and then change its structure, resulting in an ECL intensity change. Under the optimal conditions, the difference of ECL intensity before and after the hybridization reaction ({Delta}I{sub ECL}) was linearly related to the concentration of the complementary sequence in the range of 10 fM-10 pM and the detection limit was down to 1.0 fM.

  7. Dual origin of defect magnetism in graphene and its reversible switching by molecular doping. (United States)

    Nair, R R; Tsai, I-L; Sepioni, M; Lehtinen, O; Keinonen, J; Krasheninnikov, A V; Castro Neto, A H; Katsnelson, M I; Geim, A K; Grigorieva, I V


    Control of magnetism by applied voltage is desirable for spintronics applications. Finding a suitable material remains an elusive goal, with only a few candidates found so far. Graphene is one of them and attracts interest because of its weak spin-orbit interaction, the ability to control electronic properties by the electric field effect and the possibility to introduce paramagnetic centres such as vacancies and adatoms. Here we show that the magnetism of adatoms in graphene is itinerant and can be controlled by doping, so that magnetic moments are switched on and off. The much-discussed vacancy magnetism is found to have a dual origin, with two approximately equal contributions; one from itinerant magnetism and the other from dangling bonds. Our work suggests that graphene's spin transport can be controlled by the field effect, similar to its electronic and optical properties, and that spin diffusion can be significantly enhanced above a certain carrier density.

  8. Functional Proteomics Defines the Molecular Switch Underlying FGF Receptor Trafficking and Cellular Outputs

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Francavilla, Chiara; Rigbolt, Kristoffer T.G.; Emdal, Kristina B


    The stimulation of fibroblast growth factor receptors (FGFRs) with distinct FGF ligands generates specific cellular responses. However, the mechanisms underlying this paradigm have remained elusive. Here, we show that FGF-7 stimulation leads to FGFR2b degradation and, ultimately, cell proliferation......, whereas FGF-10 promotes receptor recycling and cell migration. By combining mass-spectrometry-based quantitative proteomics with fluorescence microscopy and biochemical methods, we find that FGF-10 specifically induces the rapid phosphorylation of tyrosine (Y) 734 on FGFR2b, which leads to PI3K and SH3BP4...... recruitment. This complex is crucial for FGFR2b recycling and responses, given that FGF-10 stimulation of either FGFR2b_Y734F mutant- or SH3BP4-depleted cells switches the receptor endocytic route to degradation, resulting in decreased breast cancer cell migration and the inhibition of epithelial branching...

  9. Thermal modulation of the monomer/excimer fluorescence for bispyrene molecules through the gel solution transition of an organogel: A thermo-driven molecular fluorescence switch (United States)

    Wang, Cheng; Wang, Zhuo; Zhang, Deqing; Zhu, Daoben


    Reversible modulation of the monomer/excimer emission was observed for bispyrene molecules 1 and 2 through the solution-gel phase transition (with gelator 3 as the LMWG) and accordingly a thermo-driven molecular fluorescence switch can be established.

  10. Molecular-Mechanical Switching at the Nanoparticle-Solvent Interface: Practice and Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Coskun, Ali [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Wesson, Paul J. [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Klajn, Rafal [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Trabolsi, Ali [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Fang, Lei [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Olson, Mark A. [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Dey, Sanjeev K. [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Grzybowski, Bartosz A. [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States); Stoddart, J. Fraser [Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL (United States)


    A range (Au, Pt, Pd) of metal nanoparticles (MNPs) has been prepared and functionalized with (a) redox-active stalks containing tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) units, (b) [2]pseudorotaxanes formed between these stalks and cyclobis(paraquat-p-phenylene) (CBPQT4+) rings, and (c) bistable [2]rotaxane molecules where the dumbbell component contains a 1,5-dioxynaphthalene (DNP) unit, as well as a TTF unit, encircled by a CBPQT4+ ring. It transpires that the molecules present in (a) and (c) and the supermolecules described in (b) retain their switching characteristics, previously observed in solution, when they are immobilized onto MNPs. Moreover, their oxidation potentials depend on the fraction, χ, of the molecules or supermolecules on the surface of the nanoparticles. A variation in χ affects the oxidation potentials of the TTF units to the extent that switching can be subjected to fine tuning as a result. Specifically, increasing χ results in positive shifts (i) in the oxidation potentials of the TTF unit in (a)-(c) and (ii) the reduction potentials of the CBPQT4+ rings in (c). These shifts can be attributed to an increase in the electrostatic potential surrounding the MNPs. Both the magnitude and the direction of these shifts are reproduced by a model, based on the Poisson-Boltzmann equation coupled with charge-regulating boundary conditions. Furthermore, the kinetics of relaxation from the metastable state coconformation (MSCC) to the ground-state coconformation (GSCC) of the bistable [2]rotaxane molecules also depends on χ, as well as on the nanoparticle diameter. Increasing either of these parameters accelerates the rate of relaxation from the MSCC to the GSCC. This rate is a function of (i) the activation energy for the relaxation process associated with the bistable [2]rotaxane molecules in solution and (ii) the electrostatic potential surrounding the MNPs. The electrostatic potential depends on (i) the diameter of the MNPs, (ii

  11. Caveolin isoform switching as a molecular, structural, and metabolic regulator of microglia



    Microglia are ramified cells that serve as central nervous system (CNS) guardians, capable of proliferation, migration, and generation of inflammatory cytokines. In non-pathological states, these cells exhibit ramified morphology with processes intermingling with neurons and astrocytes. Under pathological conditions, they acquire a rounded amoeboid morphology and proliferative and migratory capabilities. Such morphological changes require cytoskeleton rearrangements. The molecular control poi...

  12. Structures of the NLRP14 pyrin domain reveal a conformational switch mechanism regulating its molecular interactions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Eibl, Clarissa; Hessenberger, Manuel; Wenger, Julia; Brandstetter, Hans, E-mail: [University of Salzburg, Billrothstrasse 11, 5020 Salzburg (Austria)


    Pyrin domains (PYDs) recruit downstream effector molecules in NLR signalling. A specific charge-relay system suggests a the formation of a signalling complex involving a PYD dimer. The cytosolic tripartite NLR receptors serve as important signalling platforms in innate immunity. While the C-terminal domains act as sensor and activation modules, the N-terminal death-like domain, e.g. the CARD or pyrin domain, is thought to recruit downstream effector molecules by homotypic interactions. Such homotypic complexes have been determined for all members of the death-domain superfamily except for pyrin domains. Here, crystal structures of human NLRP14 pyrin-domain variants are reported. The wild-type protein as well as the clinical D86V mutant reveal an unexpected rearrangement of the C-terminal helix α6, resulting in an extended α5/6 stem-helix. This reordering mediates a novel symmetric pyrin-domain dimerization mode. The conformational switching is controlled by a charge-relay system with a drastic impact on protein stability. How the identified charge relay allows classification of NLRP receptors with respect to distinct recruitment mechanisms is discussed.

  13. Porphyrinic metal-organic framework as electrochemical probe for DNA sensing via triple-helix molecular switch. (United States)

    Ling, Pinghua; Lei, Jianping; Ju, Huangxian


    An electrochemical DNA sensor was developed based on the electrocatalysis of porphyrinic metal-organic framework (MOF) and triple-helix molecular switch for signal transduction. The streptavidin functionalized zirconium-porphyrin MOF (PCN-222@SA) was prepared as signal nanoprobe via covalent method and demonstrated high electrocatalysis for O2 reduction. Due to the large steric effect, the designed nanoprobe was blocked for the interaction with the biotin labeled triple-helix immobilized on the surface of glassy carbon electrode. In the presence of target DNA, the assistant DNA in triple-helix will hybridize with target DNA, resulting in the disassembly of triple-helix molecular. Consequently, the end biotin away from the electrode was ''activated'' for easy access to the signal nanoprobe, PCN-222@SA, on the basis of biotin-streptavidin biorecognition. The introduction of signal nanoprobe to a sensor surface led to a significantly amplified electrocatalytic current towards oxygen reduction. Integrating with DNA recycling amplification of Exonuclease III, the sensitivity of the biosensor was improved significantly with detection limit of 0.29 fM. Moreover, the present method has been successfully applied to detect DNA in complex serum matrix. This porphyrinic MOF-based strategy has promising application in the determination of various analytes for signal transduction and has great potential in bioassays.

  14. Inducible molecular switches for the study of long-term potentiation. (United States)

    Hédou, Gaël; Mansuy, Isabelle M


    This article reviews technical and conceptual advances in unravelling the molecular bases of long-term potentiation (LTP), learning and memory using genetic approaches. We focus on studies aimed at testing a model suggesting that protein kinases and protein phosphatases balance each other to control synaptic strength and plasticity. We describe how gene 'knock-out' technology was initially exploited to disrupt the Ca(2+)/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase IIalpha (CaMKIIalpha) gene and how refined knock-in techniques later allowed an analysis of the role of distinct phosphorylation sites in CaMKII. Further to gene recombination, regulated gene expression using the tetracycline-controlled transactivator and reverse tetracycline-controlled transactivator systems, a powerful new means for modulating the activity of specific molecules, has been applied to CaMKIIalpha and the opposing protein phosphatase calcineurin. Together with electro-physiological and behavioural evaluation of the engineered mutant animals, these genetic methodologies have helped gain insight into the molecular mechanisms of plasticity and memory. Further technical developments are, however, awaited for an even higher level of finesse.

  15. Molecular rectification and conductance switching in carbon-based molecular junctions by structural rearrangement accompanying electron injection. (United States)

    McCreery, Richard; Dieringer, Jon; Solak, Ali Osman; Snyder, Brian; Nowak, Aletha M; McGovern, William R; DuVall, Stacy


    Molecular junctions were fabricated consisting of a 3.7 nm thick layer of nitroazobenzene (NAB) molecules between a pyrolyzed photoresist substrate (PPF) and a titanium top contact which was protected from oxidation by a layer of gold. Raman spectroscopy, XPS, and AFM revealed that the NAB layer was 2-3 molecules thick and was bonded to the two conducting contacts by C-C and N-Ti covalent bonds. The current/voltage behavior of the PPF/NAB(3.7)/Ti junctions showed strong and reproducible rectification, with the current at +2 V exceeding that at -2 V by a factor of 600. The observed current density at +3 V was 0.71 A/cm(2), or about 10(5) e(-)/s/molecule. The i/V response was strongly dependent on temperature and scan rate, with the rectification ratio decreasing for lower temperature and faster scans. Junction conductivity increased with time over several seconds at room temperature in response to positive voltage pulses, with the rate of increase larger for more positive potentials. Voltage pulses to positive potentials and back to zero volts revealed that electrons are injected from the Ti to the NAB, to the extent of about 0.1-1 e(-)/molecule for a +3 V pulse. These electrons cause an activated transition of the NAB into a more conductive quinoid state, which in turn causes an increase in conductivity. The transition to the quinoid state involves nuclear rearrangement which occurs on a submillisecond to several second time scale, depending on the voltage applied. The quinoid state is stable as long as the applied electric field is present, but reverts back to NAB within several minutes after the field is relaxed. The results are interpreted in terms of a thermally activated, potential dependent electron transfer into the 3.7 nm NAB layer, which brings about a conductivity increase of several orders of magnitude.

  16. Molecular mechanism of R-bicalutamide switching from androgen receptor antagonist to agonist induced by amino acid mutations using molecular dynamics simulations and free energy calculation (United States)

    Liu, Hongli; Han, Rui; Li, Jiazhong; Liu, Huanxiang; Zheng, Lifang


    R-bicalutamide, a first generation antiandrogen, was used to treat prostate cancer for decades. Although it is very effective at the beginning, resistance appears after 2-3 years of treatment. Mutation of androgen receptor (AR) is considered a main reason for drug resistance. It is reported that AR W741C, W741L, W741C_T877A, T877A, F876L, F876L_T877A and L701H mutations can convert R-bicalutamide from AR antagonist to agonist, but the switching mechanisms are not clear. In this study, molecular dynamics simulations and molecular mechanics generalized Born surface area (MM-GBSA) calculations were performed to analyze the interaction mechanisms between R-bicalutamide and wild type/mutant ARs. The results indicate that helix H12, which lies on the top of AR LBD like a cover, plays a vital role in R-bicalutamide binding. When interacting with AR, the B-ring of R-bicalutamide pushes H12 aside, distorting the coactivator binding site (AF2) resulting in the inactivation of transcription. Several residue mutations appear to enlarge the distance between the B-ring of R-bicalutamide and H12, reducing steric clash, which is conducive to a closed H12 conformation, leading to the formation of the coactivator binding site AF2 and increased transcription. Hydrogen bond and per-residue free energy decomposition analyses are also investigated to explore the interacting mechanisms, and M895 is found to be a key residue in the antagonist mechanism. The obtained molecular mechanisms will aid rational screening and design of novel AR antagonists, even to mutant AR.

  17. Laser control of double proton transfer in porphycenes. Towards an ultrafast switch for photonic molecular wires

    CERN Document Server

    Abdel-Latif, Mahmoud K


    Electronic excitation energy transfer along a molecular wire depends on the relative orientation of the electronic transition dipole moments of neighboring chromophores. In porphycenes this orientation is changed upon double proton transfer in the electronic ground state. We explore the possibility to trigger such a double proton transfer reaction by means of an infrared pump-dump laser control scheme. To this end a quantum chemical characterization of an asymmetrically substituted porphycene is performed using density functional theory. Ground state geometries, the topology of the potential energy surface for double proton transfer, and S0->S1 transition energies are compared with the parent compound porphycene and a symmetric derivative. Employing a simple two-dimensional model for the double proton transfer, which incorporates sequential and concerted motions, quantum dynamics simulations of the laser driven dynamics are performed which demonstrate tautomerization control. Based on the orientation of the t...

  18. Plasma membranes as heat stress sensors: from lipid-controlled molecular switches to therapeutic applications. (United States)

    Török, Zsolt; Crul, Tim; Maresca, Bruno; Schütz, Gerhard J; Viana, Felix; Dindia, Laura; Piotto, Stefano; Brameshuber, Mario; Balogh, Gábor; Péter, Mária; Porta, Amalia; Trapani, Alfonso; Gombos, Imre; Glatz, Attila; Gungor, Burcin; Peksel, Begüm; Vigh, László; Csoboz, Bálint; Horváth, Ibolya; Vijayan, Mathilakath M; Hooper, Phillip L; Harwood, John L; Vigh, László


    The classic heat shock (stress) response (HSR) was originally attributed to protein denaturation. However, heat shock protein (Hsp) induction occurs in many circumstances where no protein denaturation is observed. Recently considerable evidence has been accumulated to the favor of the "Membrane Sensor Hypothesis" which predicts that the level of Hsps can be changed as a result of alterations to the plasma membrane. This is especially pertinent to mild heat shock, such as occurs in fever. In this condition the sensitivity of many transient receptor potential (TRP) channels is particularly notable. Small temperature stresses can modulate TRP gating significantly and this is influenced by lipids. In addition, stress hormones often modify plasma membrane structure and function and thus initiate a cascade of events, which may affect HSR. The major transactivator heat shock factor-1 integrates the signals originating from the plasma membrane and orchestrates the expression of individual heat shock genes. We describe how these observations can be tested at the molecular level, for example, with the use of membrane perturbers and through computational calculations. An important fact which now starts to be addressed is that membranes are not homogeneous nor do all cells react identically. Lipidomics and cell profiling are beginning to address the above two points. Finally, we observe that a deregulated HSR is found in a large number of important diseases where more detailed knowledge of the molecular mechanisms involved may offer timely opportunities for clinical interventions and new, innovative drug treatments. This article is part of a Special Issue entitled: Membrane Structure and Function: Relevance in the Cell's Physiology, Pathology and Therapy.

  19. A sensitive and versatile "signal-on" electrochemical aptasensor based on a triple-helix molecular switch. (United States)

    Wang, Xiuzhong; Jiang, Aiwen; Hou, Ting; Li, Feng


    In the present study, a versatile "signal-on" electrochemical aptasensor based on a triple-helix molecular switch has been developed. An aptamer probe is designed to hybridize with the methylene blue (MB)-modified DNA capture probe immobilized on the gold electrode to form rigid triple-helix DNA, impeding the efficient electron transfer of MB to the electrode and resulting in the decreased oxidation peak current of MB. However, upon introduction of the perfectly matched target, for example, human α-thrombin (Tmb), the interaction between Tmb and the aptamer probe leads to the dissociation of the triple-helix DNA structure and thereby liberates the MB-modified end of the capture probe, allowing the MB to collide with the electrode surface and resulting in an increase of the oxidation peak currents of MB. Therefore, the sensitive signal-on detection of Tmb is realized, and the detection limit of Tmb is 0.12 nM. The proposed approach also demonstrates excellent regenerability, reproducibility and stability. Additionally, it also has the advantages of simplicity in design and easy operation. The success in the present biosensor provides a promising alternative to the electrochemical detection of a variety of analytes and may have potential applications in point-of-care testing and clinical diagnosis.

  20. Assessing computationally efficient isomerization dynamics: Delta-SCF density-functional theory study of azobenzene molecular switching

    CERN Document Server

    Maurer, Reinhard J; 10.1063/1.3664305


    We present a detailed comparison of the S0, S1 (n -> \\pi*) and S2 (\\pi -> \\pi*) potential energy surfaces (PESs) of the prototypical molecular switch azobenzene as obtained by Delta-self-consistent-field (Delta-SCF) Density-Functional Theory (DFT), time-dependent DFT (TD-DFT) and approximate Coupled Cluster Singles and Doubles (RI-CC2). All three methods unanimously agree in terms of the PES topologies, which are furthermore fully consistent with existing experimental data concerning the photo-isomerization mechanism. In particular, sum-method corrected Delta-SCF and TD-DFT yield very similar results for S1 and S2, when based on the same ground-state exchange-correlation (xc) functional. While these techniques yield the correct PES topology already on the level of semi-local xc functionals, reliable absolute excitation energies as compared to RI-CC2 or experiment require an xc treatment on the level of long-range corrected hybrids. Nevertheless, particularly the robustness of Delta-SCF with respect to state c...

  1. Advanced computational biology methods identify molecular switches for malignancy in an EGF mouse model of liver cancer.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Philip Stegmaier

    Full Text Available The molecular causes by which the epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase induces malignant transformation are largely unknown. To better understand EGFs' transforming capacity whole genome scans were applied to a transgenic mouse model of liver cancer and subjected to advanced methods of computational analysis to construct de novo gene regulatory networks based on a combination of sequence analysis and entrained graph-topological algorithms. Here we identified transcription factors, processes, key nodes and molecules to connect as yet unknown interacting partners at the level of protein-DNA interaction. Many of those could be confirmed by electromobility band shift assay at recognition sites of gene specific promoters and by western blotting of nuclear proteins. A novel cellular regulatory circuitry could therefore be proposed that connects cell cycle regulated genes with components of the EGF signaling pathway. Promoter analysis of differentially expressed genes suggested the majority of regulated transcription factors to display specificity to either the pre-tumor or the tumor state. Subsequent search for signal transduction key nodes upstream of the identified transcription factors and their targets suggested the insulin-like growth factor pathway to render the tumor cells independent of EGF receptor activity. Notably, expression of IGF2 in addition to many components of this pathway was highly upregulated in tumors. Together, we propose a switch in autocrine signaling to foster tumor growth that was initially triggered by EGF and demonstrate the knowledge gain form promoter analysis combined with upstream key node identification.

  2. The TOMM machinery is a molecular switch in PINK1 and PARK2/PARKIN-dependent mitochondrial clearance. (United States)

    Bertolin, Giulia; Ferrando-Miguel, Rosa; Jacoupy, Maxime; Traver, Sabine; Grenier, Karl; Greene, Andrew W; Dauphin, Aurélien; Waharte, François; Bayot, Aurélien; Salamero, Jean; Lombès, Anne; Bulteau, Anne-Laure; Fon, Edward A; Brice, Alexis; Corti, Olga


    Loss-of-function mutations in PARK2/PARKIN and PINK1 cause early-onset autosomal recessive Parkinson disease (PD). The cytosolic E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase PARK2 cooperates with the mitochondrial kinase PINK1 to maintain mitochondrial quality. A loss of mitochondrial transmembrane potential (ΔΨ) leads to the PINK1-dependent recruitment of PARK2 to the outer mitochondrial membrane (OMM), followed by the ubiquitination and proteasome-dependent degradation of OMM proteins, and by the autophagy-dependent clearance of mitochondrial remnants. We showed here that blockade of mitochondrial protein import triggers the recruitment of PARK2, by PINK1, to the TOMM machinery. PD-causing PARK2 mutations weakened or disrupted the molecular interaction between PARK2 and specific TOMM subunits: the surface receptor, TOMM70A, and the channel protein, TOMM40. The downregulation of TOMM40 or its associated core subunit, TOMM22, was sufficient to trigger OMM protein clearance in the absence of PINK1 or PARK2. However, PARK2 was required to promote the degradation of whole organelles by autophagy. Furthermore, the overproduction of TOMM22 or TOMM40 reversed mitochondrial clearance promoted by PINK1 and PARK2 after ΔΨ loss. These results indicated that the TOMM machinery is a key molecular switch in the mitochondrial clearance program controlled by the PINK1-PARK2 pathway. Loss of functional coupling between mitochondrial protein import and the neuroprotective degradation of dysfunctional mitochondria may therefore be a primary pathogenic mechanism in autosomal recessive PD.

  3. Estudio de un modelo de red neuronal artificial del switch molecular del bacteriófago Lambda

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Rodríguez Tobón Guillermo León


    Full Text Available La maquinaria molecular de las células consiste de una enorme red de moléculas que interactúan unas con
    otras de manera compleja. En estos sistemas la información es procesada por medio de variaciones en las
    concentraciones y localización de estas moléculas en respuesta a estímulos de origen intra o extra celular. Una
    de las tendencias más importantes de la biología molecular actual, gira en torno a la comprensión de los procesos de procesamiento de la información por medio de la elaboración de modelos dinámicos sistémicos de los sistemas moleculares biológicos. En los últimos años, grandes adelantos han tenido lugar en el campo del desarrollo e implementación de algoritmos que permiten realizar simulaciones del comportamiento de diversos sistemas moleculares tales como las vías de señalización intracelular, control del metabolismo y expresión genética. En un modelo dinámico sistémico cualquier cantidad de interés, mientras que la medición de las mismas cantidades in vivo requiere la elaboración y ejecución de experimentos muy laboriosos y costosos. La aplicación de las técnicas de modelamiento y simulación en el campo de la biología molecular ayuda al mejoramiento en el entendimiento de los procesos biológicos. Los aspectos moleculares del sistema regulatorio del bacteriófago lambda, ha sido por mucho tiempo el centro de atención de las investigaciones que tratan de dilucidar las bases moleculares de los procesos implicados en el control de expresión genética en procariotas. Aspectos tanto cuantitativos como cualitativos del comportamiento del switch del bacteriófago lambda han sido caracterizados experimentalmente. Sin embargo, un completo  entendimiento de la robustez y estabilidad del sistema regulatorio del mismo está aún por obtenerse. En el presente trabajo se propone  una modificación del modelo dinámico, el cual tiene como elemento principal la dinámica reguladora del operador

  4. Solution-phase laser processing of π-conjugated polymers: Switching between different molecular states (United States)

    Takada, K.; Tomioka, A.


    Liquid-phase laser processing, where the laser-irradiated target material is immersed in water for cooling, has been reported as a promising processing technique for thermally fragile organic materials. Although nanometer-sized particles have been reported to be obtained with the liquid-phase laser processing, the physical property did not change because quantum-mechanical size effect does not exhibit itself in the zero-radius Frenkel excitons. In the present study, we step further to use solution droplets as a target material, where organic molecules are molecularly dispersed in organic solvent and, therefore, expected to easily alter the conformation and the energy state upon laser irradiation. Small volume organic solvent is quickly evaporated upon laser irradiation, letting the bare organic molecule placed in water and rapidly cooled. To prevent the chemical decomposition of the target π-conjugated molecule, the specimen was resonantly irradiated by a ns-pulse green laser, not by a conventional UV laser. When the solid state spin-coat film made from MEH-PPV chloroform solution was used as a irradiation target immersed in water, resulting MEH-PPV particles showed similar photoluminescence (PL) like the PL of the spin-coat film and PL of the chloroform solution, including the 0→1, 0→2 vibrational transitions: this indicates that the energy levels were not modified from the spin-coat film. In comparison, when tiny droplets of MEH-PPV chloroform solution (orange color) were suspended in water, laser irradiation gave rise to yellow MEH-PPV particles which showed 550 nm and 530 nm PL (type B), blue-shifted from the spin-coat film PL 580 nm (type A), suggesting a successful phase transition of MEH-PPV polymer to type B. Further solution-phase laser processing left the type B state unchanged. The irreversible phase transition from type A to type B suggests that the type B ground state has lower energy than type A, which is consistent with the blue-shifted PL of

  5. Cardiac contractility structure-activity relationship and ligand-receptor interactions; the discovery of unique and novel molecular switches in myosuppressin signaling.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Megan Leander

    Full Text Available Peptidergic signaling regulates cardiac contractility; thus, identifying molecular switches, ligand-receptor contacts, and antagonists aids in exploring the underlying mechanisms to influence health. Myosuppressin (MS, a decapeptide, diminishes cardiac contractility and gut motility. Myosuppressin binds to G protein-coupled receptor (GPCR proteins. Two Drosophila melanogaster myosuppressin receptors (DrmMS-Rs exist; however, no mechanism underlying MS-R activation is reported. We predicted DrmMS-Rs contained molecular switches that resembled those of Rhodopsin. Additionally, we believed DrmMS-DrmMS-R1 and DrmMS-DrmMS-R2 interactions would reflect our structure-activity relationship (SAR data. We hypothesized agonist- and antagonist-receptor contacts would differ from one another depending on activity. Lastly, we expected our study to apply to other species; we tested this hypothesis in Rhodnius prolixus, the Chagas disease vector. Searching DrmMS-Rs for molecular switches led to the discovery of a unique ionic lock and a novel 3-6 lock, as well as transmission and tyrosine toggle switches. The DrmMS-DrmMS-R1 and DrmMS-DrmMS-R2 contacts suggested tissue-specific signaling existed, which was in line with our SAR data. We identified R. prolixus (RhpMS-R and discovered it, too, contained the unique myosuppressin ionic lock and novel 3-6 lock found in DrmMS-Rs as well as transmission and tyrosine toggle switches. Further, these motifs were present in red flour beetle, common water flea, honey bee, domestic silkworm, and termite MS-Rs. RhpMS and DrmMS decreased R. prolixus cardiac contractility dose dependently with EC50 values of 140 nM and 50 nM. Based on ligand-receptor contacts, we designed RhpMS analogs believed to be an active core and antagonist; testing on heart confirmed these predictions. The active core docking mimicked RhpMS, however, the antagonist did not. Together, these data were consistent with the unique ionic lock, novel 3-6 lock

  6. Molecular Orbital Rule for Quantum Interference in Weakly Coupled Dimers: Low-Energy Giant Conductivity Switching Induced by Orbital Level Crossing. (United States)

    Nozaki, Daijiro; Lücke, Andreas; Schmidt, Wolf Gero


    Destructive quantum interference (QI) in molecular junctions has attracted much attention in recent years. It can tune the conductance of molecular devices dramatically, which implies numerous potential applications in thermoelectric and switching applications. There are several schemes that address and rationalize QI in single molecular devices. Dimers play a particular role in this respect because the QI signal may disappear, depending on the dislocation of monomers. We derive a simple rule that governs the occurrence of QI in weakly coupled dimer stacks of both alternant and nonalternant polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and extends the Tada-Yoshizawa scheme. Starting from the Green's function formalism combined with the molecular orbital expansion approach, it is shown that QI-induced antiresonances and their energies can be predicted from the amplitudes of the respective monomer terminal molecular orbitals. The condition is illustrated for a toy model consisting of two hydrogen molecules and applied within density functional calculations to alternant dimers of oligo(phenylene-ethynylene) and nonalternant PAHs. Minimal dimer structure modifications that require only a few millielectronvolts and lead to an energy crossing of the essentially preserved monomer orbitals are shown to result in giant conductance switching ratios.

  7. Effects of molecular chirality on self-assembly and switching in liquid crystals at the cross-over between rod-like and bent shapes. (United States)

    Ocak, Hale; Poppe, Marco; Bilgin-Eran, Belkız; Karanlık, Gürkan; Prehm, Marko; Tschierske, Carsten


    A bent-core compound derived from a 4-cyanoresorcinol core unit with two terephthalate based rod-like wings and carrying chiral 3,7-dimethyloctyloxy side chains has been synthesized in racemic and enantiomerically pure form and characterized by polarizing microscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, X-ray diffraction and electro-optical investigations to study the influence of molecular chirality on the superstructural chirality and polar order in lamellar liquid crystalline phases. Herein we demonstrate that the coupling of molecular chirality with superstructural layer chirality in SmCsPF domain phases (forming energetically distinct diastereomeric pairs) can fix the tilt direction and thus stabilize synpolar order, leading to bistable ferroelectric switching in the SmC* phases of the (S)-enantiomer, whereas tristable modes determine the switching of the racemate. Moreover, the mechanism of electric field induced molecular reorganization changes from a rotation around the molecular long axis in the racemate to a rotation on the tilt-cone for the (S)-enantiomer. At high temperature the enantiomer behaves like a rod-like molecule with a chirality induced ferroelectric SmC* phase and an electroclinic effect in the SmA'* phase. At reduced temperature sterically induced polarization, due to the bent molecular shape, becomes dominating, leading to much higher polarization values, thus providing access to high polarization ferroelectric materials with weakly bent compounds having only "weakly chiral" stereogenic units. Moreover, the field induced alignment of the SmCsPF(()*()) domains gives rise to a special kind of electroclinic effect appearing even in the absence of molecular chirality. Comparison with related compounds indicates that the strongest effects of chirality appear for weakly bent molecules with a relatively short coherence length of polar order, whereas for smectic phases with long range polar order the effects of the interlayer interfaces can override

  8. Synthesis, molecular structure, spectroscopic investigations and computational study of a potential molecular switch of 2-([1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-phenyl-1,3 diazabicyclo [3.1.0]hex-3-ene

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)



    This work presents a combined experimental and theoretical study on a photochromic compound, 2-([1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-phenyl-1,3 diazabicyclo [3.1.0]hex-3-ene, existing in closed form (‘A’) and open form (‘B’). The spectroscopic properties of the title compound have beeninvestigated by using IR, UV–Vis and ¹H NMR techniques. The molecular geometry and spectroscopic data of the title compound have been calculated by using the density functional method (B3LYP) invoking 6-311G(d,p) basis set. UV-Vis spectra of the two forms were recorded. The excitation energies, oscillator strength, etc., were calculated by time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT). Furthermore, molecular electrostatic potential map (MEP), frontier molecular orbital analysis (HOMO–LUMO), total density of state (TDOS) and reactivity descriptors were found and discussed. We applied a first-principles computational approach to study a light-sensitive molecular switch. We find that the conductance of the two isomers varies dramatically, which suggests that this system has potential use as a molecular switch.

  9. Structural polymorphism of the major capsid protein of a double-stranded RNA virus: an amphipathic alpha helix as a molecular switch. (United States)

    Saugar, Irene; Luque, Daniel; Oña, Ana; Rodríguez, José F; Carrascosa, José L; Trus, Benes L; Castón, José R


    The infectious bursal disease virus T=13 viral particle is composed of two major proteins, VP2 and VP3. Here, we show that the molecular basis of the conformational flexibility of the major capsid protein precursor, pVP2, is an amphipatic alpha helix formed by the sequence GFKDIIRAIR. VP2 containing this alpha helix is able to assemble into the T=13 capsid only when expressed as a chimeric protein with an N-terminal His tag. An amphiphilic alpha helix, which acts as a conformational switch, is thus responsible for the inherent structural polymorphism of VP2. The His tag mimics the VP3 C-terminal region closely and acts as a molecular triggering factor. Using cryo-electron microscopy difference imaging, both polypeptide elements were detected on the capsid inner surface. We propose that electrostatic interactions between these two morphogenic elements are transmitted to VP2 to acquire the competent conformations for capsid assembly.

  10. Designs for the self-assembly of open and closed macromolecular structures and a molecular switch using DNA methyltransferases to order proteins on nucleic acid scaffolds (United States)

    Smith, Steven S.


    The methyltransferase-directed addressing of fusion proteins to DNA scaffolds offers an approach to the construction of protein/nucleic acid biostructures with potential in a variety of applications. The technology is currently only limited by the yield of high occupancy structures. However, current evidence shows that DNA scaffolds that contain three or four targeted proteins can be reliably constructed. This permits a variety of macromolecular designs, several of which are given in this paper. Designs for open and closed two-dimensional and three-dimensional assemblies and a design for a molecular switch are discussed. The closed two-dimensional assembly takes the form of a square, and could find application as a component of other systems including a macromolecular rotaxane. The closed three-dimensional system takes the form of a trigonal bipyramid and could find application as a macromolecular carcerand. The molecular switch could find application as a peptide biosensor. Guidelines for the construction and structural verification of these designs are reported.

  11. Switch wear leveling (United States)

    Wu, Hunter; Sealy, Kylee; Gilchrist, Aaron


    An apparatus for switch wear leveling includes a switching module that controls switching for two or more pairs of switches in a switching power converter. The switching module controls switches based on a duty cycle control technique and closes and opens each switch in a switching sequence. The pairs of switches connect to a positive and negative terminal of a DC voltage source. For a first switching sequence a first switch of a pair of switches has a higher switching power loss than a second switch of the pair of switches. The apparatus includes a switch rotation module that changes the switching sequence of the two or more pairs of switches from the first switching sequence to a second switching sequence. The second switch of a pair of switches has a higher switching power loss than the first switch of the pair of switches during the second switching sequence.

  12. Exciter switch (United States)

    Mcpeak, W. L.


    A new exciter switch assembly has been installed at the three DSN 64-m deep space stations. This assembly provides for switching Block III and Block IV exciters to either the high-power or 20-kW transmitters in either dual-carrier or single-carrier mode. In the dual-carrier mode, it provides for balancing the two drive signals from a single control panel located in the transmitter local control and remote control consoles. In addition to the improved switching capabilities, extensive monitoring of both the exciter switch assembly and Transmitter Subsystem is provided by the exciter switch monitor and display assemblies.

  13. Photoelectron spectroscopy of self-assembled monolayers of molecular switches on noble metal surfaces; Photoelektronenspektroskopie selbstorganisierter Adsorbatschichten aus molekularen Schaltern auf Edelmetalloberflaechen

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Heinemann, Nils


    Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs) of butanethiolate (C4) on single crystalline Au(111) surfaces were prepared by adsorption from solution. The thermally activated desorption behaviour of the C4 molecules from the gold substrate was examined by qualitative thermal desorption measurements (TDM), through this a desorption temperature T{sub Des}=473 K could be determined. With this knowledge, it was possible to produce samples of very good surface quality, by thermal treatment T{sub Sample}molecular switch 3-(4-(4-Hexyl-phenylazo)-phenoxy)-propane-1-thiol (ABT), deposited by self-assembly from solution on Au(111), was examined using laser-based photoelectron spectroscopy. Differences in the molecular dipole moment characteristic for the trans and the cis isomer of ABT were observed via changes in the sample work function, accessible by detection of the threshold energy for photoemission. A quantitative

  14. New concepts in molecular imaging: non-invasive MRI spotting of proteolysis using an Overhauser effect switch.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Philippe Mellet

    Full Text Available BACKGROUND: Proteolysis, involved in many processes in living organisms, is tightly regulated in space and time under physiological conditions. However deregulation can occur with local persistent proteolytic activities, e.g. in inflammation, cystic fibrosis, tumors, or pancreatitis. Furthermore, little is known about the role of many proteases, hence there is a need of new imaging methods to visualize specifically normal or disease-related proteolysis in intact bodies. METHODOLOGY/PRINCIPAL FINDINGS: In this paper, a new concept for non invasive proteolysis imaging is proposed. Overhauser-enhanced Magnetic Resonance Imaging (OMRI at 0.2 Tesla was used to monitor the enzymatic hydrolysis of a nitroxide-labeled protein. In vitro, image intensity switched from 1 to 25 upon proteolysis due to the associated decrease in the motional correlation time of the substrate. The OMRI experimental device used in this study is consistent with protease imaging in mice at 0.2 T without significant heating. Simulations show that this enzymatic-driven OMRI signal switch can be obtained at lower frequencies suitable for larger animals or humans. CONCLUSIONS/SIGNIFICANCE: The method is highly sensitive and makes possible proteolysis imaging in three dimensions with a good spatial resolution. Any protease could be targeted specifically through the use of taylor-made cleavable macromolecules. At short term OMRI of proteolysis may be applied to basic research as well as to evaluate therapeutic treatments in small animal models of experimental diseases.

  15. 全氟环戊二芳基乙烯多功能分子开关的研究进展%Progress in multifunctional molecular switches of perfluorocylopentene derivatives

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    范丛斌; 章洛汗; 蒲守智


    全氟环戊二芳基乙烯是近年来国内外备受关注的一类光致变色化合物.其优良的热稳定性、抗疲劳性,使其很有可能成为一种新型的超高密度信息存储、分子开关及光通信材料.主要介绍了该类化合物的结构异构所表现的不同特性的光/热控分子开关、电化学开关、荧光开关、手性开关和液晶等分子开关,并展望了该类化合物的发展前景.%Perfluorocyctopentene derivative is one of photochromic compounds, which has attracted considerable interest of research because of their thermally irreversible and fatigue resistance properties for use in optoelectronic devices such as ultrahigh-density optical data storage, molecular switches and optical communication. This article describes recent development of multifunctional-switchable perfluorocyclopentene derivatives,which show different isomer properties including photo/hot irradiation molecular switches, electrochemical switches, fluorescent photo-switches, photoirradiation chiral switches and liquid crystalline switches. Future development is prospected finally.

  16. Mode switching of a self-propelled camphor disk sensitive to the photoisomerization of a molecular layer on water. (United States)

    Nakata, Satoshi; Miyaji, Tatsuya; Matsuda, Yui; Yoshii, Miyu; Abe, Manabu


    A simple self-propelled motor on a 4-[[(dodecyloxy)benz-4-yl]azo]benzoic acid (DBA) molecular layer was investigated from the viewpoint of motor control depending on the molecular structure. The nature of the self-motion of a camphor disk on the DBA molecular layer changed depending on the surface pressure (π)-area (A) isotherm of DBA, which in turn changed by the photoisomerization between UV and green lights. The characteristic motion of the camphor disk is discussed in relation to the π-A isotherm of DBA, which changes depending on the photoisomerization as the driving force of motion.

  17. Acid/Base and H2PO4(-) Controllable High-Contrast Optical Molecular Switches with a Novel BODIPY Functionalized [2]Rotaxane. (United States)

    Arumugaperumal, Reguram; Srinivasadesikan, Venkatesan; Ramakrishnam Raju, Mandapati V; Lin, Ming-Chang; Shukla, Tarun; Singh, Ravinder; Lin, Hong-Cheu


    A novel multifunctional mechanically interlocked switchable [2]rotaxane R4 containing two molecular stations and rotaxane arms terminated with boron-dipyrromethene (BODIPY) fluorophores and its derivatives were synthesized for the first time by CuAAC click reaction. The shuttling motion of macrocycle between the dibenzylammonium and triazolium recognition sites and the distance dependent photoinduced electron transfer process of R4 is demonstrated by utilizing external chemical stimuli (acid/base). Interestingly, the reversible self-assembly process of R4 was recognized by the acid-base molecular switch strategy. Notably, two symmetrical triazolium groups acted as molecular stations, H2PO4(-) receptors, and H-bonded donors. Both [2]rotaxane R4 and thread R2 demonstrated excellent optical responses and high selectivity toward H2PO4(-) ion. The specific motion and guest-host interactions of mechanically interlocked machines (MIMs) were also further explored by quantum mechanical calculations. The thread R2 also demonstrated to enable the detection of H2PO4(-) in RAW 264.7 cells successfully.

  18. Discovery of molecular switches within the ADX-47273 mGlu5 PAM scaffold that modulate modes of pharmacology to afford potent mGlu5 NAMs, PAMs and partial antagonists. (United States)

    Lamb, Jeffrey P; Engers, Darren W; Niswender, Colleen M; Rodriguez, Alice L; Venable, Daryl F; Conn, P Jeffrey; Lindsley, Craig W


    This Letter describes a chemical lead optimization campaign directed at a weak mGlu(5) NAM discovered while developing SAR for the mGlu(5) PAM, ADX-47273. An iterative parallel synthesis effort discovered multiple, subtle molecular switches that afford potent mGlu(5) NAMs, mGlu(5) PAMs as well as mGlu(5) partial antagonists.

  19. Phosphorylation state of CREB in the rat hippocampus: a molecular switch between spatial novelty and spatial familiarity? (United States)

    Moncada, Diego; Viola, Haydée


    The activation of cAMP response element-binding protein (CREB) after a learning experience is a common feature in the formation of several associative memories. We recently demonstrated that the increase in the hippocampal phosphorylated CREB (pCREB) levels 1 h after a short exploration of an open field (OF) was associated to detection of spatial novelty and was not related to the memory formation of habituation in this non-associative learning paradigm. Moreover, after a long training of three OF sessions, hippocampal pCREB levels were below to that observed in control rats. The present results show that such decrease does not correlate with memory retrieval or improvement in long-term memory of habituation. Instead, it is associated with the familiarity to the arena. Our experiments revealed that the relevant variable to induce CREB deactivation was the prolonged exploration of the arena (30 min). A 15 min OF exploration was ineffective. Furthermore, the last 5 min period of a prolonged exploration was crucial to change CREB phosphorylation state: when exploration took place in a novel arena the level of pCREB increased; in contrast, when it was performed in the familiar OF, pCREB levels decreased. Taken as a whole, our results suggest that CREB phosphorylation state in the hippocampus switches in response to exposure to a novel or to a familiar spatial environment.

  20. Hybrid MPI/OpenMP Implementation of the ORAC Molecular Dynamics Program for Generalized Ensemble and Fast Switching Alchemical Simulations. (United States)

    Procacci, Piero


    We present a new release (6.0β) of the ORAC program [Marsili et al. J. Comput. Chem. 2010, 31, 1106-1116] with a hybrid OpenMP/MPI (open multiprocessing message passing interface) multilevel parallelism tailored for generalized ensemble (GE) and fast switching double annihilation (FS-DAM) nonequilibrium technology aimed at evaluating the binding free energy in drug-receptor system on high performance computing platforms. The production of the GE or FS-DAM trajectories is handled using a weak scaling parallel approach on the MPI level only, while a strong scaling force decomposition scheme is implemented for intranode computations with shared memory access at the OpenMP level. The efficiency, simplicity, and inherent parallel nature of the ORAC implementation of the FS-DAM algorithm, project the code as a possible effective tool for a second generation high throughput virtual screening in drug discovery and design. The code, along with documentation, testing, and ancillary tools, is distributed under the provisions of the General Public License and can be freely downloaded at .

  1. Femtosecond Laser Spectroscopy of the Rhodopsin Photochromic Reaction: A Concept for Ultrafast Optical Molecular Switch Creation (Ultrafast Reversible Photoreaction of Rhodopsin

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Olga Smitienko


    Full Text Available Ultrafast reverse photoreaction of visual pigment rhodopsin in the femtosecond time range at room temperature is demonstrated. Femtosecond two-pump probe experiments with a time resolution of 25 fs have been performed. The first рump pulse at 500 nm initiated cis-trans photoisomerization of rhodopsin chromophore, 11-cis retinal, which resulted in the formation of the primary ground-state photoproduct within a mere 200 fs. The second pump pulse at 620 nm with a varying delay of 200 to 3750 fs relative to the first рump pulse, initiated the reverse phototransition of the primary photoproduct to rhodopsin. The results of this photoconversion have been observed on the differential spectra obtained after the action of two pump pulses at a time delay of 100 ps. It was found that optical density decreased at 560 nm in the spectral region of bathorhodopsin absorption and increased at 480 nm, where rhodopsin absorbs. Rhodopsin photoswitching efficiency shows oscillations as a function of the time delay between two рump pulses. The quantum yield of reverse photoreaction initiated by the second pump pulse falls within the range 15% ± 1%. The molecular mechanism of the ultrafast reversible photoreaction of visual pigment rhodopsin may be used as a concept for the development of an ultrafast optical molecular switch.

  2. Photoinduced switching to metallic states in the two-dimensional organic Mott insulator dimethylphenazine-tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane with anisotropic molecular stacks (United States)

    Matsuzaki, Hiroyuki; Ohkura, Masa-aki; Ishige, Yu; Nogami, Yoshio; Okamoto, Hiroshi


    A photoinduced phase transition was investigated in an organic charge-transfer (CT) complex M2P -TCNQ F4 , [M2P : 5,10-dihydro-5,10-dimethylphenazine, donor (D) molecule; TCNQ F4 : 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane, acceptor (A) molecule] by means of femtosecond pump-probe reflection spectroscopy. This is an ionic compound and has a peculiar two-dimensional (2D) molecular arrangement; the same A (or D) molecules arrange along the [100] direction, and A and D molecules alternately arrange along the [111] direction. It results in a strongly anisotropic two-dimensional electronic structure. This compound shows a structural and magnetic phase transition at 122 K below which the two neighboring molecules are dimerized along both the [100] and [111] directions. We demonstrate that two kinds of photoinduced phase transitions occur by irradiation of a femtosecond laser pulse; in the high-temperature lattice-uniform phase, a quasi-one-dimensional (1D) metallic state along the AA(DD) stack is generated, and in the low-temperature lattice-dimerized phase, a quasi-2D metallic state is initially produced and molecular dimerizations are subsequently released. Mixed-stack CT compounds consisting of DA stacks are generally insulators or semiconductors in the ground state. Here, such a dynamical metallization in the DA stack is demonstrated. The release of the dimerizations drives several kinds of coherent oscillations which play an important role in the stabilization of the lattice-dimerized phase. The mechanisms of those photoinduced phase transitions are discussed in terms of the magnitudes of the anisotropic bandwidths and molecular dimerizations along two different directions of the molecular stacks.

  3. Role of accelerated segment switch in exons to alter targeting (ASSET in the molecular evolution of snake venom proteins

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kini R Manjunatha


    Full Text Available Abstract Background Snake venom toxins evolve more rapidly than other proteins through accelerated changes in the protein coding regions. Previously we have shown that accelerated segment switch in exons to alter targeting (ASSET might play an important role in its functional evolution of viperid three-finger toxins. In this phenomenon, short sequences in exons are radically changed to unrelated sequences and hence affect the folding and functional properties of the toxins. Results Here we analyzed other snake venom protein families to elucidate the role of ASSET in their functional evolution. ASSET appears to be involved in the functional evolution of three-finger toxins to a greater extent than in several other venom protein families. ASSET leads to replacement of some of the critical amino acid residues that affect the biological function in three-finger toxins as well as change the conformation of the loop that is involved in binding to specific target sites. Conclusion ASSET could lead to novel functions in snake venom proteins. Among snake venom serine proteases, ASSET contributes to changes in three surface segments. One of these segments near the substrate binding region is known to affect substrate specificity, and its exchange may have significant implications for differences in isoform catalytic activity on specific target protein substrates. ASSET therefore plays an important role in functional diversification of snake venom proteins, in addition to accelerated point mutations in the protein coding regions. Accelerated point mutations lead to fine-tuning of target specificity, whereas ASSET leads to large-scale replacement of multiple functionally important residues, resulting in change or gain of functions.

  4. Tuning the temperature dependence for switching in dithienylethene photochromic switches. (United States)

    Kudernac, Tibor; Kobayashi, Takao; Uyama, Ayaka; Uchida, Kingo; Nakamura, Shinichiro; Feringa, Ben L


    Diarylethene photochromic switches use light to drive structural changes through reversible electrocyclization reactions. High efficiency in dynamic photoswitching is a prerequisite for applications, as is thermal stability and the selective addressability of both isomers ring-opened and -closed diarylethenes. These properties can be optimized readily through rational variation in molecular structure. The efficiency with regard to switching as a function of structural variation is much less understood, with the exception of geometric requirements placed on the reacting atoms. Ultimately, increasing the quantum efficiency of photochemical switching in diarylethenes requires a detailed understanding of the excited-state potential energy surface(s) and the mechanisms involved in switching. Through studies of the temperature dependence, photoswitching and theoretical studies demonstrate the occurrence or absence of thermal activation barriers in three constitutional isomers that bear distinct π-conjugated systems. We found that a decrease in the thermal barriers correlates with an increase in switching efficiency. The origin of the barriers is assigned to the decrease in π-conjugation that is concomitant with the progress of the photoreaction. Furthermore, we show that balanced molecular design can minimize the change in the extent of π-conjugation during switching and lead to optimal bidirectional switching efficiencies. Our findings hold implications for future structural design of diarylethene photochromic switches.

  5. Discovery of a regioselectivity switch in nitrating P450s guided by molecular dynamics simulations and Markov models (United States)

    Dodani, Sheel C.; Kiss, Gert; Cahn, Jackson K. B.; Su, Ye; Pande, Vijay S.; Arnold, Frances H.


    The dynamic motions of protein structural elements, particularly flexible loops, are intimately linked with diverse aspects of enzyme catalysis. Engineering of these loop regions can alter protein stability, substrate binding and even dramatically impact enzyme function. When these flexible regions are unresolvable structurally, computational reconstruction in combination with large-scale molecular dynamics simulations can be used to guide the engineering strategy. Here we present a collaborative approach that consists of both experiment and computation and led to the discovery of a single mutation in the F/G loop of the nitrating cytochrome P450 TxtE that simultaneously controls loop dynamics and completely shifts the enzyme's regioselectivity from the C4 to the C5 position of L-tryptophan. Furthermore, we find that this loop mutation is naturally present in a subset of homologous nitrating P450s and confirm that these uncharacterized enzymes exclusively produce 5-nitro-L-tryptophan, a previously unknown biosynthetic intermediate.

  6. Nucleosome switches. (United States)

    Schwab, David J; Bruinsma, Robijn F; Rudnick, Joseph; Widom, Jonathan


    We present a statistical-mechanical model for the positioning of nucleosomes along genomic DNA molecules as a function of the strength of the binding potential and the chemical potential of the nucleosomes. We show that a significant section of the DNA is composed of two-level nucleosome switching regions where the nucleosome distribution undergoes a localized, first-order transition. The location of the nucleosome switches shows a strong correlation with the location of gene-regulation regions.

  7. Glucosidase II β-subunit, a novel substrate for caspase-3-like activity in rice, plays as a molecular switch between autophagy and programmed cell death (United States)

    Cui, Jing; Chen, Bing; Wang, Hongjuan; Han, Yue; Chen, Xi; Zhang, Wei


    Endoplasmic reticulum (ER) stress activates unfolded protein response (UPR) and autophagy. However, prolonged, severe stresses activate programmed cell death (PCD) in both animal and plant cells. Compared to the well-studied UPR pathway, the molecular mechanisms of ER-stress-induced PCD are less understood. Here, we report the identification of Gas2, the glucosidase II β subunit in the ER, as a potential switch between PCD and autophagy in rice. MS analysis identified Gas2, GRP94, and HSP40 protein in a purified caspase-3-like activity from heat stressed rice cell suspensions. The three corresponding genes were down-regulated under DTT-induced ER stress. Gas2 and GRP94 were localized to the ER, while HSP40 localized to the cytoplasm. Compared to wild-type, a Gas2 RNAi cell line was much sensitive to DTT treatment and had high levels of autophagy. Both caspase-3 and heat-stressed cell suspension lysate could cleave Gas2, producing a 14 kDa N-terminal fragment. Conditional expression of corresponding C-terminal fragment resulted in enhanced caspase-3-like activity in the protoplasts under heat stress. We proposed that mild ER stress causes down-regulation of Gas2 and induces autophagy, while severe stress results in Gas2 cleavage by caspase-3-like activity and the cleavage product amplifies this activity, possibly participating in the initiation of PCD. PMID:27538481

  8. A rapid drug release system with a NIR light-activated molecular switch for dual-modality photothermal/antibiotic treatments of subcutaneous abscesses. (United States)

    Chiang, Wei-Lun; Lin, Tzu-Tsen; Sureshbabu, Radhakrishnan; Chia, Wei-Tso; Hsiao, Hsu-Chan; Liu, Hung-Yi; Yang, Chih-Man; Sung, Hsing-Wen


    Eradicating subcutaneous bacterial infections remains a significant challenge. This work reports an injectable system of hollow microspheres (HMs) that can rapidly produce localized heat activated by near-infrared (NIR) light and control the release of an antibiotic via a "molecular switch" in their polymer shells, as a combination strategy for treating subcutaneous abscesses. The HMs have a shell of poly(d,l-lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) and an aqueous core that is comprised of vancomycin (Van) and polypyrrole nanoparticles (PPy NPs), which are photothermal agents. Experimental results demonstrate that the micro-HMs ensure efficiently the spatial stabilization of their encapsulated Van and PPy NPs at the injection site in mice with subcutaneous abscesses. Without NIR irradiation, the HMs elute a negligible drug concentration, but release substantially more when exposed to NIR light, suggesting that this system is suitable as a photothermally-responsive drug delivery system. The combination of photothermally-induced hyperthermia and antibiotic therapy with HMs increases cytotoxicity for bacteria in abscesses, to an extent that is greater than the sum of the two treatments alone, demonstrating a synergistic effect. This treatment platform may find other clinical applications, especially for localized hyperthermia-based cancer therapy.

  9. Molecular switch role of Akt in Polygonatum odoratum lectin-induced apoptosis and autophagy in human non-small cell lung cancer A549 cells. (United States)

    Li, Chunyang; Chen, Jie; Lu, Bangmin; Shi, Zheng; Wang, Hailian; Zhang, Bin; Zhao, Kailiang; Qi, Wei; Bao, Jinku; Wang, Yi


    Polygonatum odoratum lectin (POL), isolated from traditional Chinese medicine herb (Mill.) Druce, has drawn rising attention due to its wide biological activities. In the present study, anti-tumor effects, including apoptosis- and autophagy-inducing properties of POL, were determined by a series of cell biology methods such as MTT, cellular morphology observation, flow cytometry, immunoblotting. Herein, we found that POL could simultaneously induce apoptosis and autophagy in human non-small cell lung cancer A549 cells. POL initiated apoptosis through inhibiting Akt-NF-κB pathway, while POL triggered autophagy via suppressing Akt-mTOR pathway, suggesting the molecular switch role of Akt in regulating between POL-induced apoptosis and autophagy. Moreover, ROS was involved in POL-induced inhibition of Akt expression, and might therefore mediate both apoptosis and autophagy in A549 cells. In addition, POL displayed no significant cytotoxicity toward normal human embryonic lung fibroblast HELF cells. Due to the anti-tumor activities, POL might become a potent anti-cancer drug in future therapy, which might pave the way for exploring GNA-related lectins into effective drugs in cancer treatment.

  10. SFC在分子筛纯化系统切换控制中的应用%Application of SFC in switching-over control of molecular sieve purification system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    付定君; 伍晓娟; 徐平林


    针对分子筛纯化系统切换控制的特点,结合横河CETUMCS3000控制系统中的顺序控制功能,介绍了SFC在分子筛纯化系统切换控制中的应用,以及一些组态经验和维护措施。%Application of SFC in switching-over control of molecular sieve purification system is briefed on basis of the features of switching-over control of molecular sieve purification system in combination with function of sequence control of Henghe CETUM CS3000 control system and experiences on configuration and maintenance measures are described.

  11. The effects of threonine phosphorylation on the stability and dynamics of the central molecular switch region of 18.5-kDa myelin basic protein.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kenrick A Vassall

    global structure of the peptides through altered electrostatic interactions. The results support the hypothesis that the central conserved segment of MBP constitutes a molecular switch in which the conformation and/or intermolecular interactions are mediated by phosphorylation/dephosphorylation at T92 and T95.

  12. The effects of threonine phosphorylation on the stability and dynamics of the central molecular switch region of 18.5-kDa myelin basic protein. (United States)

    Vassall, Kenrick A; Bessonov, Kyrylo; De Avila, Miguel; Polverini, Eugenia; Harauz, George


    of the peptides through altered electrostatic interactions. The results support the hypothesis that the central conserved segment of MBP constitutes a molecular switch in which the conformation and/or intermolecular interactions are mediated by phosphorylation/dephosphorylation at T92 and T95.

  13. Sector Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Newman, Carol; Rand, John; Tarp, Finn

    Much of the literature on industry evolution has found firm dynamics to be an important source of sector-level productivity growth. In this paper, we ask whether the delineation of entry and exit firms matters in assessing the impact of firm turnover. Using detailed firm level data from Vietnam......-level determinants of firm exit and switching, which need to be carefully considered in the search for effective policy...

  14. Sector Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Newman, Carol; Rand, John; Tarp, Finn

    Much of the literature on industry evolution has found firm dynamics to be an important source of sector-level productivity growth. In this paper, we ask whether the delineation of entry and exit firms matters in assessing the impact of firm turnover. Using detailed firm level data from Vietnam, ......-level determinants of firm exit and switching, which need to be carefully considered in the search for effective policy...

  15. Neurotransmitter Switching? No Surprise. (United States)

    Spitzer, Nicholas C


    Among the many forms of brain plasticity, changes in synaptic strength and changes in synapse number are particularly prominent. However, evidence for neurotransmitter respecification or switching has been accumulating steadily, both in the developing nervous system and in the adult brain, with observations of transmitter addition, loss, or replacement of one transmitter with another. Natural stimuli can drive these changes in transmitter identity, with matching changes in postsynaptic transmitter receptors. Strikingly, they often convert the synapse from excitatory to inhibitory or vice versa, providing a basis for changes in behavior in those cases in which it has been examined. Progress has been made in identifying the factors that induce transmitter switching and in understanding the molecular mechanisms by which it is achieved. There are many intriguing questions to be addressed.

  16. Conformational choreography of a molecular switch region in myelin basic protein--molecular dynamics shows induced folding and secondary structure type conversion upon threonyl phosphorylation in both aqueous and membrane-associated environments. (United States)

    Polverini, Eugenia; Coll, Eoin P; Tieleman, D Peter; Harauz, George


    The 18.5 kDa isoform of myelin basic protein is essential to maintaining the close apposition of myelin membranes in central nervous system myelin, but its intrinsic disorder (conformational dependence on environment), a variety of post-translational modifications, and a diversity of protein ligands (e.g., actin and tubulin) all indicate it to be multifunctional. We have performed molecular dynamics simulations of a conserved central segment of 18.5 kDa myelin basic protein (residues Glu80-Gly103, murine sequence numbering) in aqueous and membrane-associated environments to ascertain the stability of constituent secondary structure elements (α-helix from Glu80-Val91 and extended poly-proline type II from Thr92-Gly103) and the effects of phosphorylation of residues Thr92 and Thr95, individually and together. In aqueous solution, all four forms of the peptide bent in the middle to form a hydrophobic cluster. The phosphorylated variants were stabilized further by electrostatic interactions and formation of β-structures, in agreement with previous spectroscopic data. In simulations performed with the peptide in association with a dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine bilayer, the amphipathic α-helical segment remained stable and membrane-associated, although the degree of penetration was less in the phosphorylated variants, and the tilt of the α-helix with respect to the plane of the membrane also changed significantly with the modifications. The extended segment adjacent to this α-helix represents a putative SH3-ligand and remained exposed to the cytoplasm (and thus accessible to binding partners). The results of these simulations demonstrate how this segment of the protein can act as a molecular switch: an amphipathic α-helical segment of the protein is membrane-associated and presents a subsequent proline-rich segment to the cytoplasm for interaction with other proteins. Phosphorylation of threonyl residues alters the degree of membrane penetration of the

  17. Gate-controlled conductance switching in DNA (United States)

    Xiang, Limin; Palma, Julio L.; Li, Yueqi; Mujica, Vladimiro; Ratner, Mark A.; Tao, Nongjian


    Extensive evidence has shown that long-range charge transport can occur along double helical DNA, but active control (switching) of single-DNA conductance with an external field has not yet been demonstrated. Here we demonstrate conductance switching in DNA by replacing a DNA base with a redox group. By applying an electrochemical (EC) gate voltage to the molecule, we switch the redox group between the oxidized and reduced states, leading to reversible switching of the DNA conductance between two discrete levels. We further show that monitoring the individual conductance switching allows the study of redox reaction kinetics and thermodynamics at single molecular level using DNA as a probe. Our theoretical calculations suggest that the switch is due to the change in the energy level alignment of the redox states relative to the Fermi level of the electrodes.

  18. Switched on!

    CERN Multimedia


    Like a star arriving on stage, impatiently followed by each member of CERN personnel and by millions of eyes around the world, the first beam of protons has circulated in the LHC. After years in the making and months of increasing anticipation, today the work of hundreds of people has borne fruit. WELL DONE to all! Successfully steered around the 27 kilometres of the world’s most powerful particle accelerator at 10:28 this morning, this first beam of protons circulating in the ring marks a key moment in the transition from over two decades of preparation to a new era of scientific discovery. "It’s a fantastic moment," said the LHC project leader Lyn Evans, "we can now look forward to a new era of understanding about the origins and evolution of the universe". Starting up a major new particle accelerator takes much more than flipping a switch. Thousands of individual elements have to work in harmony, timings have to be synchronize...

  19. Recurrent disruption of the Imu splice donor site in t(14;18) positive lymphomas: a potential molecular basis for aberrant downstream class switch recombination. (United States)

    Ruminy, Philippe; Jardin, Fabrice; Penther, Dominique; Picquenot, Jean-Michel; Parmentier, Françoise; Buchonnet, Gérard; Bertrand, Philippe; Tilly, Hervé; Bastard, Christian


    t(14;18) positive lymphomas are mature germinal center B-cell neoplasms. In agreement with this cellular origin, most have somatically mutated immunoglobulin variable genes and the IGH@ locus has almost always been reorganized by class switch recombination (CSR). However, contrasting with normal B-cells, a majority of cases still express an IgM while the constant genes are normally rearranged only on the non-productive allele. Concurrently, aberrant intra-allelic junctions involving downstream switch regions, with a lack of engagement of the switch mu (Smu), often accumulate on the functional alleles, suggesting some recurrent CSR perturbation during the onset of the disease. To clarify these surprising observations, we addressed the accessibility of the Smu to the CSR machinery in a large series of patients by characterizing the mutations that are expected to accumulate at this place upon CSR activation. Our data indicate that the Smu is mutated in a large majority of cases, often on both alleles, indicating that these cells usually reach a differentiation stage where CSR is activated and where this region remains accessible. Interestingly, we also identified a significant cluster of mutations at the splicing donor site of the first exon of the Smu germline transcripts, on the functional allele. This location suggests a possible relation with CSR perturbations in lymphoma and the clustering points to a probable mechanism of selection. In conclusion, our data suggest that an acquired mutation at the splicing donor site of the Smu transcripts may participate in the selection of lymphoma cells and play a significant role during the onset of the disease.

  20. Latching micro optical switch (United States)

    Garcia, Ernest J; Polosky, Marc A


    An optical switch reliably maintains its on or off state even when subjected to environments where the switch is bumped or otherwise moved. In addition, the optical switch maintains its on or off state indefinitely without requiring external power. External power is used only to transition the switch from one state to the other. The optical switch is configured with a fixed optical fiber and a movable optical fiber. The movable optical fiber is guided by various actuators in conjunction with a latching mechanism that configure the switch in one position that corresponds to the on state and in another position that corresponds to the off state.

  1. An acidic loop and cognate phosphorylation sites define a molecular switch that modulates ubiquitin charging activity in Cdc34-like enzymes

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Papaleo, Elena; Ranzani, Valeria; Tripodi, Farida;


    elements in one of the larger families of E2 enzymes: an acidic insertion in β4α2 loop in the proximity of the catalytic cysteine and two conserved key serine residues within the catalytic domain, which are phosphorylated by CK2. Our investigations, using yeast Cdc34 as a model, through 2.5 µs molecular......E2 ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes are crucial mediators of protein ubiquitination, which strongly influence the ultimate fate of the target substrates. Recently, it has been shown that the activity of several enzymes of the ubiquitination pathway is finely tuned by phosphorylation, an ubiquitous...... mechanism for cellular regulation, which modulates protein conformation. In this contribution, we provide the first rationale, at the molecular level, of the regulatory mechanism mediated by casein kinase 2 (CK2) phosphorylation of E2 Cdc34-like enzymes. In particular, we identify two co-evolving signature...

  2. Photo- and electro-chromic organometallics with dithienylethene (DTE) linker, L2CpM-DTE-MCpL2: dually stimuli-responsive molecular switch. (United States)

    Motoyama, Keiko; Li, Huifang; Koike, Takashi; Hatakeyama, Makoto; Yokojima, Satoshi; Nakamura, Shinichiro; Akita, Munetaka


    Photochromic dithienylethene (DTE) derivatives, M-DTE-M (M: M(η(5)-C(5)R(5))L(2); M = Fe, Ru; R = H, Me; L = CO, phosphine), with direct σ-bonded, redox-active organometallic attachments are prepared and their response to photo- and electro-chemical stimuli as well as wire-like and switching performance has been investigated. These properties turn out to be dependent on the metal and the auxiliary ligands. The DTE complexes with the MCp(CO)(2) and RuCp(CO)(PPh(3)) fragments undergo reversible photochemical ring-closing and -opening of the DTE moiety upon UV and visible-light irradiation, respectively, whereas the other FeCp(CO)(PPh(3)) and Fe(η(5)-C(5)R(5))(dppe) derivatives are virtually inert with respect to the photochemical ring closing process. Electrochemical analysis of the DTE complexes reveals that 2e-oxidation of the open isomer O also brings about the ring closure of the DTE moiety to afford the Fischer-carbene-type, dicationic closed derivatives C(2+) with the π-conjugated system different from that in the neutral ones C obtained photochemically. Subsequent reduction of C(2+) furnishes the neutral closed species C. Thus the ring closure is mediated not only by the conventional photochemical process but also by the sequential oxidation-reduction process, i.e. the organometallic DTE complexes are found to be dually photo- and electro-chromic. It is notable that the oxidative procedures are viable for the photochemically inert derivatives. Wire-like and switching performance has been evaluated on the basis of the comproportionation constant K(C) for the 1e-oxidized mixed valence monocationic species obtained by the electrochemical analysis and the switching factor SF (K(C)(C)/K(C)(O)), respectively. The K(C)(C) (7.5 × 10(4)) and SF values (5.4 × 10(3)) for phosphine-substituted derivatives are significantly large, as a result of the distinct π-conjugated systems of the DTE moieties involved in the O- (with cross-conjugation) and C-forms (fully

  3. Optical packet switched networks

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hansen, Peter Bukhave


    Optical packet switched networks are investigated with emphasis on the performance of the packet switch blocks. Initially, the network context of the optical packet switched network is described showing that a packet network will provide transparency, flexibility and bridge the granularity gap...... between the electrical switched layer and the WDM transport layer. Analytical models are implemented to determine the signal quality ghrough the switch blocks in terms of power penalty and to assess the traffic performance of different switch block architectures. Further, a computer simulation model...... is used to investigate the influence on the traffic performance of asynchronous operation of the switch blocks. The signal quality investigation illustrates some of the component requirements in respect to gain saturation in SOA gates and crosstalk in order to obtain high cascadability of the switch...

  4. Remote switch actuator (United States)

    Haas, Edwin Gerard; Beauman, Ronald; Palo, Jr., Stefan


    The invention provides a device and method for actuating electrical switches remotely. The device is removably attached to the switch and is actuated through the transfer of a user's force. The user is able to remain physically removed from the switch site obviating need for protective equipment. The device and method allow rapid, safe actuation of high-voltage or high-current carrying electrical switches or circuit breakers.

  5. Perancangan Switch Matrik Besar Menggunakan Array Switch Analog Zarlink



    Secara tradisional, perancangan sebuah switch matrik yang besar dilakukan dengan menggunakan switch-switch elektromekanik. Dengan demikian, banyak bagian yang bergerak yang digunakan untuk membangun switch matrik ini. Dengan kemajuan bidang elektronik, switch elektromekanik saat ini dapat digantikan dengan switch-switch semikonduktor yang ekivalen yang menawarkan solusi yang lebih ekonomis dan memiliki keandalan yang lebih baik. Rumpun switch crosspoint analog Zarlink dapat disusun dengan mud...

  6. Multi-Functional Molecular Switches Based on Photochromic Dithienylethenes%多功能二噻吩乙烯光致变色光分子开关材料

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    邹祺; 张隽佶; 田禾


    光致变色材料是一类在不同波长的光交替照射下,产生两种可进行可逆转换的光致异构体并伴随明显的光物理和光化学性能变化的材料。基于其特殊的光致异构性质,人们已开发出多种光致变色功能材料并将其广泛应用于超高密度光信息存储、分子开关、分子逻辑门、分子导线、光电材料、多光子器件、表面/纳米器件、液晶材料、化学传感、生物成像、自组装、聚集诱导发光、光控生物体系等诸多领域。其中,二噻吩乙烯类化合物因其出色的热稳定性、优良的耐疲劳性、快的响应速率、高的转化率和量子产率以及出色的固相反应活性而成为理想的光致变色材料之一。本文主要围绕近期本研究组研究成果着重介绍近几年二噻吩乙烯类化合物从溶液体系到功能化表面体系的研究进展,探讨当前该领域存在的问题并对其前景和发展方向进行展望。%Photochromic materials are those which can undergo reversible photo-switches between two different states or isomers upon alternative irradiation with different wavelengths of light accompanied by distinct photophysieal and photochemical properties. Inspired by their special photo-switchable characteristics, a variety of light-driven functional materials have been exploited, such as ultrahigh-density optical data storage, molecular switches, logic gates, molecular wires, optic/electronic devices, multi-photon devices, surfaee/nanopartiele devices, liquid crystals, bio-imaging and so on. Apart from these, further creation of optoelectronic and photo- optical devices based on photochromic molecular switches which operate at both molecular and supramoleeular levels have recently attracted many attentions. Thus photo-switchable compounds also have played an important role in sensing, self-assembly, aggregation-induced enhanced emission and photo-controlled biological systems. In particular

  7. Circuit switched optical networks

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kloch, Allan


    Some of the most important components required for enabling optical networking are investigated through both experiments and modelling. These all-optical components are the wavelength converter, the regenerator and the space switch. When these devices become "off-the-shelf" products, optical cross...... are often considered as a part of the optical cross-connect, where also optical space switching is performed. Therefore, space switching based on both optical gates and interferometric switches is investigated. Moreover, an experiment including both space switching and wavelength conversion is carried out...

  8. Design of two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear systems with mismatched switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dan MA


    A two-layer switching architecture and a two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear control systems are proposed, under which the mismatched switching between switched systems and their candidate hybrid controllers can be allowed. In the low layer, a state-dependent switching rule with a dwell time constraint to exponentially stabilize switched linear systems is given;in the high layer, supervisory conditions on the mismatched switching frequency and the mismatched switching ratio are presented, under which the closed-loop switched system is still exponentially stable in case of the candidate controller switches delay with respect to the subsystems. Different from the traditional switching rule, the two-layer switching architecture and switching rule have robustness, which in some extend permit mismatched switching between switched subsystems and their candidate controllers.

  9. Orbital order switching in molecular calculations using GGA functionals: Qualitative errors in materials modeling for electrochemical power sources and how to fix them (United States)

    Sk, Mahasin Alam; Chen, Yingqian; Manzhos, Sergei


    We report a qualitative difference in molecular band structures and frontier orbital nodal structures in DFT calculations using GGA vs. hybrid functionals and Hartree Fock in molecules used in electrochemical power sources. This can have a significant effect in applications sensitive to redox potentials and to orbital overlaps (excitations, electron transfer rates) but for which the use of hybrid functionals is impractical, such as solids or interfaces used in electrochemical energy conversion and storage technologies. We show that correct band structures and nodal structures (ordering) of frontier orbitals can be obtained by applying a Hubbard correction to selected atomic states.

  10. Blue to near-IR energy transfer cascade within a dye-doped polymer matrix, mediated by a photochromic molecular switch. (United States)

    Dryza, Viktoras; Smith, Trevor A; Bieske, Evan J


    The spectroscopic properties of a poly(methyl methacrylate) matrix doped with a coumarin dye, a cyanine dye, and a photochromic spiropyran dye have been investigated. Before UV irradiation of the matrix, excitation of the coumarin dye results in minimal energy transfer to the cyanine dye. The energy transfer is substantially enhanced following UV irradiation of the matrix, which converts the colourless spiropyran isomer to the coloured merocyanine isomer, which then acts as an intermediate bridge by accepting energy from the coumarin dye and then donating energy to the cyanine dye. This demonstration of a switchable energy transfer cascade should help initiate new research directions in molecular photonics.

  11. Resonance Energy Transfer-Based Molecular Switch Designed Using a Systematic Design Process Based on Monte Carlo Methods and Markov Chains (United States)

    Rallapalli, Arjun

    A RET network consists of a network of photo-active molecules called chromophores that can participate in inter-molecular energy transfer called resonance energy transfer (RET). RET networks are used in a variety of applications including cryptographic devices, storage systems, light harvesting complexes, biological sensors, and molecular rulers. In this dissertation, we focus on creating a RET device called closed-diffusive exciton valve (C-DEV) in which the input to output transfer function is controlled by an external energy source, similar to a semiconductor transistor like the MOSFET. Due to their biocompatibility, molecular devices like the C-DEVs can be used to introduce computing power in biological, organic, and aqueous environments such as living cells. Furthermore, the underlying physics in RET devices are stochastic in nature, making them suitable for stochastic computing in which true random distribution generation is critical. In order to determine a valid configuration of chromophores for the C-DEV, we developed a systematic process based on user-guided design space pruning techniques and built-in simulation tools. We show that our C-DEV is 15x better than C-DEVs designed using ad hoc methods that rely on limited data from prior experiments. We also show ways in which the C-DEV can be improved further and how different varieties of C-DEVs can be combined to form more complex logic circuits. Moreover, the systematic design process can be used to search for valid chromophore network configurations for a variety of RET applications. We also describe a feasibility study for a technique used to control the orientation of chromophores attached to DNA. Being able to control the orientation can expand the design space for RET networks because it provides another parameter to tune their collective behavior. While results showed limited control over orientation, the analysis required the development of a mathematical model that can be used to determine the

  12. Saturated Switching Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Benzaouia, Abdellah


    Saturated Switching Systems treats the problem of actuator saturation, inherent in all dynamical systems by using two approaches: positive invariance in which the controller is designed to work within a region of non-saturating linear behaviour; and saturation technique which allows saturation but guarantees asymptotic stability. The results obtained are extended from the linear systems in which they were first developed to switching systems with uncertainties, 2D switching systems, switching systems with Markovian jumping and switching systems of the Takagi-Sugeno type. The text represents a thoroughly referenced distillation of results obtained in this field during the last decade. The selected tool for analysis and design of stabilizing controllers is based on multiple Lyapunov functions and linear matrix inequalities. All the results are illustrated with numerical examples and figures many of them being modelled using MATLAB®. Saturated Switching Systems will be of interest to academic researchers in con...

  13. FreeSWITCH Cookbook

    CERN Document Server

    Minessale, Anthony


    This is a problem-solution approach to take your FreeSWITCH skills to the next level, where everything is explained in a practical way. If you are a system administrator, hobbyist, or someone who uses FreeSWITCH on a regular basis, this book is for you. Whether you are a FreeSWITCH expert or just getting started, this book will take your skills to the next level.

  14. Single Atom Plasmonic Switch


    Emboras, Alexandros; Niegemann, Jens; Ma, Ping; Haffner, Christian; Luisier, Mathieu; Hafner, Christian; Schimmel, Thomas; Leuthold, Juerg


    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moores law in the electronics industry. And while electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling-similar to electronics-is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled single atom plasmonic switch. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocation of an individ...

  15. Atomic Scale Plasmonic Switch


    Emboras, A.; Niegemann, J.; Ma, P.; Haffner, C; Pedersen, A.; Luisier, M.; Hafner, C.; Schimmel, T.; Leuthold, J.


    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moore’s law in the electronics industry. While electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling, similar to electronics, is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled plasmonic switch operating at the atomic scale. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocat...

  16. Switching to nilotinib in patients with chronic myeloid leukemia in chronic phase with molecular suboptimal response to frontline imatinib: SENSOR final results and BIM polymorphism substudy. (United States)

    Miyamura, Koichi; Miyamoto, Toshihiro; Tanimoto, Mitsune; Yamamoto, Kazuhito; Kimura, Shinya; Kawaguchi, Tatsuya; Matsumura, Itaru; Hata, Tomoko; Tsurumi, Hisashi; Saito, Shigeki; Hino, Masayuki; Tadokoro, Seiji; Meguro, Kuniaki; Hyodo, Hideo; Yamamoto, Masahide; Kubo, Kohmei; Tsukada, Junichi; Kondo, Midori; Aoki, Makoto; Okada, Hikaru; Yanada, Masamitsu; Ohyashiki, Kazuma; Taniwaki, Masafumi


    Optimal management of patients with chronic myeloid leukemia in chronic phase with suboptimal molecular response (MR) to frontline imatinib is undefined. We report final results from SENSOR, which evaluated efficacy/safety of nilotinib in this setting. A substudy assessed whether BIM polymorphisms impacted response to nilotinib. In this single-arm, multicenter study, Japanese patients with suboptimal MR per European LeukemiaNet 2009 criteria (complete cytogenetic response, but not major MR [MMR]) after ≥18 months of frontline imatinib received nilotinib 400mg twice daily for 24 months. MR, BCR-ABL1 mutations/variants, and BIM polymorphisms were evaluated in a central laboratory. Primary endpoint was the MMR rate at 12 months (null hypothesis of 40%). Of 45 patients (median exposure, 22.08 months), 39 completed the study and six discontinued. At 12 and 24 months, 51.1% (95% CI, 35.8%-66.3%) and 66.7% (95% CI, 51.0%-80.0%) achieved MMR, respectively. Cumulative MMR incidence by 24 months was 75.6%. Of 40 patients analyzed, 10 of 12 (83.3%) with and 17 of 28 (60.7%) without BIM polymorphisms achieved MMR at 24 months. The safety profile was manageable with dose reductions and interruptions. Nilotinib provided clinical benefit for patients with suboptimal response to imatinib, and BIM polymorphisms did not influence MMR achievement. NCT01043874.

  17. Platform switching and bone platform switching. (United States)

    Carinci, Francesco; Brunelli, Giorgio; Danza, Matteo


    Bone platform switching involves an inward bone ring in the coronal part of the implant that is in continuity with the alveolar bone crest. Bone platform switching is obtained by using a dental fixture with a reverse conical neck. A retrospective study was performed to evaluate the effectiveness of conventional vs reverse conical neck implants. In the period between May 2004 and November 2007, 86 patients (55 females and 31 males; median age, 53 years) were operated and 234 implants were inserted: 40 and 194 were conventional vs reverse conical neck implants, respectively. Kaplan-Meier algorithm and Cox regression were used to detect those variables associated with the clinical outcome. No differences in survival and success rates were detected between conventional vs reverse conical neck implants alone or in combination with any of the studied variables. Although bone platform switching leads to several advantages, no statistical difference in alveolar crest resorption is detected in comparison with reverse conical neck implants. We suppose that the proximity of the implant abutment junction to the alveolar crestal bone gives no protection against the microflora contained in the micrograph. Additional studies on larger series and a combination of platform switching and bone platform switching could lead to improved clinical outcomes.

  18. Emergence of phenotype switching through continuous and discontinuous evolutionary transitions (United States)

    Patra, Pintu; Klumpp, Stefan


    Bacterial persistence (phenotypic tolerance to antibiotics) provides a prime example of bet-hedging, where normally growing cells generate slow-growing but antibiotic-tolerant persister cells to survive through periods of exposure to antibiotics. The population dynamics of persistence is explained by a phenotype switching mechanism that allows individual cells to switch between these different cellular states with different environmental sensitivities. Here, we perform a theoretical study based on an exact solution for the case of a periodic variation of the environment to address how phenotype switching emerges and under what conditions switching is or is not beneficial for long-time growth. Specifically we report a bifurcation through which a fitness maximum and minimum emerge above a threshold in the duration of exposure to the antibiotic. Only above this threshold, the optimal phenotype switching rates are adjusted to the time scales of the environment, as emphasized by previous theoretical studies, while below the threshold a non-switching population is fitter than a switching one. The bifurcation can be of different type, depending on how the phenotype switching rates are allowed to vary. If the switching rates for both directions of the switch are coupled, the transition is discontinuous and results in evolutionary hysteresis, which we confirm with a stochastic simulation. If the switching rates vary individually, a continuous transition is obtained and no hysteresis is found. We discuss how both scenarios can be linked to changes in the underlying molecular networks.

  19. Light-Induced Switching of Tunable Single-Molecule Junctions

    KAUST Repository

    Sendler, Torsten


    A major goal of molecular electronics is the development and implementation of devices such as single-molecular switches. Here, measurements are presented that show the controlled in situ switching of diarylethene molecules from their nonconductive to conductive state in contact to gold nanoelectrodes via controlled light irradiation. Both the conductance and the quantum yield for switching of these molecules are within a range making the molecules suitable for actual devices. The conductance of the molecular junctions in the opened and closed states is characterized and the molecular level E 0, which dominates the current transport in the closed state, and its level broadening Γ are identified. The obtained results show a clear light-induced ring forming isomerization of the single-molecule junctions. Electron withdrawing side-groups lead to a reduction of conductance, but do not influence the efficiency of the switching mechanism. Quantum chemical calculations of the light-induced switching processes correlate these observations with the fundamentally different low-lying electronic states of the opened and closed forms and their comparably small modification by electron-withdrawing substituents. This full characterization of a molecular switch operated in a molecular junction is an important step toward the development of real molecular electronics devices.

  20. In control of switching, motion, and organization

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, B.L.; Delden, R.A.van; Ter Wiel, M.K.J.


    Nature's solutions to control organization, switching, and linear and rotary motion are not only extremely elegant, but fascinating if one considers the design and synthesis of artificial molecular systems with such functions in order to add components to the nanotool-box. The synthesis of chiroptic

  1. Optimal switching using coherent control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kristensen, Philip Trøst; Heuck, Mikkel; Mørk, Jesper


    that the switching time, in general, is not limited by the cavity lifetime. Therefore, the total energy required for switching is a more relevant figure of merit than the switching speed, and for a particular two-pulse switching scheme we use calculus of variations to optimize the switching in terms of input energy....

  2. Quantum cryptography without switching. (United States)

    Weedbrook, Christian; Lance, Andrew M; Bowen, Warwick P; Symul, Thomas; Ralph, Timothy C; Lam, Ping Koy


    We propose a new coherent state quantum key distribution protocol that eliminates the need to randomly switch between measurement bases. This protocol provides significantly higher secret key rates with increased bandwidths than previous schemes that only make single quadrature measurements. It also offers the further advantage of simplicity compared to all previous protocols which, to date, have relied on switching.

  3. Optical switching device

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Broeder, F.J.A. den; Hanzen, R.M.N.; Duine, P.A.; Jungblut, R.M.; Draijer, C.; Roozeboom, F.; Sluis, P. van der


    A description is given of an optical switching device (1) comprising a transparent substrate (3), a switching film (5) of a hydride compound of a trivalent transition or rare earth metal having a thickness of 300 nm, and a palladium capping layer (7) having a thickness of 30 nm. The capping layer is

  4. Switch on, switch off: stiction in nanoelectromechanical switches

    KAUST Repository

    Wagner, Till J W


    We present a theoretical investigation of stiction in nanoscale electromechanical contact switches. We develop a mathematical model to describe the deflection of a cantilever beam in response to both electrostatic and van der Waals forces. Particular focus is given to the question of whether adhesive van der Waals forces cause the cantilever to remain in the \\'ON\\' state even when the electrostatic forces are removed. In contrast to previous studies, our theory accounts for deflections with large slopes (i.e. geometrically nonlinear). We solve the resulting equations numerically to study how a cantilever beam adheres to a rigid electrode: transitions between \\'free\\', \\'pinned\\' and \\'clamped\\' states are shown to be discontinuous and to exhibit significant hysteresis. Our findings are compared to previous results from linearized models and the implications for nanoelectromechanical cantilever switch design are discussed. © 2013 IOP Publishing Ltd.

  5. Single Atom Plasmonic Switch

    CERN Document Server

    Emboras, Alexandros; Ma, Ping; Haffner, Christian; Luisier, Mathieu; Hafner, Christian; Schimmel, Thomas; Leuthold, Juerg


    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moores law in the electronics industry. And while electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling-similar to electronics-is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled single atom plasmonic switch. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocation of an individual or at most - a few atoms in a plasmonic cavity. Depending on the location of the atom either of two distinct plasmonic cavity resonance states are supported. Experimental results show reversible digital optical switching with an extinction ration of 10 dB and operation at room temperature with femtojoule (fJ) power consumption for a single switch operation. This demonstration of a CMOS compatible, integrated quantum device allowing to control photons at the single-atom level opens intriguing perspectives for a fully i...

  6. Optical packet switching (United States)

    Shekel, Eyal; Ruschin, Shlomo; Majer, Daniel; Levy, Jeff; Matmon, Guy; Koenigsberg, Lisa; Vecht, Jacob; Geron, Amir; Harlavan, Rotem; Shfaram, Harel; Arbel, Arnon; McDermott, Tom; Brewer, Tony


    We report here a scalable, multichassis, 6.3 terabit core router, which utilizes our proprietary optical switch. The router is commercially available and deployed in several customer sites. Our solution combines optical switching with electronic routing. An internal optical packet switching network interconnects the router"s electronic line cards, where routing and buffering functions take place electronically. The system architecture and performance will be described. The optical switch is based on Optical Phased Array (OPA) technology. It is a 64 x 64, fully non-blocking, optical crossbar switch, capable of switching in a fraction of a nanosecond. The basic principles of operation will be explained. Loss and crosstalk results will be presented, as well as the results of BER measurements of a 160 Gbps transmission through one channel. Basic principles of operation and measured results will be presented for the burst-mode-receivers, arbitration algorithm and synchronization. Finally, we will present some of our current research work on a next-generation optical switch. The technological issues we have solved in our internal optical packet network can have broad applicability to any global optical packet network.

  7. JUNOS Enterprise Switching

    CERN Document Server

    Reynolds, Harry


    JUNOS Enterprise Switching is the only detailed technical book on Juniper Networks' new Ethernet-switching EX product platform. With this book, you'll learn all about the hardware and ASIC design prowess of the EX platform, as well as the JUNOS Software that powers it. Not only is this extremely practical book a useful, hands-on manual to the EX platform, it also makes an excellent study guide for certification exams in the JNTCP enterprise tracks. The authors have based JUNOS Enterprise Switching on their own Juniper training practices and programs, as well as the configuration, maintenanc

  8. A Metabolic Switch

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hjorth, Poul G.

    Our muscles are metabolically flexible, i.e., they are capable of `switching' between two types of oxidation: (1) when fasting, a predominantly lipid oxidation with high rates of fatty acid uptake, and (2) when fed, suppression of lipid oxidation in favour of increased glucose uptake, oxidation...... and storage, in response to insulin. One of the many manifestations of obesity and Type 2 diabetes is an insulin resistance of the skeletal muscles, which suppresses this metabolic switch. This talk describes recent development of a low-dimensional system of ODEs that model the metabolic switch, displaying...

  9. Photoconductive switch package (United States)

    Ca[rasp, George J


    A photoconductive switch is formed of a substrate that has a central portion of SiC or other photoconductive material and an outer portion of cvd-diamond or other suitable material surrounding the central portion. Conducting electrodes are formed on opposed sides of the substrate, with the electrodes extending beyond the central portion and the edges of the electrodes lying over the outer portion. Thus any high electric fields produced at the edges of the electrodes lie outside of and do not affect the central portion, which is the active switching element. Light is transmitted through the outer portion to the central portion to actuate the switch.

  10. Electromechanical magnetization switching

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chudnovsky, Eugene M. [Department of Physics and Astronomy, Lehman College and Graduate School, The City University of New York, 250 Bedford Park Boulevard West, Bronx, New York 10468-1589 (United States); Jaafar, Reem [Department of Mathematics, Engineering and Computer Science, LaGuardia Community College, The City University of New York, 31-10 Thomson Avenue, Long Island City, New York 11101 (United States)


    We show that the magnetization of a torsional oscillator that, in addition to the magnetic moment also possesses an electrical polarization, can be switched by the electric field that ignites mechanical oscillations at the frequency comparable to the frequency of the ferromagnetic resonance. The 180° switching arises from the spin-rotation coupling and is not prohibited by the different symmetry of the magnetic moment and the electric field as in the case of a stationary magnet. Analytical equations describing the system have been derived and investigated numerically. Phase diagrams showing the range of parameters required for the switching have been obtained.

  11. Stabilizing Randomly Switched Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Chatterjee, Debasish


    This article is concerned with stability analysis and stabilization of randomly switched systems under a class of switching signals. The switching signal is modeled as a jump stochastic (not necessarily Markovian) process independent of the system state; it selects, at each instant of time, the active subsystem from a family of systems. Sufficient conditions for stochastic stability (almost sure, in the mean, and in probability) of the switched system are established when the subsystems do not possess control inputs, and not every subsystem is required to be stable. These conditions are employed to design stabilizing feedback controllers when the subsystems are affine in control. The analysis is carried out with the aid of multiple Lyapunov-like functions, and the analysis results together with universal formulae for feedback stabilization of nonlinear systems constitute our primary tools for control design

  12. Photonics in switching

    CERN Document Server

    Midwinter, John E; Kelley, Paul


    Photonics in Switching provides a broad, balanced overview of the use of optics or photonics in switching, from materials and devices to system architecture. The chapters, each written by an expert in the field, survey the key technologies, setting them in context and highlighting their benefits and possible applications. This book is a valuable resource for those working in the communications industry, either at the professional or student level, who do not have extensive background knowledge or the underlying physics of the technology.

  13. High Power Switching Transistor (United States)

    Hower, P. L.; Kao, Y. C.; Carnahan, D. C.


    Improved switching transistors handle 400-A peak currents and up to 1,200 V. Using large diameter silicon wafers with twice effective area as D60T, form basis for D7 family of power switching transistors. Package includes npn wafer, emitter preform, and base-contact insert. Applications are: 25to 50-kilowatt high-frequency dc/dc inverters, VSCF converters, and motor controllers for electrical vehicles.

  14. Low inductance gas switching.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chavez, Ray; Harjes, Henry Charles III; Wallace, Zachariah; Elizondo, Juan E.


    The laser trigger switch (LTS) is a key component in ZR-type pulsed power systems. In ZR, the pulse rise time through the LTS is > 200 ns and additional stages of pulse compression are required to achieve the desired <100 ns rise time. The inductance of the LTS ({approx}500nH) in large part determines the energy transfer time through the switch and there is much to be gained in improving system performance and reducing system costs by reducing this inductance. The current path through the cascade section of the ZR LTS is at a diameter of {approx} 6-inches which is certainly not optimal from an inductance point of view. The LTS connects components of much greater diameter (typically 4-5 feet). In this LDRD the viability of switch concepts in which the diameter of cascade section is greatly increased have been investigated. The key technical question to be answered was, will the desired multi-channel behavior be maintained in a cascade section of larger diameter. This LDRD proceeded in 2 distinct phases. The original plan for the LDRD was to develop a promising switch concept and then design, build, and test a moderate scale switch which would demonstrate the key features of the concept. In phase I, a switch concept which meet all electrical design criteria and had a calculated inductance of 150 nH was developed. A 1.5 MV test switch was designed and fabrication was initiated. The LDRD was then redirected due to budgetary concerns. The fabrication of the switch was halted and the focus of the LDRD was shifted to small scale experiments designed to answer the key technical question concerning multi-channel behavior. In phase II, the Multi-channel switch test bed (MCST) was designed and constructed. The purpose of MCST was to provide a versatile, fast turn around facility for the study the multi-channel electrical breakdown behavior of a ZR type cascade switch gap in a parameter space near that of a ZR LTS. Parameter scans on source impedance, gap tilt, gap spacing and

  15. Deliberate Switching of Single Photochromic Triads (United States)

    Maier, Johannes; Pärs, Martti; Weller, Tina; Thelakkat, Mukundan; Köhler, Jürgen


    Photochromic molecules can be reversibly converted between two bistable conformations by light, and are considered as promising building blocks in novel macromolecular structures for sensing and imaging techniques. We have studied individual molecular triads consisting of two strong fluorophores (perylene bisimide) that are covalently linked via a photochromic unit (dithienylcyclopentene) and distinguished between deliberate switching and spontaneous blinking. It was verified that the probability for observing deliberate light-induced switching of a single triad (rather than stochastic blinking) amounts to 0.8 ± 0.1. In a few exceptional cases this probability can exceed 0.95. These numbers are sufficiently large for application in sensitive biosensing, and super-resolution imaging. This opens the possibility to develop devices that can be controlled by an external optical stimulus on a truly molecular length scale.

  16. Orientation of KRb molecules in a switched electrostatic field

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Huang Yun-Xia; Xu Shu-Wu; Yang Xiao-Hua


    We theoretically investigate the orientation of the cold KRb molecules induced in a switched electrostatic field by numerically solving the full time-dependent Schr(o)dinger equation.The results show that the periodic field-free molecular orientation can be realized for the KRb molecules by rapidly switching off the electrostatic field.Meanwhile,by varying the switching times of the electrostatic field,the adiabatic and nonadiabatic interactions of the molecules with the applied field can be realized.Moreover,the influences of the electrostatic field strength and the rotational temperature to the degree of the molecular orientation are studied.The investigations show that increasing the electrostatic field will increase the degree of the molecular orientation,both in the constant-field regime and in the field-free regime,while the increasing of the rotational temperature of the cold molecules will greatly decrease the degree of the molecular orientation.

  17. Atomic Scale Plasmonic Switch. (United States)

    Emboras, Alexandros; Niegemann, Jens; Ma, Ping; Haffner, Christian; Pedersen, Andreas; Luisier, Mathieu; Hafner, Christian; Schimmel, Thomas; Leuthold, Juerg


    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moore's law in the electronics industry. While electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling, similar to electronics, is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled plasmonic switch operating at the atomic scale. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocation of an individual or, at most, a few atoms in a plasmonic cavity. Depending on the location of the atom either of two distinct plasmonic cavity resonance states are supported. Experimental results show reversible digital optical switching with an extinction ratio of 9.2 dB and operation at room temperature up to MHz with femtojoule (fJ) power consumption for a single switch operation. This demonstration of an integrated quantum device allowing to control photons at the atomic level opens intriguing perspectives for a fully integrated and highly scalable chip platform, a platform where optics, electronics, and memory may be controlled at the single-atom level.

  18. Energy reversible switching from amorphous metal based nanoelectromechanical switch

    KAUST Repository

    Mayet, Abdulilah M.


    We report observation of energy reversible switching from amorphous metal based nanoelectromechanical (NEM) switch. For ultra-low power electronics, NEM switches can be used as a complementary switching element in many nanoelectronic system applications. Its inherent zero power consumption because of mechanical detachment is an attractive feature. However, its operating voltage needs to be in the realm of 1 volt or lower. Appropriate design and lower Young\\'s modulus can contribute achieving lower operating voltage. Therefore, we have developed amorphous metal with low Young\\'s modulus and in this paper reporting the energy reversible switching from a laterally actuated double electrode NEM switch. © 2013 IEEE.

  19. On stability of switched linear systems with perturbed switching paths

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    This paper addresses the stability issue of switched linear systems with perturbed switching paths. First,by introducing thenotions of child-path and parent-path, we are able to define the distance between two switching paths by means of their switching matrices chains. Next, we present the nice properties of the defined distance. Then, a stability criterion is presented for a class of switched linear systems with perturbed switching paths. Finally, an illustrative example is presented to verify the effectiveness of the approach.

  20. Microfabricated triggered vacuum switch (United States)

    Roesler, Alexander W.; Schare, Joshua M.; Bunch, Kyle


    A microfabricated vacuum switch is disclosed which includes a substrate upon which an anode, cathode and trigger electrode are located. A cover is sealed over the substrate under vacuum to complete the vacuum switch. In some embodiments of the present invention, a metal cover can be used in place of the trigger electrode on the substrate. Materials used for the vacuum switch are compatible with high vacuum, relatively high temperature processing. These materials include molybdenum, niobium, copper, tungsten, aluminum and alloys thereof for the anode and cathode. Carbon in the form of graphitic carbon, a diamond-like material, or carbon nanotubes can be used in the trigger electrode. Channels can be optionally formed in the substrate to mitigate against surface breakdown.

  1. Cooperative Switching in Nanofibers of Azobenzene Oligomers (United States)

    Weber, Christopher; Liebig, Tobias; Gensler, Manuel; Zykov, Anton; Pithan, Linus; Rabe, Jürgen P.; Hecht, Stefan; Bléger, David; Kowarik, Stefan


    Next-generation molecular devices and machines demand the integration of molecular switches into hierarchical assemblies to amplify the response of the system from the molecular level to the meso- or macro-scale. Here, we demonstrate that multi-azobenzene oligomers can assemble to form robust supramolecular nanofibers in which they can be switched repeatedly between the E- and Z-configuration. While in isolated oligomers the azobenzene units undergo reversible photoisomerization independently, in the nanofibers they are coupled via intermolecular interactions and switch cooperatively as evidenced by unusual thermal and kinetic behavior. We find that the photoisomerization rate from the Z-isomer to the E-isomer depends on the fraction of Z-azobenzene in the nanofibers, and is increased by more than a factor of 4 in Z-rich fibers when compared to E-rich fibers. This demonstrates the great potential of coupling individual photochromic units for increasing their quantum efficiency in the solid state with potential relevance for actuation and sensing.

  2. Beyond the switch

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Aliakseyeu, Dzmitry; Meerbeek, Bernt; Mason, Jon


    and established lighting network, and with the advent of the LED, new types of lighting output are now possible. However, the current approach for controlling such systems is to simply replace the light switch with a somewhat more sophisticated smartphone-based remote control. The focus of this workshop...... is to explore new ways of interacting with light where lighting can not only be switched on or off, but is an intelligent system embedded in the environment capable of creating a variety of effects. The connectivity between multiple systems and other ecosystems, for example when transitioning from your home...

  3. Optical Packet Switching Demostrator

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Mortensen, Brian Bach; Berger, Michael Stübert


    In the IST project DAVID (data and voice integration over DWDM) work is carried out defining possible architectures of future optical packet switched networks. The feasibility of the architecture is to be verified in a demonstration set-up. This article describes the demonstrator set-up and the m......In the IST project DAVID (data and voice integration over DWDM) work is carried out defining possible architectures of future optical packet switched networks. The feasibility of the architecture is to be verified in a demonstration set-up. This article describes the demonstrator set...

  4. A Switched Capacitor Harmonic Compensation Part for Switching Supplies

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    A new approach based on switched capacitor network to harmonic compensation for switching supplies is presented in the paper,The basic principle is discussed.SPICE simulation is applied to analyze the behaviour of the switched capacitor harmonic compensation part.

  5. Photonic MEMS switch applications (United States)

    Husain, Anis


    As carriers and service providers continue their quest for profitable network solutions, they have shifted their focus from raw bandwidth to rapid provisioning, delivery and management of revenue generating services. Inherently transparent to data rate the transmission wavelength and data format, MEMS add scalability, reliability, low power and compact size providing flexible solutions to the management and/or fiber channels in long haul, metro, and access networks. MEMS based photonic switches have gone from the lab to commercial availability and are now currently in carrier trials and volume production. 2D MEMS switches offer low up-front deployment costs while remaining scalable to large arrays. They allow for transparent, native protocol transmission. 2D switches enable rapid service turn-up and management for many existing and emerging revenue rich services such as storage connectivity, optical Ethernet, wavelength leasing and optical VPN. As the network services evolve, the larger 3D MEMS switches, which provide greater scalability and flexibility, will become economically viable to serve the ever-increasing needs.

  6. Safe LPV Controller Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Trangbæk, K


    Before switching to a new controller it is crucial to assure that the new closed loop will be stable. In this paper it is demonstrated how stability can be checked with limited measurement data available from the current closed loop. The paper extends an existing method to linear parameter varying...

  7. Switching Between Multivariable Controllers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, Hans Henrik; Stoustrup, Jakob; Abrahamsen, Rune


    it is possible to smoothly switch between multivariable controllers with guaranteed closed-loop stability. This includes also the case where one or more controllers are unstable. The concept for smooth online changes of multivariable controllers based on the YJBK architecture can also handle the start up...


    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    J. G. Viveros Talavera


    Full Text Available This paper describes the design of the program of control for a Digital Phone Switch (PBAX with a maximumcapacity of one hundred and twenty-eight lines (extensions and trunks. The control program was designedusing object-oriented programming and concurrent programming techniques.

  9. The Octopus switch

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Havinga, Paul Johannes Mattheus


    This chapter1 discusses the interconnection architecture of the Mobile Digital Companion. The approach to build a low-power handheld multimedia computer presented here is to have autonomous, reconfigurable modules such as network, video and audio devices, interconnected by a switch rather than by a

  10. Kiowa Creek Switching Station

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)


    The Western Area Power Administration (Western) proposes to construct, operate, and maintain a new Kiowa Creek Switching Station near Orchard in Morgan County, Colorado. Kiowa Creek Switching Station would consist of a fenced area of approximately 300 by 300 feet and contain various electrical equipment typical for a switching station. As part of this new construction, approximately one mile of an existing 115-kilovolt (kV) transmission line will be removed and replaced with a double circuit overhead line. The project will also include a short (one-third mile) realignment of an existing line to permit connection with the new switching station. In accordance with the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), 40 CFR Parts 1500--1508, the Department of Energy (DOE) has determined that an environmental impact statement (EIS) is not required for the proposed project. This determination is based on the information contained in this environmental assessment (EA) prepared by Western. The EA identifies and evaluates the environmental and socioeconomic effects of the proposed action, and concludes that the advance impacts on the human environment resulting from the proposed project would not be significant. 8 refs., 3 figs., 1 tab.

  11. Closing photoconductive semiconductor switches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Loubriel, G.M.; Zutavern, F.J.; Hjalmarson, H.P.; O' Malley, M.W.


    One of the most important limitations of Photoconductive Semiconductor Switches (PCSS) for pulsed power applications is the high laser powers required to activate the switches. In this paper, we discuss recent developments on two different aspects of GaAs PCSS that result in reductions in laser power by a factor of nearly 1000. The advantages of using GaAs over Si are many. First of all, the resistivity of GaAs can be orders of magnitude higher than that of the highest resistivity Si material, thus allowing GaAs switches to withstand dc voltages without thermal runaway. Secondly, GaAs has a higher carrier mobility than Si and, thus, is more efficient (per carrier). Finally, GaAs switches can have naturally fast (ns) opening times at room temperature and low fields, microsecond opening times at liquid nitrogen temperature of 77 K, or, on demand, closing and opening at high fields and room temperature by a mechanism called lock-on (see Ref. 1). By contrast, Si switches typically opening times of milliseconds. The amount of laser light required to trigger GaAs for lock-on, or at 77 K, is about three orders of magnitude lower than at room temperature. In this paper we describe the study of lock-on in GaAs and InP, as well as switching of GaAs at 77 K. We shall show that when GaAs is switched at 77 K, the carrier lifetime is about three orders of magnitude longer than it is at room temperature. We shall explain the change in lifetime in terms of the change in electron capture cross section of the deep levels in GaAs (these are defect or impurity levels in the band gap). In the second section, we describe the lock-on effect, now seen in GaAs and InP, and at fields as high as 70 kV/cm. We show how lock-on can be tailored by changing the GaAs temperature or by neutron bombardment. In the third section, we discuss possible lock-on mechanisms. 5 refs., 5 figs.

  12. Heat-transfer thermal switch (United States)

    Friedell, M. V.; Anderson, A. J.


    Thermal switch maintains temperature of planetary lander, within definite range, by transferring heat. Switch produces relatively large stroke and force, uses minimum electrical power, is lightweight, is vapor pressure actuated, and withstands sterilization temperatures without damage.

  13. Control synthesis of switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Zhao, Xudong; Niu, Ben; Wu, Tingting


    This book offers its readers a detailed overview of the synthesis of switched systems, with a focus on switching stabilization and intelligent control. The problems investigated are not only previously unsolved theoretically but also of practical importance in many applications: voltage conversion, naval piloting and navigation and robotics, for example. The book considers general switched-system models and provides more efficient design methods to bring together theory and application more closely than was possible using classical methods. It also discusses several different classes of switched systems. For general switched linear systems and switched nonlinear systems comprising unstable subsystems, it introduces novel ideas such as invariant subspace theory and the time-scheduled Lyapunov function method of designing switching signals to stabilize the underlying systems. For some typical switched nonlinear systems affected by various complex dynamics, the book proposes novel design approaches based on inte...

  14. Abacus switch: a new scalable multicast ATM switch (United States)

    Chao, H. Jonathan; Park, Jin-Soo; Choe, Byeong-Seog


    This paper describes a new architecture for a scalable multicast ATM switch from a few tens to thousands of input ports. The switch, called Abacus switch, has a nonblocking memoryless switch fabric followed by small switch modules at the output ports; the switch has input and output buffers. Cell replication, cell routing, output contention resolution, and cell addressing are all performed distributedly in the Abacus switch so that it can be scaled up to thousnads input and output ports. A novel algorithm has been proposed to resolve output port contention while achieving input and output ports. A novel algorithm has been proposed to reolve output port contention while achieving input buffers sharing, fairness among the input ports, and multicast call splitting. The channel grouping concept is also adopted in the switch to reduce the hardware complexity and improve the switch's throughput. The Abacus switch has a regular structure and thus has the advantages of: 1) easy expansion, 2) relaxed synchronization for data and clock signals, and 3) building the switch fabric using existing CMOS technology.

  15. Immunoglobulin class-switch recombination deficiencies. (United States)

    Durandy, Anne; Kracker, Sven


    Immunoglobulin class-switch recombination deficiencies (Ig-CSR-Ds) are rare primary immunodeficiencies characterized by defective switched isotype (IgG/IgA/IgE) production. Depending on the molecular defect in question, the Ig-CSR-D may be combined with an impairment in somatic hypermutation (SHM). Some of the mechanisms underlying Ig-CSR and SHM have been described by studying natural mutants in humans. This approach has revealed that T cell-B cell interaction (resulting in CD40-mediated signaling), intrinsic B-cell mechanisms (activation-induced cytidine deaminase-induced DNA damage), and complex DNA repair machineries (including uracil-N-glycosylase and mismatch repair pathways) are all involved in class-switch recombination and SHM. However, several of the mechanisms required for full antibody maturation have yet to be defined. Elucidation of the molecular defects underlying the diverse set of Ig-CSR-Ds is essential for understanding Ig diversification and has prompted better definition of the clinical spectrum of diseases and the development of increasingly accurate diagnostic and therapeutic approaches.

  16. Practical switching power supply design

    CERN Document Server

    Brown, Martin C


    Take the ""black magic"" out of switching power supplies with Practical Switching Power Supply Design! This is a comprehensive ""hands-on"" guide to the theory behind, and design of, PWM and resonant switching supplies. You'll find information on switching supply operation and selecting an appropriate topology for your application. There's extensive coverage of buck, boost, flyback, push-pull, half bridge, and full bridge regulator circuits. Special attention is given to semiconductors used in switching supplies. RFI/EMI reduction, grounding, testing, and safety standards are also deta

  17. Python Switch Statement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)


    Full Text Available The Python programming language does not have a built in switch/case control structure as found in many other high level programming languages. It is thought by some that this is a deficiency in the language, and the control structure should be added. This paper demonstrates that not only is the control structure not needed, but that the methods available in Python are more expressive than built in case statements in other high level languages.

  18. "Platform switching": Serendipity

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    N Kalavathy


    Full Text Available Implant dentistry is the latest developing field in terms of clinical techniques, research, material science and oral rehabilitation. Extensive work is being done to improve the designing of implants in order to achieve better esthetics and function. The main drawback with respect to implant restoration is achieving good osseointegration along with satisfactory stress distribution, which in turn will improve the prognosis of implant prosthesis by reducing the crestal bone loss. Many concepts have been developed with reference to surface coating of implants, surgical techniques for implant placement, immediate and delayed loading, platform switching concept, etc. This article has made an attempt to review the concept of platform switching was in fact revealed accidentally due to the nonavailability of the abutment appropriate to the size of the implant placed. A few aspect of platform switching, an upcoming idea to reduce crestal bone loss have been covered. The various methods used for locating and preparing the data were done through textbooks, Google search and related articles.

  19. "Platform switching": serendipity. (United States)

    Kalavathy, N; Sridevi, J; Gehlot, Roshni; Kumar, Santosh


    Implant dentistry is the latest developing field in terms of clinical techniques, research, material science and oral rehabilitation. Extensive work is being done to improve the designing of implants in order to achieve better esthetics and function. The main drawback with respect to implant restoration is achieving good osseointegration along with satisfactory stress distribution, which in turn will improve the prognosis of implant prosthesis by reducing the crestal bone loss. Many concepts have been developed with reference to surface coating of implants, surgical techniques for implant placement, immediate and delayed loading, platform switching concept, etc. This article has made an attempt to review the concept of platform switching was in fact revealed accidentally due to the nonavailability of the abutment appropriate to the size of the implant placed. A few aspect of platform switching, an upcoming idea to reduce crestal bone loss have been covered. The various methods used for locating and preparing the data were done through textbooks, Google search and related articles.

  20. All-electric-controlled spin current switching in single-molecule magnet-tunnel junctions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Zheng-Zhong; Shen Rui; Sheng Li; Wang Rui-Qiang; Wang Bai-Gen; Xing Ding-Yu


    A single-molecule magnet (SMM)coupled to two normal metallic electrodes can both switch spin-up and spindown electronic currents within two different windows of SMM gate voltage. Such spin current switching in the SMM tunnel junction arises from spin-selected single electron resonant tunneling via the lowest unoccupied molecular orbit of the SMM. Since it is not magnetically controlled but all-electrically controlled, the proposed spin current switching effect may have potential applications in future spintronics.

  1. Feedback Solution to Optimal Switching Problems With Switching Cost. (United States)

    Heydari, Ali


    The problem of optimal switching between nonlinear autonomous subsystems is investigated in this paper where the objective is not only bringing the states to close to the desired point, but also adjusting the switching pattern, in the sense of penalizing switching occurrences and assigning different preferences to utilization of different modes. The mode sequence is unspecified and a switching cost term is used in the cost function for penalizing each switching. It is shown that once a switching cost is incorporated, the optimal cost-to-go function depends on the subsystem which was active at the previous time step. Afterward, an approximate dynamic programming-based method is developed, which provides an approximation of the optimal solution to the problem in a feedback form and for different initial conditions. Finally, the performance of the method is analyzed through numerical examples.

  2. A Study of MPLS Hybrid Switch Based on ATM Switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    MPLS is the most successful integrating model of IP over ATM. The paper discusses some problems and their possible solutions when MPLS is supported by ATM switch. How to design the hardware, software and network management systems of such a switch device that has only one switching platform and one NMS but two sets of control planes at the same time, ATM and MPLS, is studied in details. The application of such a hybrid switch is presented in the last part of the paper.

  3. Research Progress on Multimode Interference Switches

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GAO Qing; SHENG Zhi-rui; JIANG Xiao-qing; WANG Ming-hua


    Optical switches are key components for constructing optical communication networks, so it is necessary to design optical switches and optical switch arrays with high performance and low cost. As one type of optical switches, the multimode interference(MMI) switches have received considerable attention due to their unique merits. The structures and operation principles of various types of MMI switches are introduced,and the recent progresses of MMI switches are also discussed.

  4. Composite Thermal Switch (United States)

    McDonald, Robert; Brawn, Shelly; Harrison, Katherine; O'Toole, Shannon; Moeller, Michael


    Lithium primary and lithium ion secondary batteries provide high specific energy and energy density. The use of these batteries also helps to reduce launch weight. Both primary and secondary cells can be packaged as high-rate cells, which can present a threat to crew and equipment in the event of external or internal short circuits. Overheating of the cell interior from high current flows induced by short circuits can result in exothermic reactions in lithium primary cells and fully charged lithium ion secondary cells. Venting of the cell case, ejection of cell components, and fire have been reported in both types of cells, resulting from abuse, cell imperfections, or faulty electronic control design. A switch has been developed that consists of a thin layer of composite material made from nanoscale particles of nickel and Teflon that conducts electrons at room temperature and switches to an insulator at an elevated temperature, thus interrupting current flow to prevent thermal runaway caused by internal short circuits. The material is placed within the cell, as a thin layer incorporated within the anode and/or the cathode, to control excess currents from metal-to-metal or metal-to-carbon shorts that might result from cell crush or a manufacturing defect. The safety of high-rate cells is thus improved, preventing serious injury to personnel and sensitive equipment located near the battery. The use of recently available nanoscale particles of nickel and Teflon permits an improved, homogeneous material with the potential to be fine-tuned to a unique switch temperature, sufficiently below the onset of a catastrophic chemical reaction. The smaller particles also permit the formation of a thinner control film layer (switch (CTS(TradeMark)) coating can be incorporated in either the anode or cathode or both. The coating can be applied in a variety of different processes that permits incorporation in the cell and electrode manufacturing processes. The CTS responds quickly

  5. Bistable organic materials in optoelectrical switches: Two-electrode devices vs. organic field effect transistors

    CERN Document Server

    Sworakowski, Juliusz


    The paper presents a short overview of research into properties of organic materials and structures that could be used in optoelectrical switches, i.e., switches in which changes in electrical properties are triggered by light of appropriate wavelengths. In particular, described are the structures acting by virtue of reversible photochemical reactions occurring in photochromic molecular materials.

  6. Carbohydrate-based switch-on molecular sensor for Cu(II) in buffer: absorption and fluorescence study of the selective recognition of Cu(II) ions by galactosyl derivatives in HEPES buffer. (United States)

    Singhal, Nitin Kumar; Ramanujam, Balaji; Mariappanadar, Vairamani; Rao, Chebrolu Pulla


    [graph: see text] 1-(Beta-D-galactopyranosyl-1'-deoxy-1'-iminomethyl)-2-hydroxynaphthalene (L1), possessing an ONO binding core, was found to be selective for Cu2+ ions in N-[2-hydroxyethyl]piperazine-N'-[2-ethanesulfonic acid] buffer, at concentrations < or = 580 ppb, at physiological pH by eliciting switch-on behavior, whereas the other ions, viz., Mg2+, Ca2+, Mn2+, Fe2+, Co2+, Ni2+, Zn2+, and Cd2+, caused no significant change in the fluorescence. Whereas the binding characteristics were ascertained by absorption spectroscopy, the species formed were shown by Q-TOF ES MS.

  7. Switching surface chemistry with supramolecular machines.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dunbar, Timothy D.; Kelly, Michael James; Jeppesen, Jan O. (University of California, Los Angeles, CA); Bunker, Bruce Conrad; Matzke, Carolyn M.; Stoddart, J. Fraser; Huber, Dale L.; Kushmerick, James G.; Flood, Amar H. (University of California, Los Angeles, CA); Perkins, Julie (University of California, Los Angeles, CA); Cao, Jianguo (University of California, Los Angeles, CA)


    Tethered supramolecular machines represent a new class of active self-assembled monolayers in which molecular configurations can be reversibly programmed using electrochemical stimuli. We are using these machines to address the chemistry of substrate surfaces for integrated microfluidic systems. Interactions between the tethered tetracationic cyclophane host cyclobis(paraquat-p-phenylene) and dissolved {pi}-electron-rich guest molecules, such as tetrathiafulvalene, have been reversibly switched by oxidative electrochemistry. The results demonstrate that surface-bound supramolecular machines can be programmed to adsorb or release appropriately designed solution species for manipulating surface chemistry.

  8. Recent developments in switching theory

    CERN Document Server

    Mukhopadhyay, Amar


    Electrical Science Series: Recent Developments in Switching Theory covers the progress in the study of the switching theory. The book discusses the simplified proof of Post's theorem on completeness of logic primitives; the role of feedback in combinational switching circuits; and the systematic procedure for the design of Lupanov decoding networks. The text also describes the classical results on counting theorems and their application to the classification of switching functions under different notions of equivalence, including linear and affine equivalences. The development of abstract har

  9. Noise-induced coherent switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    Taking the famous genetic toggle switch as an example,we numerically investigated the effect of noise on bistability.We found that extrinsic noise resulting from stochastic fluctuations in synthesis and degradation rates and from the environmental fluctuation in gene regulatory processes can induce coherent switch,and that there is an optimal noise intensity such that the noise not only can induce this switch,but also can amplify a weak input signal.In addition,we found that the intrinsic noise introduced through the Poisson τ-leap algorithm cannot induce such a switch.

  10. Low power all optical switches

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Alireza Bananej; LI Chun-fei 李淳飞


    In this paper, we propose a new design of all fiber optical switches by using a high finesse ring resonator (RR) side coupled Mach-Zehnder interferometer. We will show that by compensating the total loss in the RR the switching power can be decreased greatly and by loss, compensating the bistability effect in RR can be cancelled and the switching performance can be improved. In addition, we will show that by using Erbium doped fiber for fabricating the RR we can obtain switching power threshold in mW range.

  11. Software Switching for Data Acquisition

    CERN Document Server

    CERN. Geneva; Malone, David


    In this talk we discuss the feasibility of replacing telecom-class routers with a topology of commodity servers acting as software switches in data acquisition. We extend the popular software switch, Open vSwitch, with a dedicated, throughput-oriented buffering mechanism. We compare the performance under heavy many-to-one congestion to typical Ethernet switches and evaluate the scalability when building larger topologies, exploiting the integration with software-defined networking technologies. Please note that David Malone will speak on behalf of Grzegorz Jereczek.

  12. Neuromorphic atomic switch networks.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Audrius V Avizienis

    Full Text Available Efforts to emulate the formidable information processing capabilities of the brain through neuromorphic engineering have been bolstered by recent progress in the fabrication of nonlinear, nanoscale circuit elements that exhibit synapse-like operational characteristics. However, conventional fabrication techniques are unable to efficiently generate structures with the highly complex interconnectivity found in biological neuronal networks. Here we demonstrate the physical realization of a self-assembled neuromorphic device which implements basic concepts of systems neuroscience through a hardware-based platform comprised of over a billion interconnected atomic-switch inorganic synapses embedded in a complex network of silver nanowires. Observations of network activation and passive harmonic generation demonstrate a collective response to input stimulus in agreement with recent theoretical predictions. Further, emergent behaviors unique to the complex network of atomic switches and akin to brain function are observed, namely spatially distributed memory, recurrent dynamics and the activation of feedforward subnetworks. These devices display the functional characteristics required for implementing unconventional, biologically and neurally inspired computational methodologies in a synthetic experimental system.

  13. Data center coolant switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Iyengar, Madhusudan K.; Parida, Pritish R.; Schultz, Mark D.


    A data center cooling system is operated in a first mode; it has an indoor portion wherein heat is absorbed from components in the data center, and an outdoor heat exchanger portion wherein outside air is used to cool a first heat transfer fluid (e.g., water) present in at least the outdoor heat exchanger portion of the cooling system during the first mode. The first heat transfer fluid is a relatively high performance heat transfer fluid (as compared to the second fluid), and has a first heat transfer fluid freezing point. A determination is made that an appropriate time has been reached to switch from the first mode to a second mode. Based on this determination, the outdoor heat exchanger portion of the data cooling system is switched to a second heat transfer fluid, which is a relatively low performance heat transfer fluid, as compared to the first heat transfer fluid. It has a second heat transfer fluid freezing point lower than the first heat transfer fluid freezing point, and the second heat transfer fluid freezing point is sufficiently low to operate without freezing when the outdoor air temperature drops below a first predetermined relationship with the first heat transfer fluid freezing point.

  14. Dynamic chirality, chirality transfer and aggregation behaviour of dithienylethene switches

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    de Jong, Jaap J. D.; van Rijn, Patrick; Tiemersma-Wegeman, Theodora D.; Lucas, Linda N.; Browne, Wesley R.; Kellogg, Richard M.; Uchida, Kingo; Van Esch, Jan H.; Feringa, Ben L.


    The synthesis and characterisation of a series of chiral and achiral low molecular weight organogelators (LMWGs) based on bis-amide substituted dithienylethene photochromic switches is reported. The LMWGs gelate a range of solvents depending on the specific functionalisation of the hydrogen bonding

  15. Incorporating Cobalt Carbonyl Moieties onto Ethynylthiophene-Based Dithienylcyclopentene Switches. 2. Electro- and Spectroelectrochernical Properties

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Harvey, Emma C.; Areephong, Jetsuda; Cafolla, Attilio A.; Long, Conor; Browne, Wesley R.; Feringa, Ben L.; Pryce, Mary T.


    The redox behavior of dithienyl perhydro- and perfluorocyclopentene photochromic molecular switches, modified with 3-ethynylthiophene and phenyl-3-ethynylthiophene substituents, is explored by cyclic voltammetry and UV/vis-NIR and IR spectroelectrochemistry. The extent of electrochemical oxidation i

  16. Incorporating Cobalt Carbonyl Moieties onto Ethynylthiophene-Based Dithienylcyclopentene Switches. 1. Photochemistry

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Harvey, Emma C.; Areephong, Jetsuda; Cafolla, Attilio A.; Long, Conor; Browne, Wesley R.; Pryce, Mary T.; Feringa, Bernard


    The synthesis and characterization of a series of dithienyl perhydro- and perfluorocyclopentene photochromic molecular switches appended with cobalt carbonyl binding 3-ethynylthiophene and phenyl-3-ethynylthiophene substituents are reported. Their photochromic properties, fatigue resistance, and the

  17. Hybrid switch for resonant power converters (United States)

    Lai, Jih-Sheng; Yu, Wensong


    A hybrid switch comprising two semiconductor switches connected in parallel but having different voltage drop characteristics as a function of current facilitates attainment of zero voltage switching and reduces conduction losses to complement reduction of switching losses achieved through zero voltage switching in power converters such as high-current inverters.

  18. Molecule-Based Rheology Switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Paulusse, Jos M.J.; Sijbesma, Rint P.


    Sound-activated switching: The rheological behavior of fluids can be affected by external stimuli, as demonstrated by electrochemically and photochemically induced changes in viscosity and sol–gel transitions. Recently, ultrasound has emerged as a novel rheology switch for supramolecular polymers an

  19. Topology optimized RF MEMS switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Philippine, M. A.; Zareie, H.; Sigmund, Ole


    optimization for an RF MEM capacitive switch. Extensive experimental data confirms that the switches perform as designed by the optimizations, and that our simulation models are accurate. A subset of measurements are presented here. Broader results have been submitted in full journal format....

  20. Seidel Switching and Graph Energy

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Haemers, W.H.


    Abstract: The energy of a graph Γ is the sum of the absolute values of the eigenvalues of the adjacency matrix of Γ. Seidel switching is an operation on the edge set of Γ. In some special cases Seidel switching does not change the spectrum, and therefore the energy. Here we investigate when Seidel s

  1. Battery switch for downhole tools (United States)

    Boling, Brian E.


    An electrical circuit for a downhole tool may include a battery, a load electrically connected to the battery, and at least one switch electrically connected in series with the battery and to the load. The at least one switch may be configured to close when a tool temperature exceeds a selected temperature.

  2. Multistable decision switches for flexible control of epigenetic differentiation.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Raúl Guantes


    Full Text Available It is now recognized that molecular circuits with positive feedback can induce two different gene expression states (bistability under the very same cellular conditions. Whether, and how, cells make use of the coexistence of a larger number of stable states (multistability is however largely unknown. Here, we first examine how autoregulation, a common attribute of genetic master regulators, facilitates multistability in two-component circuits. A systematic exploration of these modules' parameter space reveals two classes of molecular switches, involving transitions in bistable (progression switches or multistable (decision switches regimes. We demonstrate the potential of decision switches for multifaceted stimulus processing, including strength, duration, and flexible discrimination. These tasks enhance response specificity, help to store short-term memories of recent signaling events, stabilize transient gene expression, and enable stochastic fate commitment. The relevance of these circuits is further supported by biological data, because we find them in numerous developmental scenarios. Indeed, many of the presented information-processing features of decision switches could ultimately demonstrate a more flexible control of epigenetic differentiation.

  3. Optogenetic switches for light-controlled gene expression in yeast. (United States)

    Salinas, Francisco; Rojas, Vicente; Delgado, Verónica; Agosin, Eduardo; Larrondo, Luis F


    Light is increasingly recognized as an efficient means of controlling diverse biological processes with high spatiotemporal resolution. Optogenetic switches are molecular devices for regulating light-controlled gene expression, protein localization, signal transduction and protein-protein interactions. Such molecular components have been mainly developed through the use of photoreceptors, which upon light stimulation undergo conformational changes passing to an active state. The current repertoires of optogenetic switches include red, blue and UV-B light photoreceptors and have been implemented in a broad spectrum of biological platforms. In this review, we revisit different optogenetic switches that have been used in diverse biological platforms, with emphasis on those used for light-controlled gene expression in the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. The implementation of these switches overcomes the use of traditional chemical inducers, allowing precise control of gene expression at lower costs, without leaving chemical traces, and positively impacting the production of high-value metabolites and heterologous proteins. Additionally, we highlight the potential of utilizing this technology beyond laboratory strains, by optimizing it for use in yeasts tamed for industrial processes. Finally, we discuss how fungal photoreceptors could serve as a source of biological parts for the development of novel optogenetic switches with improved characteristics. Although optogenetic tools have had a strong impact on basic research, their use in applied sciences is still undervalued. Therefore, the invitation for the future is to utilize this technology in biotechnological and industrial settings.

  4. Optimized scalable network switch (United States)

    Blumrich, Matthias A.; Chen, Dong; Coteus, Paul W.


    In a massively parallel computing system having a plurality of nodes configured in m multi-dimensions, each node including a computing device, a method for routing packets towards their destination nodes is provided which includes generating at least one of a 2m plurality of compact bit vectors containing information derived from downstream nodes. A multilevel arbitration process in which downstream information stored in the compact vectors, such as link status information and fullness of downstream buffers, is used to determine a preferred direction and virtual channel for packet transmission. Preferred direction ranges are encoded and virtual channels are selected by examining the plurality of compact bit vectors. This dynamic routing method eliminates the necessity of routing tables, thus enhancing scalability of the switch.

  5. Amorphous metal based nanoelectromechanical switch

    KAUST Repository

    Mayet, Abdulilah M.


    Nanoelectromechanical (NEM) switch is an interesting ultra-low power option which can operate in the harsh environment and can be a complementary element in complex digital circuitry. Although significant advancement is happening in this field, report on ultra-low voltage (pull-in) switch which offers high switching speed and area efficiency is yet to be made. One key challenge to achieve such characteristics is to fabricate nano-scale switches with amorphous metal so the shape and dimensional integrity are maintained to achieve the desired performance. Therefore, we report a tungsten alloy based amorphous metal with fabrication process development of laterally actuated dual gated NEM switches with 100 nm width and 200 nm air-gap to result in <5 volts of actuation voltage (Vpull-in). © 2013 IEEE.

  6. Electromagnetic actuation in MEMS switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oliveira Hansen, Roana Melina de; Mátéfi-Tempfli, Mária; Chemnitz, Steffen

    Power electronics takes use of switches in order to convert and manage energy. The ideal switch with low power loss consists of electromechanic relays, but since they are bulky and expensive, semiconductors switches are more widely used for power electronic applications, resulting in power losses...... during energy conversion. Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (MEMS) consist of miniaturized mechanical and/or electro-mechanical elements fabricated using microfabrication techniques, and are good candidates for achieving a miniaturized electromechanic switch at the micro-scale with very little power loss...... generation of reliable MEMS and power MEMS devices. We have investigated deposition of these films via electroplating and its magnetic properties, along with the feasibility for integration into MEMS switches, and the results are presented in this work....

  7. Spin state switching in iron coordination compounds

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Philipp Gütlich


    Full Text Available The article deals with coordination compounds of iron(II that may exhibit thermally induced spin transition, known as spin crossover, depending on the nature of the coordinating ligand sphere. Spin transition in such compounds also occurs under pressure and irradiation with light. The spin states involved have different magnetic and optical properties suitable for their detection and characterization. Spin crossover compounds, though known for more than eight decades, have become most attractive in recent years and are extensively studied by chemists and physicists. The switching properties make such materials potential candidates for practical applications in thermal and pressure sensors as well as optical devices.The article begins with a brief description of the principle of molecular spin state switching using simple concepts of ligand field theory. Conditions to be fulfilled in order to observe spin crossover will be explained and general remarks regarding the chemical nature that is important for the occurrence of spin crossover will be made. A subsequent section describes the molecular consequences of spin crossover and the variety of physical techniques usually applied for their characterization. The effects of light irradiation (LIESST and application of pressure are subjects of two separate sections. The major part of this account concentrates on selected spin crossover compounds of iron(II, with particular emphasis on the chemical and physical influences on the spin crossover behavior. The vast variety of compounds exhibiting this fascinating switching phenomenon encompasses mono-, oligo- and polynuclear iron(II complexes and cages, polymeric 1D, 2D and 3D systems, nanomaterials, and polyfunctional materials that combine spin crossover with another physical or chemical property.

  8. Self-assembly, Dynamics and Chirality of Conformational Switches on Metal Surfaces Studied by UHV-STM

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nuermaimaiti, Ajiguli


    Molecular self-assembly is essential in the bottom-up design of nanostructures. Molecular conformational switches are highly interesting both from the basic science of view to enhance our understanding of molecular dynamics in adsorption systems, and also due to potential applications such as mol......Molecular self-assembly is essential in the bottom-up design of nanostructures. Molecular conformational switches are highly interesting both from the basic science of view to enhance our understanding of molecular dynamics in adsorption systems, and also due to potential applications...... structures formed by the conformational switches and statistical analysis of conformational states, a detailed study of dynamic processes is performed by acquiring time-resolved STM data. Furthermore, one of the possible applications of conformational switches towards inducing chirality in surface assemblies...

  9. Model Reduction of Switched Systems Based on Switching Generalized Gramians

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; Wisniewski, Rafal


    In this paper, a general method for model order reduction of discrete-time switched linear systems is presented. The proposed technique uses switching generalized gramians. It is shown that several classical reduction methods can be developed into the generalized gramian framework for the model r......-Galerkin projection is constructed instead of the similarity transform approach for reduction. It is proven that the proposed reduction framework preserves the stability of the original switched system. The performance of the method is illustrated by numerical examples....

  10. Cell Fate Switch during In Vitro Plant Organogenesis

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xiang Yu Zhao; Ying Hua Su; Zhi Juan Cheng; Xian Sheng Zhang


    Plant mature cells have the capability to reverse their state of differenUation and produce new organs under cultured conditions. Two phases, dedifferentiation and redifferentiation, are commonly characterized during in vitro organogenesis.In these processes, cells undergo fate switch several times regulated by both extrinsic and intrinsic factors, which are associated with reentry to the cell cycle, the balance between euchromatin and heterochromatin, reprogramming of gene expression, and so forth. This short article reviews the advances in the mechanism of organ regeneration from plant somatic cells in molecular, genomic and epigenetic aspects, aiming to provide important information on the mechanism underlying cell fate switch during in vitro plant organogenesis.

  11. Tuning the Temperature Dependence for Switching in Dithienylethene Photochromic Switches

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Kudernac, Tibor; Kobayashi, Takao; Uyama, Ayaka; Uchida, Kingo; Nakamura, Shinichiro; Feringa, Ben L.


    Diarylethene photochromic switches use light to drive structural changes through reversible electrocyclization reactions. High efficiency in dynamic photoswitching is a prerequisite for applications, as is thermal stability and the selective addressability of both isomers ring-opened and -closed dia

  12. Switching Processes in Queueing Models

    CERN Document Server

    Anisimov, Vladimir V


    Switching processes, invented by the author in 1977, is the main tool used in the investigation of traffic problems from automotive to telecommunications. The title provides a new approach to low traffic problems based on the analysis of flows of rare events and queuing models. In the case of fast switching, averaging principle and diffusion approximation results are proved and applied to the investigation of transient phenomena for wide classes of overloading queuing networks.  The book is devoted to developing the asymptotic theory for the class of switching queuing models which covers  mode

  13. Electrically switched ion exchange

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lilga, M.A. [Pacific Northwest National Lab., Richland, WA (United States); Schwartz, D.T.; Genders, D.


    A variety of waste types containing radioactive {sup 137}Cs are found throughout the DOE complex. These waste types include water in reactor cooling basins, radioactive high-level waste (HLW) in underground storage tanks, and groundwater. Safety and regulatory requirements and economics require the removal of radiocesium before these wastes can be permanently disposed of. Electrically Switched Ion Exchange (ESIX) is an approach for radioactive cesium separation that combines IX and electrochemistry to provide a selective, reversible, and economic separation method that also produces little or no secondary waste. In the ESIX process, an electroactive IX film is deposited electrochemically onto a high-surface area electrode, and ion uptake and elution are controlled directly by modulating the potential of the film. For cesium, the electroactive films under investigation are ferrocyanides, which are well known to have high selectivities for cesium in concentrated sodium solutions. When a cathode potential is applied to the film, Fe{sup +3} is reduced to the Fe{sup +2} state, and a cation must be intercalated into the film to maintain charge neutrality (i.e., Cs{sup +} is loaded). Conversely, if an anodic potential is applied, a cation must be released from the film (i.e., Cs{sup +} is unloaded). Therefore, to load the film with cesium, the film is simply reduced; to unload cesium, the film is oxidized.

  14. The Allosteric Switching Mechanism in Bacteriophage MS2

    CERN Document Server

    Perkett, Matthew R


    In this article we use all-atom simulations to elucidate the mechanisms underlying conformational switching and allostery within the coat protein of the bacteriophage MS2. Assembly of most icosahedral virus capsids requires that the capsid protein adopt different conformations at precise locations within the capsid. It has been shown that a 19 nucleotide stem loop (TR) from the MS2 genome acts as an allosteric effector, guiding conformational switching of the coat protein during capsid assembly. Since the principal conformational changes occur far from the TR binding site, it is important to understand the molecular mechanism underlying this allosteric communication. To this end, we use all-atom simulations with explicit water combined with a path sampling technique to sample the MS2 coat protein conformational transition, in the presence and absence of TR-binding. The calculations find that TR binding strongly alters the transition free energy profile, leading to a switch in the favored conformation. We disc...

  15. Wide Bandgap Extrinsic Photoconductive Switches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sullivan, James S. [State Univ. of New York (SUNY), Plattsburgh, NY (United States); Univ. of California, Davis, CA (United States)


    Photoconductive semiconductor switches (PCSS) have been investigated since the late 1970s. Some devices have been developed that withstand tens of kilovolts and others that switch hundreds of amperes. However, no single device has been developed that can reliably withstand both high voltage and switch high current. Yet, photoconductive switches still hold the promise of reliable high voltage and high current operation with subnanosecond risetimes. Particularly since good quality, bulk, single crystal, wide bandgap semiconductor materials have recently become available. In this chapter we will review the basic operation of PCSS devices, status of PCSS devices and properties of the wide bandgap semiconductors 4H-SiC, 6H-SiC and 2H-GaN.

  16. Multiuser Switched Diversity Scheduling Schemes

    CERN Document Server

    Shaqfeh, Mohammad; Alouini, Mohamed-Slim


    Multiuser switched-diversity scheduling schemes were recently proposed in order to overcome the heavy feedback requirements of conventional opportunistic scheduling schemes by applying a threshold-based, distributed, and ordered scheduling mechanism. The main idea behind these schemes is that slight reduction in the prospected multiuser diversity gains is an acceptable trade-off for great savings in terms of required channel-state-information feedback messages. In this work, we characterize the achievable rate region of multiuser switched diversity systems and compare it with the rate region of full feedback multiuser diversity systems. We propose also a novel proportional fair multiuser switched-based scheduling scheme and we demonstrate that it can be optimized using a practical and distributed method to obtain the feedback thresholds. We finally demonstrate by numerical examples that switched-diversity scheduling schemes operate within 0.3 bits/sec/Hz from the ultimate network capacity of full feedback sys...

  17. Magnetically insulated opening switch research (United States)

    McGeoch, M. W.; Kraft, R.


    We examine the feasibility of an opening switch concept based on magnetic insulation in a coaxial thermionic diode. It is found that the impedance ratio between closed and open states of the diode is marginal for efficient energy transfer via this type of switch. The open, or insulated state of the diode is characterized by current leakage across the magnetic field which is associated with the presence of plasma waves.

  18. High PRF high current switch (United States)

    Moran, Stuart L.; Hutcherson, R. Kenneth


    A triggerable, high voltage, high current, spark gap switch for use in pu power systems. The device comprises a pair of electrodes in a high pressure hydrogen environment that is triggered by introducing an arc between one electrode and a trigger pin. Unusually high repetition rates may be obtained by undervolting the switch, i.e., operating the trigger at voltages much below the self-breakdown voltage of the device.

  19. A Piezoelectric Cryogenic Heat Switch (United States)

    Jahromi, Amir E.; Sullivan, Dan F.


    We have measured the thermal conductance of a mechanical heat switch actuated by a piezoelectric positioner, the PZHS (PieZo electric Heat Switch), at cryogenic temperatures. The thermal conductance of the PZHS was measured between 4 K and 10 K, and on/off conductance ratios greater than 100 were achieved when the positioner applied its maximum force of 8 N. We discuss the advantages of using this system in cryogenic applications, and estimate the ultimate performance of an optimized PZHS.

  20. K-Band Latching Switches (United States)

    Piotrowski, W. S.; Raue, J. E.


    Design, development, and tests are described for two single-pole-double-throw latching waveguide ferrite switches: a K-band switch in WR-42 waveguide and a Ka-band switch in WR-28 waveguide. Both switches have structurally simple junctions, mechanically interlocked without the use of bonding materials; they are impervious to the effects of thermal, shock, and vibration stresses. Ferrite material for the Ka-band switch with a proper combination of magnetic and dielectric properties was available and resulted in excellent low loss, wideband performance. The high power handling requirement of the K-band switch limited the choice of ferrite to nickel-zinc compositions with adequate magnetic properties, but with too low relative dielectric constant. The relative dielectric constant determines the junction dimensions for given frequency responses. In this case the too low value unavoidably leads to a larger than optimum junction volume, increasing the insertion loss and restricting the operating bandwidth. Efforts to overcome the materials-related difficulties through the design of a composite junction with increased effective dielectric properties efforts to modify the relative dielectric constant of nickel-zinc ferrite are examined.

  1. K-band latching switches (United States)

    Piotrowski, W. S.; Raue, J. E.


    Design, development, and tests are described for two single-pole-double-throw latching waveguide ferrite switches: a K-band switch in WR-42 waveguide and a Ka-band switch in WR-28 waveguide. Both switches have structurally simple junctions, mechanically interlocked without the use of bonding materials; they are impervious to the effects of thermal, shock, and vibration stresses. Ferrite material for the Ka-band switch with a proper combination of magnetic and dielectric properties was available and resulted in excellent low loss, wideband performance. The high power handling requirement of the K-band switch limited the choice of ferrite to nickel-zinc compositions with adequate magnetic properties, but with too low relative dielectric constant. The relative dielectric constant determines the junction dimensions for given frequency responses. In this case the too low value unavoidably leads to a larger than optimum junction volume, increasing the insertion loss and restricting the operating bandwidth. Efforts to overcome the materials-related difficulties through the design of a composite junction with increased effective dielectric properties efforts to modify the relative dielectric constant of nickel-zinc ferrite are examined.

  2. Quadratic stabilization of switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    DONG YaLi; FAN JiaoJiao; MEI ShengWei


    In this paper, the problem of quadratic stabilization of multi-input multi-output switched nonlinear systems under an arbitrary switching law is investigated. When switched nonlinear systems have uniform normal form and the zero dynamics of uniform normal form is asymptotically stable under an arbitrary switching law, state feedbacks are designed and a common quadratic Lyapunov function of all the closed-loop subsystems is constructed to realize quadratic stabilizability of the class of switched nonlinear systems under an arbitrary switching law. The results of this paper are also applied to switched linear systems.

  3. Switchable molecular magnets. (United States)

    Sato, Osamu


    Various molecular magnetic compounds whose magnetic properties can be controlled by external stimuli have been developed, including electrochemically, photochemically, and chemically tunable bulk magnets as well as a phototunable antiferromagnetic phase of single chain magnet. In addition, we present tunable paramagnetic mononuclear complexes ranging from spin crossover complexes and valence tautomeric complexes to Co complexes in which orbital angular momentum can be switched. Furthermore, we recently developed several switchable clusters and one-dimensional coordination polymers. The switching of magnetic properties can be achieved by modulating metals, ligands, and molecules/ions in the second sphere of the complexes.

  4. Principles of broadband switching and networking

    CERN Document Server

    Liew, Soung C


    An authoritative introduction to the roles of switching and transmission in broadband integrated services networks Principles of Broadband Switching and Networking explains the design and analysis of switch architectures suitable for broadband integrated services networks, emphasizing packet-switched interconnection networks with distributed routing algorithms. The text examines the mathematical properties of these networks, rather than specific implementation technologies. Although the pedagogical explanations in this book are in the context of switches, many of the fundamenta

  5. Máquinas Moleculares Artificiais


    Mariana F. A. N. Guterres; Celia M. Ronconi


    The past decade has seen a dramatic increase in the number and structural/functional complexity of the artificial molecular machines that have been designed. In particular, numerous improvements in the construction procedures have led to the development of molecular switches, nanovalves, molecular muscles, nanoelevators, and rotary motors powered by photochemical, chemical, and electrochemical energy. The aim of this work is to discuss the basic principles involved in the construction of arti...

  6. High power solid state switches (United States)

    Gundersen, Martin


    We have successfully produced an optically triggered thyristor based in Gallium Arsenide, developed a model for breakdown, and are developing two related devices, including a Gallium Arsenide based static inductor thyristor. We are getting at the basic limitations of Gallium Arsenide for these applications, and are developing models for the physical processes that will determine device limitations. The previously supported gas phase work - resulting in the back-lighted thyratron (BLT) - has actually resulted in a very changed view of how switching can be accomplished, and this is impacting the design of important machines. The BLT is being studied internationally: in Japan for laser fusion and laser isotope separation. ITT has built a BLT that has switched 30 kA at 60 kV in testing at NSWC Dahlgren and the device is being commercialized by another American company. Versions of the switch are now being tested for excimer laser and other applications. Basically, the switch, which arose from pulse power physics studies at USC, can switch more current faster (higher di/dt), with less housekeeping, and with other advantageous properties. There are a large number of other new applications, include kinetic energy weapons, pulsed microwave sources and R.F. accelerators.

  7. Switching Systems: Active Mode Recognition, Identification of the Switching Law


    Elom Ayih Domlan; José Ragot; Didier Maquin

    2007-01-01; International audience; The problem of the estimation of the discrete state of a switching system is studied. The knowledge of the switching law is essential for this kind of system as it simplifies their manipulation for control purposes. This paper investigates the use of a model-based disgnosis method for the determination of the active mode at each timepoint based on the system input/output data. The issue of the parametric identificati...

  8. Improvement on Switching Characteristics and Switching Losses of IGBT by ZVS—PWM①

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANGChunjiang; GUHerong; 等


    The principle of ZVS-PWM inverting circuit is first described by means of inverting welder supply.The contrastive study is made on switching characteristics and switching losses of IGBT between ZVS-PWM and hard-switching.

  9. Anti-tumor activity of splice-switching oligonucleotides


    Bauman, John A; Li, Shyh-Dar; Yang, Angela; Huang, Leaf; Kole, Ryszard


    Alternative splicing has emerged as an important target for molecular therapies. Splice-switching oligonucleotides (SSOs) modulate alternative splicing by hybridizing to pre-mRNA sequences involved in splicing and blocking access to the transcript by splicing factors. Recently, the efficacy of SSOs has been established in various animal disease models; however, the application of SSOs against cancer targets has been hindered by poor in vivo delivery of antisense therapeutics to tumor cells. T...

  10. Temperature switching of cavity modes in InN microcrystals

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kazanov, D. R., E-mail:; Kaibyshev, V. H.; Davydov, V. Yu.; Smirnov, A. N.; Jmerik, V. N.; Kuznetsova, N. V.; Kopiev, P. S.; Ivanov, S. V.; Shubina, T. V. [Russian Academy of Sciences, Ioffe Physical–Technical Institute (Russian Federation)


    InN optical cavities supporting low-order whispering-gallery modes up to room temperature are formed by molecular-beam epitaxy on patterned substrates. The observed switching of the mode type with increasing temperature is explained in terms of changes in the optical parameters due to a shift of the absorption edge and modification of its shape. Modeling taking into account a variation in the refractive index reproduces the typical distributions of the electromagnetic-field intensity in the cavities.

  11. Fission yeast mating-type switching: programmed damage and repair

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Egel, Richard


    . This discontinuity then remains protected for a full cell cycle, until it interferes with replication in the next S-phase. It, thereby, represents a valuable model system to study the molecular safeguards to protect a replication fork at a predetermined hindrance to leading-strand extension. The versatility...... of this experimental system has increased further yet by the recent development of a conditional setup, where imprinting and switching can be repressed or derepressed in response to external stimuli....

  12. Electro-optical switching by liquid-crystal controlled metasurfaces

    CERN Document Server

    Decker, Manuel; Minovich, Alexander; Staude, Isabelle; Miroshnichenko, Andrey E; Chigrin, Dmitry; Neshev, Dragomir N; Jagadish, Chennupati; Kivshar, Yuri S


    We study the optical response of a metamaterial surface created by a lattice of split-ring resonators covered with a nematic liquid crystal and demonstrate millisecond timescale switching between electric and magnetic resonances of the metasurface. This is achieved due to a high sensitivity of liquid-crystal molecular reorientation to the symmetry of the metasurface as well as to the presence of a bias electric field. Our experiments are complemented by numerical simulations of the liquid-crystal reorientation.


    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    With the increase of link rate, the arbitrator of centralized switch fabric becomes too complicated to implement. A parallel switch fabric based on crossbar, named as PSFBC (Parallel Switch Fabric Based on Crossbar), has been proposed in this paper. PSFBC is composed of k switches whose rate is 1/k of link', these switches exchange cells in parallel; this increases the arbitrator's period and make it easy to implement. Load is evenly distributed to each switch with FCFS (First Come First Serve) rule, it can keep the order of cells in one stream. A multi-class queue scheduling policy is used in PSFBC to ensure the quality of realtime streams. Experiments show that the load on each switch in PSFBC is well balanced, its average delay of cells is little and its performance is very close to centralized switch; and with the increase of number of parallel switches, the loss of PSFBC's performance keeps very small, it becomes easier to implement.

  14. Critical dwell time of switched linear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Lijun ZHANG; Chunwen LI


    In this paper, we consider the relation between the switching dwell time and the stabilization of switched linear control systems. First of all, a concept of critical dwell time is given for switched linear systems without control inputs, and the critical dwell time is taken as an arbitrary given positive constant for a switched linear control systems with controllable switching models. Secondly, when a switched linear system has many stabilizable switching models, the problem of stabilization of the overall system is considered. An on-line feedback control is designed such that the overall system is asymptotically stabilizable under switching laws which depend only on those of uncontrollable subsystems of the switching models. Finally, when a switched system is partially controllable (While some switching models are probably unstabilizable), an on-line feedback control and a cyclic switching strategy are designed such that the overall system is asymptotically stabilizable if all switching models of this uncontrollable subsystems are asymptotically stable. In addition,algorithms for designing switching laws and controls are presented.

  15. Portable Userspace Virtual Filesystem Switch

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Łukasz Faber


    Full Text Available Multiple different filesystems — including disk-based, network, distributed, abstract — arean integral part of every operating system. They are usually written as kernel modules and abstracted to the user via a virtual filesystem switch. In this paper we analyse the feasibility of reimplementing the virtual filesystem switch as a userspace daemon and applicability of this approach in real-life usage. Such reimplementation will require a way to virtualise processes behaviour related to filesystem operations. The problem is non-trivial, as we assume limited capabilities of the VFS switch implemented in userspace. We present a layered architecture comprising of a monitoring process, the VFS abstraction and real filesystem implementations. All working in userspace. Then, we evaluate this solution in four areas: portability, feasibility, usability and performance. Our results demonstrate possible gains in using the userspace-based approach with monolithic kernels, but also underline problems that are encountered in this approach.

  16. Stochastic switching in biology: from genotype to phenotype (United States)

    Bressloff, Paul C.


    There has been a resurgence of interest in non-equilibrium stochastic processes in recent years, driven in part by the observation that the number of molecules (genes, mRNA, proteins) involved in gene expression are often of order 1–1000. This means that deterministic mass-action kinetics tends to break down, and one needs to take into account the discrete, stochastic nature of biochemical reactions. One of the major consequences of molecular noise is the occurrence of stochastic biological switching at both the genotypic and phenotypic levels. For example, individual gene regulatory networks can switch between graded and binary responses, exhibit translational/transcriptional bursting, and support metastability (noise-induced switching between states that are stable in the deterministic limit). If random switching persists at the phenotypic level then this can confer certain advantages to cell populations growing in a changing environment, as exemplified by bacterial persistence in response to antibiotics. Gene expression at the single-cell level can also be regulated by changes in cell density at the population level, a process known as quorum sensing. In contrast to noise-driven phenotypic switching, the switching mechanism in quorum sensing is stimulus-driven and thus noise tends to have a detrimental effect. A common approach to modeling stochastic gene expression is to assume a large but finite system and to approximate the discrete processes by continuous processes using a system-size expansion. However, there is a growing need to have some familiarity with the theory of stochastic processes that goes beyond the standard topics of chemical master equations, the system-size expansion, Langevin equations and the Fokker–Planck equation. Examples include stochastic hybrid systems (piecewise deterministic Markov processes), large deviations and the Wentzel–Kramers–Brillouin (WKB) method, adiabatic reductions, and queuing/renewal theory. The major aim of

  17. Finite-time quantised feedback asynchronously switched control of sampled-data switched linear systems (United States)

    Wang, Ronghao; Xing, Jianchun; Li, Juelong; Xiang, Zhengrong


    This paper studies the problem of stabilising a sampled-data switched linear system by quantised feedback asynchronously switched controllers. The idea of a quantised feedback asynchronously switched control strategy originates in earlier work reflecting actual system characteristic of switching and quantising, respectively. A quantised scheme is designed depending on switching time using dynamic quantiser. When sampling time, system switching time and controller switching time are all not uniform, the proposed switching controllers guarantee the system to be finite-time stable by a piecewise Lyapunov function and the average dwell-time method. Simulation examples are provided to show the effectiveness of the developed results.

  18. CMOS integrated switching power converters

    CERN Document Server

    Villar-Pique, Gerard


    This book describes the structured design and optimization of efficient, energy processing integrated circuits. The approach is multidisciplinary, covering the monolithic integration of IC design techniques, power electronics and control theory. In particular, this book enables readers to conceive, synthesize, design and implement integrated circuits with high-density high-efficiency on-chip switching power regulators. Topics covered encompass the structured design of the on-chip power supply, efficiency optimization, IC-compatible power inductors and capacitors, power MOSFET switches and effi

  19. Switch Using Radio Frequency Identification (United States)

    Fink, Patrick W. (Inventor); Lin, Gregory Y. (Inventor); Kennedy, Timothy F. (Inventor); Ngo, Phong H. (Inventor)


    Disclosed is an apparatus for use as a switch. In one embodiment, the switch comprises at least one RFID tag, each RFID tag comprising an antenna element and an RFID integrated circuit, at least one source element, and at least one lever arm. Each lever arm is connected to one of the RFID tags, and each lever arm is capable of two positions. One of the positions places the lever arm and the RFID tag connected thereto into alignment with the source element. Other embodiments are also described.

  20. Long Life MEM Switch Technology (United States)


    switched capacitors. It proves that by decreasing the size, miniature switched capacitors with Con/ Coff =2.8 for a single bridge and Con/ Coff =1.9 for a 3...TRANSACTIONS ON MICROWAVE THEORY AND TECHNIQUES, 2006 top covershielding housing fabricated filterb i a s p r o b e a p e r t u r e r e f e r e n c...e p l a n e s 2 m m Fig. 16. The fabricated filter in the shielding housing (cover removed). Frequency (GHz) 2 3 4 5 6 7 S -p a ra m e te rs ( d B


    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhiqiang LI; Yupeng QIAO; Hongsheng QI; Daizhan CHENG


    This paper investigates the stability of (switched) polynomial systems. Using semi-tensor product of matrices, the paper develops two tools for testing the stability of a (switched) polynomial system. One is to convert a product of multi-variable polynomials into a canonical form, and the other is an easily verifiable sufficient condition to justify whether a multi-variable polynomial is positive definite. Using these two tools, the authors construct a polynomial function as a candidate Lyapunov function and via testing its derivative the authors provide some sufficient conditions for the global stability of polynomial systems.

  2. Bumpless switching control for switched systems with partial actuator failures (United States)

    Qi, Yiwen; Bao, Wen; Zhang, Qingxin; Chang, Juntao


    This study is concerned with the bumpless transfer problem for switched systems with partial actuator failures, in order to obtain smooth system performance output transition. Taking into account that the system requires a controller switching from current sub-controller to a fault-tolerant sub-controller after actuator fault. And bumpless transfer for control input cannot be traditionally designed when the actuator fault occurs, while performance smoothing can be considered and it is actually the ultimate goal of bumpless transfer. Specifically, the actuator fault model is firstly established and partial actuator fault is considered. Then, the system performance output signal is deemed as the main design variable of bumpless transfer, and closed-loop control systems both previous and after controller switching are constructed. Moreover, by using model matching thought and the adaptive sliding mode control technique, a bumpless transfer compensator design strategy is given to drive the performance output variable (after controller switching) to track the one of reference model. At last, simulation results of numeric and application examples demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed bumpless transfer strategy.

  3. Switching in electrical transmission and distribution systems

    CERN Document Server

    Smeets, René; Kapetanovic, Mirsad; Peelo, David F; Janssen, Anton


    Switching in Electrical Transmission and Distribution Systems presents the issues and technological solutions associated with switching in power systems, from medium to ultra-high voltage. The book systematically discusses the electrical aspects of switching, details the way load and fault currents are interrupted, the impact of fault currents, and compares switching equipment in particular circuit-breakers. The authors also explain all examples of practical switching phenomena by examining real measurements from switching tests. Other highlights include: up to date commentary on new develo

  4. EMT and MET as paradigms for cell fate switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiekai Chen; Qingkai Han; Duanqing Pei


    Cell fate determination is a major unsolved problem in cell and developmental biology,The discovery of reprogramming by pluripotent factors offers a rational system to investigate the molecular mechanisms associated with cell fate decisions.The idea that reprogramming of fibroblasts starts with a mesenchymal-epithelial transition (MET) suggests that the process is perhaps a reversal of epithelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT) found frequently during early embryogenesis,As such,we believe that investigations into MET-EMT may yield detailed molecular insights into cell fate decisions,not only for the switching between epithelial and mesenchymal cells,but also other cell types.

  5. Controlled switching of single-molecule junctions by mechanical motion of a phenyl ring

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yuya Kitaguchi


    Full Text Available Mechanical methods for single-molecule control have potential for wide application in nanodevices and machines. Here we demonstrate the operation of a single-molecule switch made functional by the motion of a phenyl ring, analogous to the lever in a conventional toggle switch. The switch can be actuated by dual triggers, either by a voltage pulse or by displacement of the electrode, and electronic manipulation of the ring by chemical substitution enables rational control of the on-state conductance. Owing to its simple mechanics, structural robustness, and chemical accessibility, we propose that phenyl rings are promising components in mechanical molecular devices.

  6. High On/Off Conductance Switching Ratio via H-Tautomerization in Quinone. (United States)

    Tawfik, Sherif Abdulkader; Cui, X Y; Ringer, S P; Stampfl, C


    Through first-principles electron transport simulations using the nonequilibrium Green's function formalism together with density functional theory, we show that, upon H-tautomerization, a simple derivative of quinone can act as a molecular switch with high ON/OFF ratio, up to 70 at low bias voltage. This switching behavior is explained by the quantum interference effect, where the positional change of hydrogen atoms causes the energies of the transmission channels to overlap. Our results suggest that this molecule could have potential applications as an effective switching device.

  7. The Atlas load protection switch

    CERN Document Server

    Davis, H A; Dorr, G; Martínez, M; Gribble, R F; Nielsen, K E; Pierce, D; Parsons, W M


    Atlas is a high-energy pulsed-power facility under development to study materials properties and hydrodynamics experiments under extreme conditions. Atlas will implode heavy liner loads (m~45 gm) with a peak current of 27-32 MA delivered in 4 mu s, and is energized by 96, 240 kV Marx generators storing a total of 23 MJ. A key design requirement for Atlas is obtaining useful data for 95601130f all loads installed on the machine. Materials response calculations show current from a prefire can damage the load requiring expensive and time consuming replacement. Therefore, we have incorporated a set of fast-acting mechanical switches in the Atlas design to reduce the probability of a prefire damaging the load. These switches, referred to as the load protection switches, short the load through a very low inductance path during system charge. Once the capacitors have reached full charge, the switches open on a time scale short compared to the bank charge time, allowing current to flow to the load when the trigger pu...

  8. CSR Pulsed Switching Power Supplies

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    In 2001, CSR power supply system made a great progress. Three prototypes were designed for CSR quadruple and correct magnet. Three different companies provided the three prototypes, but the same circuit-chopper were employed. The simplified diagram is showed in Fig.1. All pulsed switching power supply prototypes were tested successfully before the end of 2001.

  9. Switching Costs in Accounting Services

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fatih Koç


    Full Text Available Switching cost is defined as possible costs that customers may encounter when they want to change the firm they buy service, and an important subject in terms of accounting services. Particularly, small business entrepreneurs’ not having knowledge about accounting procedures, and sharing private information with accounting firms make switching costs more important for accounting services. Thus, the aim of this study is to investigate the concept of switching costs (relational cost, procedural cost and financial cost, its determinants (perceived service quality, service importance, and service failures, and consequences (re-purchasing, and recommen ding to others. Theresearch was conducted on small business entrepreneurs in down-town of Balıkesir in Turkey. Total 405 small business entrepreneur owners were interviewed. According to results of the study, perceived service quality positively affects all dimensions of switching costs, significance of service positively affects procedural and relational costs, and service failures negatively affect procedural and relational costs. The results showed that while procedural and relational costs positively affect re-purchasing and recommending to others variables, financial cost did not have any effect on these variables.

  10. Magnetically Insulated Opening Switch Research. (United States)


    this research is to investigate the validity of the magneti- cally insulated opening switch concept proposed by Eninger (Ref. 5, Appendix 1). The...1973). 3. Y. Carmel, and J. Nation, Phys, Rev. Lett. 31, 286 (1973). 4. T.J. Orzechowski, and G. Bekefi, Phys. Fluids 19, 43 (1976). U 5. 3. Eninger

  11. Multiuser switched diversity scheduling schemes

    KAUST Repository

    Shaqfeh, Mohammad


    Multiuser switched-diversity scheduling schemes were recently proposed in order to overcome the heavy feedback requirements of conventional opportunistic scheduling schemes by applying a threshold-based, distributed, and ordered scheduling mechanism. The main idea behind these schemes is that slight reduction in the prospected multiuser diversity gains is an acceptable trade-off for great savings in terms of required channel-state-information feedback messages. In this work, we characterize the achievable rate region of multiuser switched diversity systems and compare it with the rate region of full feedback multiuser diversity systems. We propose also a novel proportional fair multiuser switched-based scheduling scheme and we demonstrate that it can be optimized using a practical and distributed method to obtain the feedback thresholds. We finally demonstrate by numerical examples that switched-diversity scheduling schemes operate within 0.3 bits/sec/Hz from the ultimate network capacity of full feedback systems in Rayleigh fading conditions. © 2012 IEEE.

  12. Wide Bandgap Extrinsic Photoconductive Switches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sullivan, James S. [Lawrence Livermore National Lab. (LLNL), Livermore, CA (United States)


    Semi-insulating Gallium Nitride, 4H and 6H Silicon Carbide are attractive materials for compact, high voltage, extrinsic, photoconductive switches due to their wide bandgap, high dark resistance, high critical electric field strength and high electron saturation velocity. These wide bandgap semiconductors are made semi-insulating by the addition of vanadium (4H and 6HSiC) and iron (2H-GaN) impurities that form deep acceptors. These deep acceptors trap electrons donated from shallow donor impurities. The electrons can be optically excited from these deep acceptor levels into the conduction band to transition the wide bandgap semiconductor materials from a semi-insulating to a conducting state. Extrinsic photoconductive switches with opposing electrodes have been constructed using vanadium compensated 6H-SiC and iron compensated 2H-GaN. These extrinsic photoconductive switches were tested at high voltage and high power to determine if they could be successfully used as the closing switch in compact medical accelerators.

  13. Robust Stability of Switched Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sloth, Christoffer; Wisniewski, Rafael


    This paper presents a linear programming-based method for finding Lyapunov functions of switched systems with polynomial vector fields and parametric uncertainties. We propose to utilize a certificate of positivity in the Bernstein basis to find a Lyapunov function. A certificate of positivity...

  14. Industry switching in developing countries

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Newman, Carol; Rand, John; Tarp, Finn


    and behavior than do entry and exit firms. Switchers tend to be labor intensive and to seek competitive opportunities in labor-intensive sectors in response to changes in market environments. Moreover, resource reallocation resulting from switching forms an important component of productivity growth. The topic...

  15. Industry Switching in Developing Countries

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Newman, Carol; Rand, John; Tarp, Finn

    as compared to entry and exit firms. They tend, inter alia, to be labour-intensive and seek out competitive opportunities in labour-intensive sectors in response to changes in the market environment. We also show that resource reallocations resulting from switching form an important component of productivity...

  16. Intrinsic nanofilamentation in resistive switching

    KAUST Repository

    Wu, Xing


    Resistive switching materials are promising candidates for nonvolatile data storage and reconfiguration of electronic applications. Intensive studies have been carried out on sandwiched metal-insulator-metal structures to achieve high density on-chip circuitry and non-volatile memory storage. Here, we provide insight into the mechanisms that govern highly reproducible controlled resistive switching via a nanofilament by using an asymmetric metal-insulator-semiconductor structure. In-situ transmission electron microscopy is used to study in real-time the physical structure and analyze the chemical composition of the nanofilament dynamically during resistive switching. Electrical stressing using an external voltage was applied by a tungsten tip to the nanosized devices having hafnium oxide (HfO2) as the insulator layer. The formation and rupture of the nanofilaments result in up to three orders of magnitude change in the current flowing through the dielectric during the switching event. Oxygen vacancies and metal atoms from the anode constitute the chemistry of the nanofilament.

  17. Key Technologies for Optical Packet Switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Akira; Okada


    The paper describes our recent progress on key technologies and components for realizing optical packet switching, including an out-of-band optical label switching technique, an optical packet synchronizer and a burst-mode optical receiver.

  18. Key Technologies for Optical Packet Switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Akira Okada


    The paper describes our recent progress on key technologies and components for realizing optical packet switching,including an out-of-band optical label switching technique, an optical packet synchronizer and a burst-mode optical receiver.

  19. Digital Switching in the Quantum Domain

    CERN Document Server

    Tsai, I M


    In this paper, we present an architecture and implementation algorithm such that digital data can be switched in the quantum domain. First we define the connection digraph which can be used to describe the behavior of a switch at a given time, then we show how a connection digraph can be implemented using elementary quantum gates. The proposed mechanism supports unicasting as well as multicasting, and is strict-sense non-blocking. It can be applied to perform either circuit switching or packet switching. Compared with a traditional space or time domain switch, the proposed switching mechanism is more scalable. Assuming an n-by-n quantum switch, the space consumption grows linearly, i.e. O(n), while the time complexity is O(1) for unicasting, and O(log n) for multicasting. Based on these advantages, a high throughput switching device can be built simply by increasing the number of I/O ports.

  20. A Demonstration of Automatically Switched Optical Network

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    We build an automatically switched optical network (ASON) testbed with four optical cross-connect nodes. Many fundamental ASON features are demonstrated, which is implemented by control protocols based on generalized multi-protocol label switching (GMPLS) framework.

  1. A gain-coefficient switched Alexandrite laser

    CERN Document Server

    Lee, Chris J; Boller, Klaus-J


    We report on a gain-coefficient switched Alexandrite laser. An electro-optic modulator is used to switch between high and low gain states by making use of the polarization dependent gain of Alexandrite. In gain-coefficient switched mode, the laser produces 85 ns pulses with a pulse energy of 240 mJ at a repetition rate of 5 Hz.

  2. A CW Gunn Diode Switching Element. (United States)

    Hurtado, Marco; Rosenbaum, Fred J.

    As part of a study of the application of communication satellites to educational development, certain technical aspects of such a system were examined. A current controlled bistable switching element using a CW Gunn diode is reported on here. With modest circuits switching rates of the order of 10 MHz have been obtained. Switching is initiated by…

  3. A CW Gunn diode bistable switching element. (United States)

    Hurtado, M.; Rosenbaum, F. J.


    Experiments with a current-controlled bistable switching element using a CW Gunn diode are reported. Switching rates of the order of 10 MHz have been obtained. Switching is initiated by current pulses of short duration (5-10 ns). Rise times of the order of several nanoseconds could be obtained.

  4. A gain-coefficient switched Alexandrite laser

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Lee, Chris J.; Slot, van der Peter J.M.; Boller, Klaus-J.


    We report on a gain-coefficient switched Alexandrite laser. An electro-optic modulator is used to switch between high and low gain states by making use of the polarization dependent gain of Alexandrite. In gain-coefficient switched mode, the laser produces 85 ns pulses with a pulse energy of 240 mJ

  5. Caffeine improves anticipatory processes in task switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Tieges, Zoe; Snel, Jan; Kok, Albert; Wijnen, Jasper G.; Lorist, Monicque M.; Ridderinkhof, K. Richard


    We studied the effects of moderate amounts of caffeine on task switching and task maintenance using mixed-task (AABB) blocks, in which participants alternated predictably between two tasks, and single-task (AAAA, BBBB) blocks. Switch costs refer to longer reaction times (RT) on task switch trials (e

  6. The increased importance of sector switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Frederiksen, Anders; Hansen, Jesper Rosenberg


    Sector switching is an important phenomenon that casts light on public–private differences. Yet our knowledge about its prevalence and trends is limited. We study sector switching using unique Danish register-based employer–employee data covering more than 25 years. We find that sector switching...

  7. 30 CFR 56.9308 - Switch throws. (United States)


    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Switch throws. 56.9308 Section 56.9308 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR METAL AND NONMETAL MINE SAFETY AND... Switch throws. Switch throws shall be installed to provide clearance to protect switchmen from...

  8. 30 CFR 57.9308 - Switch throws. (United States)


    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Switch throws. 57.9308 Section 57.9308 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR METAL AND NONMETAL MINE SAFETY AND....9308 Switch throws. Switch throws shall be installed to provide clearance to protect switchmen...

  9. Switch Detection in Preschoolers' Cognitive Flexibility (United States)

    Chevalier, Nicolas; Wiebe, Sandra A.; Huber, Kristina L.; Espy, Kimberly Andrews


    The current study addressed the role of switch detection in cognitive flexibility by testing the effect of transition cues (i.e., cues that directly signal the need to switch or maintain a given task goal) in a cued set-shifting paradigm at 5 years of age. Children performed better, especially on switch trials, when transition cues were combined…

  10. 49 CFR 236.822 - Switch, spring. (United States)


    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Switch, spring. 236.822 Section 236.822 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION... Switch, spring. A switch equipped with a spring device which forces the points to their original...

  11. 14 CFR 27.1361 - Master switch. (United States)


    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Master switch. 27.1361 Section 27.1361... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1361 Master switch. (a) There must be a master switch arrangement to allow ready disconnection of each electric power...

  12. Mechanism of single atom switch on silicon

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Quaade, Ulrich; Stokbro, Kurt; Thirstrup, C.


    We demonstrate single atom switch on silicon which operates by displacement of a hydrogen atom on the silicon (100) surface at room temperature. We find two principal effects by which the switch is controlled: a pronounced maximum of the switching probability as function of sample bias...

  13. Degree of Conversational Code-Switching Enhances Verbal Task Switching in Cantonese-English Bilinguals (United States)

    Yim, Odilia; Bialystok, Ellen


    The study examined individual differences in code-switching to determine the relationship between code-switching frequency and performance in verbal and non-verbal task switching. Seventy-eight Cantonese-English bilinguals completed a semi-structured conversation to quantify natural code-switching, a verbal fluency task requiring language…

  14. Stabilization and tracking for switching linear systems under unknown switching sequences

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, M.; Battistelli, G.; Tesi, P.


    This paper describes recent progress in the study of switching linear systems i.e. linear systems whose dynamics can switch among a family of possible configurations/modes. The attention is focused on those classes of switching systems governed by unknown switching sequences. For this case, we addre

  15. Nonlinear interface optical switch structure for dual mode switching revisited (United States)

    Bussjager, Rebecca J.; Osman, Joseph M.; Chaiken, Joseph


    There is a need for devices which will allow integration of photonic/optical computing subsystems into electronic computing architectures. This presentation reviews the nonlinear interface optical switch (NIOS) concept and then describes a new effect, the erasable optical memory (EOM) effect. We evaluate an extension of the NIOS device to allow simultaneous optical/electronic, i.e. dual mode, switching of light utilizing the EOM effect. Specific devices involve the fabrication of thin film tungsten (VI) oxide (WO3) and tungsten (V) oxide (W2O5) on the hypotenuse of glass (BK-7), fused silica (SiO2) and zinc selenide (ZnSe) right angle prisms. Chemical reactions and temporal response tests were performed and are discussed.

  16. Notch activity in the nervous system: to switch or not switch?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Blader Patrick


    Full Text Available Abstract The Notch pathway is instrumental for cell fate diversification during development. Pioneer studies conducted in Drosophila and more recent work performed in vertebrates have shown that in the nervous system, Notch is reiteratively employed when cells choose between two alternative fates, a process referred to as a binary fate decision. While the early (neural versus epidermal fate decisions mainly involve an inhibitory effect of Notch on the neural fate, late fate decisions (choice between different subtypes of neural cells have been proposed to involve a binary switch activity whereby Notch would be instructive for one fate and inhibitory for the other. We re-examine this binary switch model in light of two recent findings made in the vertebrate nervous system. First, in the zebrafish epiphysis, Notch is required to resolve a mixed identity through the inhibition of one specific fate. Second, in the murine telencephalon, Notch regulates the competence of neural progenitors to respond to the JAK/STAT pathway, thereby allowing for the induction of an astrocyte fate. In neither case is Notch instructive for the alternative fate, but rather cooperates with another signalling pathway to coordinate binary fate choices. We also review current knowledge on the molecular cascades acting downstream of Notch in the context of neural subtype diversification, a crucial issue if one is to determine Notch function as an instructive, permissive or inhibitory signal in the various cellular contexts where it is implicated. Finally, we speculate as to how such a 'non-switch' activity could contribute to the expansion of neuronal subtype diversity.

  17. Intrinsic ferroelectric switching from first principles (United States)

    Liu, Shi; Grinberg, Ilya; Rappe, Andrew M.


    The existence of domain walls, which separate regions of different polarization, can influence the dielectric, piezoelectric, pyroelectric and electronic properties of ferroelectric materials. In particular, domain-wall motion is crucial for polarization switching, which is characterized by the hysteresis loop that is a signature feature of ferroelectric materials. Experimentally, the observed dynamics of polarization switching and domain-wall motion are usually explained as the behaviour of an elastic interface pinned by a random potential that is generated by defects, which appear to be strongly sample-dependent and affected by various elastic, microstructural and other extrinsic effects. Theoretically, connecting the zero-kelvin, first-principles-based, microscopic quantities of a sample with finite-temperature, macroscopic properties such as the coercive field is critical for material design and device performance; and the lack of such a connection has prevented the use of techniques based on ab initio calculations for high-throughput computational materials discovery. Here we use molecular dynamics simulations of 90° domain walls (separating domains with orthogonal polarization directions) in the ferroelectric material PbTiO3 to provide microscopic insights that enable the construction of a simple, universal, nucleation-and-growth-based analytical model that quantifies the dynamics of many types of domain walls in various ferroelectrics. We then predict the temperature and frequency dependence of hysteresis loops and coercive fields at finite temperatures from first principles. We find that, even in the absence of defects, the intrinsic temperature and field dependence of the domain-wall velocity can be described with a nonlinear creep-like region and a depinning-like region. Our model enables quantitative estimation of coercive fields, which agree well with experimental results for ceramics and thin films. This agreement between model and experiment suggests

  18. The allosteric switching mechanism in bacteriophage MS2 (United States)

    Perkett, Matthew R.; Mirijanian, Dina T.; Hagan, Michael F.


    We use all-atom simulations to elucidate the mechanisms underlying conformational switching and allostery within the coat protein of the bacteriophage MS2. Assembly of most icosahedral virus capsids requires that the capsid protein adopts different conformations at precise locations within the capsid. It has been shown that a 19 nucleotide stem loop (TR) from the MS2 genome acts as an allosteric effector, guiding conformational switching of the coat protein during capsid assembly. Since the principal conformational changes occur far from the TR binding site, it is important to understand the molecular mechanism underlying this allosteric communication. To this end, we use all-atom simulations with explicit water combined with a path sampling technique to sample the MS2 coat protein conformational transition, in the presence and absence of TR-binding. The calculations find that TR binding strongly alters the transition free energy profile, leading to a switch in the favored conformation. We discuss changes in molecular interactions responsible for this shift. We then identify networks of amino acids with correlated motions to reveal the mechanism by which effects of TR binding span the protein. We find that TR binding strongly affects residues located at the 5-fold and quasi-sixfold interfaces in the assembled capsid, suggesting a mechanism by which the TR binding could direct formation of the native capsid geometry. The analysis predicts amino acids whose substitution by mutagenesis could alter populations of the conformational substates or their transition rates.

  19. On the stabilization of switched linear stochastic systems with unobservable switching laws

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    This paper is concerned with the stabilization problem of switched linear stochastic systems with unobservable switching laws. In this paper the system switches among a finite family of linear stochastic systems. Since there are noise perturbations, the switching laws can not be identified in any finite time horizon. We prove that if each individual subsystem is controllable and the switching duration uniformly has a strict positive lower bound, then the system can be stabilized by using a controller that uses online state estimation.

  20. Stabilization of switched linear systems with bounded disturbances and unobservable switchings

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    This paper studies the stabilization problem of switched linear systems with bounded disturbances. It is assumed that the system switches among an infinite set of uniformly controllable linear systems, and that the switching signals are not observable, but the switching duration has a lower bound. It will be shown that by combining on-line adaptive estimation and control in the controller design, a feedback control law can be constructed which makes the switched linear system globally stable.

  1. Bootstrapped Low-Voltage Analog Switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Steensgaard-Madsen, Jesper


    Novel low-voltage constant-impedance analog switch circuits are proposed. The switch element is a single MOSFET, and constant-impedance operation is obtained using simple circuits to adjust the gate and bulk voltages relative to the switched signal. Low-voltage (1-volt) operation is made feasible...... by employing a feedback loop. The gate oxide will not be subject to voltages exceeding the supply voltage difference.Realistic switches have been simulated with HSPICE. The simulations show that the switch circuits operate very well, even when the supply voltage approaches the technology's threshold voltage....


    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    At-Tasneem Mohd Amin


    Full Text Available Hybrid systems are dynamic systems that arise out of the interaction of continuous state dynamics and discrete state dynamics. Switched systems, which are a type of hybrid system, have been given much attention by control systems research over the past decade. Problems with the controllability, observability, converseability and stabilizability of switched systems have always been discussed. In this paper, the trend in research regarding the stability of switched systems will be investigated. Then the variety of methods that have been discovered by researchers for stabilizing switched linear systems with arbitrary switching will be discussed in detail.

  3. Bistability in a Metabolic Network Underpins the De Novo Evolution of Colony Switching in Pseudomonas fluorescens

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Gallie, Jenna; Libby, Eric; Bertels, Frederic;


    levels favour nucleotide metabolism (capsule OFF), while cells with lower pyrimidine levels divert resources towards polymer biosynthesis (capsule ON). This decision point is present and functional in the wild-type strain. Finally, we present a simple mathematical model demonstrating that the molecular...... in central metabolism (carB) generates such a striking phenotype. We show that colony switching is underpinned by ON/OFF expression of capsules consisting of a colanic acid-like polymer. We use molecular genetics, biochemical analyses, and experimental evolution to establish that capsule switching results...

  4. Shape memory thermal conduction switch (United States)

    Vaidyanathan, Rajan (Inventor); Krishnan, Vinu (Inventor); Notardonato, William U. (Inventor)


    A thermal conduction switch includes a thermally-conductive first member having a first thermal contacting structure for securing the first member as a stationary member to a thermally regulated body or a body requiring thermal regulation. A movable thermally-conductive second member has a second thermal contacting surface. A thermally conductive coupler is interposed between the first member and the second member for thermally coupling the first member to the second member. At least one control spring is coupled between the first member and the second member. The control spring includes a NiTiFe comprising shape memory (SM) material that provides a phase change temperature <273 K, a transformation range <40 K, and a hysteresis of <10 K. A bias spring is between the first member and the second member. At the phase change the switch provides a distance change (displacement) between first and second member by at least 1 mm, such as 2 to 4 mm.

  5. Negation switching invariant signed graphs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Deepa Sinha


    Full Text Available A signed graph (or, $sigraph$ in short is a graph G in which each edge x carries a value $\\sigma(x \\in \\{-, +\\}$ called its sign. Given a sigraph S, the negation $\\eta(S$ of the sigraph S is a sigraph obtained from S by reversing the sign of every edge of S. Two sigraphs $S_{1}$ and $S_{2}$ on the same underlying graph are switching equivalent if it is possible to assign signs `+' (`plus' or `-' (`minus' to vertices of $S_{1}$ such that by reversing the sign of each of its edges that has received opposite signs at its ends, one obtains $S_{2}$. In this paper, we characterize sigraphs which are negation switching invariant and also see for what sigraphs, S and $\\eta (S$ are signed isomorphic.

  6. High power ferrite microwave switch (United States)

    Bardash, I.; Roschak, N. K.


    A high power ferrite microwave switch was developed along with associated electronic driver circuits for operation in a spaceborne high power microwave transmitter in geostationary orbit. Three units were built and tested in a space environment to demonstrate conformance to the required performance characteristics. Each unit consisted of an input magic-tee hybrid, two non-reciprocal latching ferrite phase shifters, an out short-slot 3 db quadrature coupler, a dual driver electronic circuit, and input logic interface circuitry. The basic mode of operation of the high power ferrite microwave switch is identical to that of a four-port, differential phase shift, switchable circulator. By appropriately designing the phase shifters and electronic driver circuits to operate in the flux-transfer magnetization mode, power and temperature insensitive operation was achieved. A list of the realized characteristics of the developed units is given.

  7. Analytical Performance Evaluation of Different Switch Solutions

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Francisco Sans


    Full Text Available The virtualization of the network access layer has opened new doors in how we perceive networks. With this virtualization of the network, it is possible to transform a regular PC with several network interface cards into a switch. PC-based switches are becoming an alternative to off-the-shelf switches, since they are cheaper. For this reason, it is important to evaluate the performance of PC-based switches. In this paper, we present a performance evaluation of two PC-based switches, using Open vSwitch and LiSA, and compare their performance with an off-the-shelf Cisco switch. The RTT, throughput, and fairness for UDP are measured for both Ethernet and Fast Ethernet technologies. From this research, we can conclude that the Cisco switch presents the best performance, and both PC-based switches have similar performance. Between Open vSwitch and LiSA, Open vSwitch represents a better choice since it has more features and is currently actively developed.

  8. Ultrafast photonic crystal optical switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GONG Qi-huang; HU Xiao-yong


    Photonic crystal,a novel and artificial photonic material with periodic dielectric distribution,possesses photonic bandgap and can control the propagation states of photons.Photonic crystal has been considered to be a promising candidate for the future integrated photonic devices.The properties and the fabrication method of photonic crystal are expounded.The progresses of the study of ultrafast photonic crystal optical switching are discussed in detail.

  9. High voltage photoconductive switch package

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Caporaso, George J.


    A photoconductive switch having a wide bandgap material substrate between opposing electrodes, and a doped dielectric filler that is in contact with both the electrodes and the substrate at the triple point. The dielectric filler material is doped with a conductive material to make it partially or completely conducting, to minimize the field enhancement near the triple point both when the substrate is not conducting in the "off" state and when the substrate is rendered conducting by radiation in the "on" state.

  10. Switch for Good Community Program

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Crawford, Tabitha; Amran, Martha


    Switch4Good is an energy-savings program that helps residents reduce consumption from behavior changes; it was co-developed by Balfour Beatty Military Housing Management (BB) and WattzOn in Phase I of this grant. The program was offered at 11 Navy bases. Three customer engagement strategies were evaluated, and it was found that Digital Nudges (a combination of monthly consumption statements with frequent messaging via text or email) was most cost-effective.

  11. Pinning Synchronization of Switched Complex Dynamical Networks

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liming Du


    Full Text Available Network topology and node dynamics play a key role in forming synchronization of complex networks. Unfortunately there is no effective synchronization criterion for pinning synchronization of complex dynamical networks with switching topology. In this paper, pinning synchronization of complex dynamical networks with switching topology is studied. Two basic problems are considered: one is pinning synchronization of switched complex networks under arbitrary switching; the other is pinning synchronization of switched complex networks by design of switching when synchronization cannot achieved by using any individual connection topology alone. For the two problems, common Lyapunov function method and single Lyapunov function method are used respectively, some global synchronization criteria are proposed and the designed switching law is given. Finally, simulation results verify the validity of the results.

  12. New PWM switched-mode converter topologies (United States)

    Hua, Gui-Chao; Huang, Shi-Peng

    Two augmented switching cells are proposed from which four novel topologies can be derived: an augmented buck converter, an augmented boost converter, a novel switching power amplifier, and a novel switching controlled rectifier. The augmented buck and the augmented boost converters realize higher step-down and step-up ratios, respectively, under a given switch duty ratio by proper design of the turn ratios of the transformer and coupled inductor. The switching power amplifier achieves four-quadrant output by the use of two bidirectional current switches and a single power supply, while the inverse converter can be used as a switching controlled rectifier. The experimental verification of the power amplifier is presented.

  13. On stability of randomly switched nonlinear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Chatterjee, Debasish


    This article is concerned with stability analysis and stabilization of randomly switched nonlinear systems. These systems may be regarded as piecewise deterministic stochastic systems: the discrete switches are triggered by a stochastic process which is independent of the state of the system, and between two consecutive switching instants the dynamics are deterministic. Our results provide sufficient conditions for almost sure global asymptotic stability using Lyapunov-based methods when individual subsystems are stable and a certain ``slow switching'' condition holds. This slow switching condition takes the form of an asymptotic upper bound on the probability mass function of the number of switches that occur between the initial and current time instants. This condition is shown to hold for switching signals coming from the states of finite-dimensional continuous-time Markov chains; our results therefore hold for Markov jump systems in particular. For systems with control inputs we provide explicit control s...

  14. Antibody Isotype Switching in Vertebrates. (United States)

    Senger, Kate; Hackney, Jason; Payandeh, Jian; Zarrin, Ali A


    The humoral or antibody-mediated immune response in vertebrates has evolved to respond to diverse antigenic challenges in various anatomical locations. Diversification of the immunoglobulin heavy chain (IgH) constant region via isotype switching allows for remarkable plasticity in the immune response, including versatile tissue distribution, Fc receptor binding, and complement fixation. This enables antibody molecules to exert various biological functions while maintaining antigen-binding specificity. Different immunoglobulin (Ig) classes include IgM, IgD, IgG, IgE, and IgA, which exist as surface-bound and secreted forms. High-affinity autoantibodies are associated with various autoimmune diseases such as lupus and arthritis, while defects in components of isotype switching are associated with infections. A major route of infection used by a large number of pathogens is invasion of mucosal surfaces within the respiratory, digestive, or urinary tract. Most infections of this nature are initially limited by effector mechanisms such as secretory IgA antibodies. Mucosal surfaces have been proposed as a major site for the genesis of adaptive immune responses, not just in fighting infections but also in tolerating commensals and constant dietary antigens. We will discuss the evolution of isotype switching in various species and provide an overview of the function of various isotypes with a focus on IgA, which is universally important in gut homeostasis as well as pathogen clearance. Finally, we will discuss the utility of antibodies as therapeutic modalities.

  15. Polar switching in trialkylbenzene-1,3,5-tricarboxamides. (United States)

    Fitié, Carel F C; Roelofs, W S Christian; Magusin, Pieter C M M; Wübbenhorst, Michael; Kemerink, Martijn; Sijbesma, Rint P


    The hydrogen-bonded hexagonal columnar LC (Col(hd)) phases formed by benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxamide (BTA) derivatives can be aligned uniformly by an electric field and display switching behavior with a high remnant polarization. The polar switching in three symmetrically substituted BTAs with alkyl chains varying in length between 6 and 18 carbon atoms (C6, C10, and C18) was investigated by electro-optical switching experiments, dielectric relaxation spectroscopy (DRS), and solid-state NMR. The goal was to characterize ferroelectric properties of BTA-based columnar LCs, which display a macroscopic axial dipole moment due to the head-to-tail stacking of hydrogen-bonded amides. The Col(hd) phase of all three BTAs can be aligned uniformly by a dc field ∼30 V/μm. Moreover, C10 and C18 display extrinsic polar switching characterized by a remnant polarization and coercive field of 1-2 μC/cm(2) and 20-30 V/μm, respectively. In the absence of an external field, the polarization is lost in 1-1000 s, depending on device details and temperature. DRS revealed a columnar glass transition in the low-temperature region of the LC phase related to collective vibrations in the hydrogen-bonded columns that freeze out below 41-54 °C. At higher temperatures, a relaxation process is present originating from the collective reorientation of amide groups along the column axis (inversion of the macrodipole). Matching activation energies suggest that the molecular mechanism underlying the polar switching and the R-processes is identical. These results illustrate that LC phases based on BTAs offer the unique possibility to integrate polarization with other functionalities in a single nanostructured material.

  16. Nucleotide binding switches the information flow in ras GTPases. (United States)

    Raimondi, Francesco; Portella, Guillem; Orozco, Modesto; Fanelli, Francesca


    The Ras superfamily comprises many guanine nucleotide-binding proteins (G proteins) that are essential to intracellular signal transduction. The guanine nucleotide-dependent intrinsic flexibility patterns of five G proteins were investigated in atomic detail through Molecular Dynamics simulations of the GDP- and GTP-bound states (S(GDP) and S(GTP), respectively). For all the considered systems, the intrinsic flexibility of S(GDP) was higher than that of S(GTP), suggesting that Guanine Exchange Factor (GEF) recognition and nucleotide switch require higher amplitude motions than effector recognition or GTP hydrolysis. Functional mode, dynamic domain, and interaction energy correlation analyses highlighted significant differences in the dynamics of small G proteins and Gα proteins, especially in the inactive state. Indeed, S(GDP) of Gα(t), is characterized by a more extensive energy coupling between nucleotide binding site and distal regions involved in GEF recognition compared to small G proteins, which attenuates in the active state. Moreover, mechanically distinct domains implicated in nucleotide switch could be detected in the presence of GDP but not in the presence of GTP. Finally, in small G proteins, functional modes are more detectable in the inactive state than in the active one and involve changes in solvent exposure of two highly conserved amino acids in switches I and II involved in GEF recognition. The average solvent exposure of these amino acids correlates in turn with the rate of GDP release, suggesting for them either direct or indirect roles in the process of nucleotide switch. Collectively, nucleotide binding changes the information flow through the conserved Ras-like domain, where GDP enhances the flexibility of mechanically distinct portions involved in nucleotide switch, and favors long distance allosteric communication (in Gα proteins), compared to GTP.

  17. Nucleotide binding switches the information flow in ras GTPases.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Francesco Raimondi


    Full Text Available The Ras superfamily comprises many guanine nucleotide-binding proteins (G proteins that are essential to intracellular signal transduction. The guanine nucleotide-dependent intrinsic flexibility patterns of five G proteins were investigated in atomic detail through Molecular Dynamics simulations of the GDP- and GTP-bound states (S(GDP and S(GTP, respectively. For all the considered systems, the intrinsic flexibility of S(GDP was higher than that of S(GTP, suggesting that Guanine Exchange Factor (GEF recognition and nucleotide switch require higher amplitude motions than effector recognition or GTP hydrolysis. Functional mode, dynamic domain, and interaction energy correlation analyses highlighted significant differences in the dynamics of small G proteins and Gα proteins, especially in the inactive state. Indeed, S(GDP of Gα(t, is characterized by a more extensive energy coupling between nucleotide binding site and distal regions involved in GEF recognition compared to small G proteins, which attenuates in the active state. Moreover, mechanically distinct domains implicated in nucleotide switch could be detected in the presence of GDP but not in the presence of GTP. Finally, in small G proteins, functional modes are more detectable in the inactive state than in the active one and involve changes in solvent exposure of two highly conserved amino acids in switches I and II involved in GEF recognition. The average solvent exposure of these amino acids correlates in turn with the rate of GDP release, suggesting for them either direct or indirect roles in the process of nucleotide switch. Collectively, nucleotide binding changes the information flow through the conserved Ras-like domain, where GDP enhances the flexibility of mechanically distinct portions involved in nucleotide switch, and favors long distance allosteric communication (in Gα proteins, compared to GTP.

  18. Optimization Of Output Q-Switched Nd:YAG Laser Based On Switching Time (United States)

    Tamuri, Abd Rahman; Daud, Yaacob Mat; Bidin, Noriah


    This paper reports the optimization of output Q-switch Nd:YAG. A free running Nd:YAG laser was employed as source of light. KD*P crystal was utilized as a Pockels cell. Avalanche transistor pulser was designed to switch a high voltage power supply. The switching time was conducted via a control unit based PIC16F84A microcontroller. The pulser was able to switch the voltage within 3 ns. The optimum switching time of Q-switching is obtained at 182.34 μs. The corresponding laser output is 40 mJ with pulse duration of 25 ns.

  19. Design and Simulation of Routing-switching Protocol Based on Optical Switch Array

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HE Wei; MAO You-ju; LIU Jiang


    An optical routing- switching technology based on optical switch array is proposed. The characteristics of the blocking and nonblocking networks are analyzed and compared, odd- even sorting network is used to realize optical routing- switching, relative routing- switching protocol is designed.Simulation test under load shows that it can reduce a blocking effectively and enhance an efficiency of switching. Further, it can transfer the processing and switching within parallel computer from electric domain to optical domain. It can make parallel computer coordinating computing and processing at much more higher speed, storing and transmitting even more efficiently.

  20. The recombinase protein is a torque sensitive molecular switch

    CERN Document Server

    Atwell, Scott; Migliozzi, Daniel; Viovy, Jean-Louis; Cappello, Giovanni


    How a nano-searcher finds its nano-target is a general problem in non-equilibrium statistical physics. It becomes vital when the searcher is a damaged DNA fragment trying to find its counterpart on the intact homologous chromosome. If the two copies are paired, that intact homologous sequence serves as a template to reconstitute the damaged DNA sequence, enabling the cell to survive without genetic mutations. To succeed, the search must stop only when the perfect homology is found. The biological process that ensures such a genomic integrity is called Homologous Recombination and is promoted by the Recombinase proteins. In this article, we use torque-sensitive magnetic tweezers to measure the free-energy landscape of the human Recombinase hRad51 protein assembled a DNA fragment. Based on our measurements we model the hRad51/DNA complex as an out-of-equilibrium two-state system and provide a thermodynamical description of Homologous Recombination. With this dynamical two-state model, we suggest a mechanism by ...

  1. New insights into cystic fibrosis: molecular switches that regulate CFTR. (United States)

    Guggino, William B; Stanton, Bruce A


    Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR), a Cl(-)-selective ion channel, is a prototypic member of the ATP-binding cassette transporter superfamily that is expressed in several organs. In these organs, CFTR assembles into large, dynamic macromolecular complexes that contain signalling molecules, kinases, transport proteins, PDZ-domain-containing proteins, myosin motors, Rab GTPases, and SNAREs. Understanding how these complexes regulate the intracellular trafficking and activity of CFTR provides a unique insight into the aetiology of cystic fibrosis and other diseases.

  2. Heparan sulfate regulates ADAM12 through a molecular switch mechanism

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sørensen, Hans P; Vives, Romain R; Manetopoulos, Christina;


    The disintegrin and metalloproteases (ADAMs) are emerging as therapeutic targets in human disease, but specific drug design is hampered by potential redundancy. Unlike other metzincins, ADAM pro domains remain bound to the mature enzyme to regulate activity. Here ADAM12, a protease that promotes ...

  3. Molecular switches in carbon-rich organometallic compounds: Theoretical aspects

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Costuas, Karine, E-mail: [Sciences chimiques de Rennes, UMR 6226 CNRS - Université de Rennes 1, Avenue du Général Leclerc F-35042 Rennes (France)


    Organometallic complexes associated with an appropriate choice of ancillary ligands reveal to have a wide range of physical properties leading to promising applications when incorporated in nano-size devices. The challenge is to design innovative multifunctional compounds based on redox active carbon-rich organometallics associated with spin carriers and/or photochromic units. A multidisciplinary approach in this area has proved to be efficient in a series a systems combining carbon-rich bridging ligands and redox metallic moieties. In this domain, the role of theoretical investigations based on quantum mechanics tools have a crucial role in rationalizing and in helping designing systems possessing target properties.

  4. Switching control of an R/C hovercraft: stabilization and smooth switching. (United States)

    Tanaka, K; Iwasaki, M; Wang, H O


    This paper presents stable switching control of an radio-controlled (R/C) hovercraft that is a nonholonomic (nonlinear) system. To exactly represent its nonlinear dynamics, more importantly, to maintain controllability of the system, we newly propose a switching fuzzy model that has locally Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy models and switches them according to states, external variables, and/or time. A switching fuzzy controller is constructed by mirroring the rule structure of the switching fuzzy model of an R/C hovercraft. We derive linear matrix inequality (LMI) conditions for ensuring the stability of the closed-loop system consisting of a switching fuzzy model and controller. Furthermore, to guarantee smooth switching of control input at switching boundaries, we also derive a smooth switching condition represented in terms of LMIs. A stable switching fuzzy controller satisfying the smooth switching condition is designed by simultaneously solving both of the LMIs. The simulation and experimental results for the trajectory control of an R/C hovercraft show the validity of the switching fuzzy model and controller design, particularly, the smooth switching condition.

  5. Reversible Switching of Cooperating Replicators (United States)

    Urtel, Georg C.; Rind, Thomas; Braun, Dieter


    How can molecules with short lifetimes preserve their information over millions of years? For evolution to occur, information-carrying molecules have to replicate before they degrade. Our experiments reveal a robust, reversible cooperation mechanism in oligonucleotide replication. Two inherently slow replicating hairpin molecules can transfer their information to fast crossbreed replicators that outgrow the hairpins. The reverse is also possible. When one replication initiation site is missing, single hairpins reemerge from the crossbreed. With this mechanism, interacting replicators can switch between the hairpin and crossbreed mode, revealing a flexible adaptation to different boundary conditions.

  6. Study on switched reluctance generator

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    潘再平; 金英; 张慧


    The linear and non-linear math models of the switched reluctance generator (SRG) in generator mode were established in this work. The phase current and energy conversion process during generator operation were simulated by the linear math model. The non-linear math model was used to analyze the characteristics of the SRG operation in self-excitation mode and in separately-excitation mode. Some important findings on how the SRG is operated and controlled were obtained in this study, which provides theoretical basis for further design and experimental study.

  7. Transistor switching and sequential circuits

    CERN Document Server

    Sparkes, John J


    Transistor Switching and Sequential Circuits presents the basic ideas involved in the construction of computers, instrumentation, pulse communication systems, and automation. This book discusses the design procedure for sequential circuits. Organized into two parts encompassing eight chapters, this book begins with an overview of the ways on how to generate the types of waveforms needed in digital circuits, principally ramps, square waves, and delays. This text then considers the behavior of some simple circuits, including the inverter, the emitter follower, and the long-tailed pair. Other cha

  8. Switched steerable multiple beam antenna system (United States)

    Iwasaki, Richard S. (Inventor)


    A steerable multibeam five element cross-feed cluster antenna system is described. The feed power is divided into five branches. Each branch includes a switching network comprised of a plurality of time delay elements each individually controlled by a respective electromagnetic latching switch. Frequency independent individual two-dimensional beam steering at intermediate (IF) scanning frequencies is thereby provided wherein discrete incremental time delays are introduced by the switching networks into each branch and the signals recombined thereafter to form each beam. The electromagnetic latched switching reduces power consumption and permits higher power switching and reciprocal coincident tranmsit and receive operation. Frequency independence due to incremental time delay switching permits coincident reciprocal operation and steering for transmit-receive signal paths carrying different transmit-receive frequencies. Diagonal quarter wave plates in the waveguides alter polarization from the circular to orthogonal linear to provide transmitter-receiver isolation.

  9. MEMS switches having non-metallic crossbeams (United States)

    Scardelletti, Maximillian C (Inventor)


    A RF MEMS switch comprising a crossbeam of SiC, supported by at least one leg above a substrate and above a plurality of transmission lines forming a CPW. Bias is provided by at least one layer of metal disposed on a top surface of the SiC crossbeam, such as a layer of chromium followed by a layer of gold, and extending beyond the switch to a biasing pad on the substrate. The switch utilizes stress and conductivity-controlled non-metallic thin cantilevers or bridges, thereby improving the RF characteristics and operational reliability of the switch. The switch can be fabricated with conventional silicon integrated circuit (IC) processing techniques. The design of the switch is very versatile and can be implemented in many transmission line mediums.

  10. Synchronization of Arbitrarily Switched Boolean Networks. (United States)

    Chen, Hongwei; Liang, Jinling; Huang, Tingwen; Cao, Jinde


    This paper investigates the complete synchronization problem for the drive-response switched Boolean networks (SBNs) under arbitrary switching signals, where the switching signals of the response SBN follow those generated by the drive SBN at each time instant. First, the definition of complete synchronization is introduced for the drive-response SBNs under arbitrary switching signals. Second, the concept of switching reachable set starting from a given initial state set is put forward. Based on it, a necessary and sufficient condition is derived for the complete synchronization of the drive-response SBNs. Last, we give a simple algebraic expression for the switching reachable set in a given number of time steps, and two computable algebraic criteria are obtained for the complete synchronization of the SBNs. A biological example is given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the obtained main results.

  11. Optical switching of electric charge transfer pathways in porphyrin: a light-controlled nanoscale current router. (United States)

    Thanopulos, Ioannis; Paspalakis, Emmanuel; Yannopapas, Vassilios


    We introduce a novel molecular junction based on a thiol-functionalized porphyrin derivative with two almost energetically degenerate equilibrium configurations. We show that each equilibrium structure defines a pathway of maximal electric charge transfer through the molecular junction and that these two conduction pathways are spatially orthogonal. We further demonstrate computationally how to switch between the two equilibrium structures of the compound by coherent light. The optical switching mechanism is presented in the relevant configuration subspace of the compound, and the corresponding potential and electric dipole surfaces are obtained by ab initio methods. The laser-induced isomerization takes place in two steps in tandem, while each step is induced by a two-photon process. The effect of metallic electrodes on the electromagnetic irradiation driving the optical switching is also investigated. Our study demonstrates the potential for using thiol-functionalized porphyrin derivatives for the development of a light-controlled nanoscale current router.

  12. Characterization by X-ray photoemission spectroscopy of the open and closed forms of a dithienylethene switch in thin films

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mendoza, Sandra M.; Lubomska, Monika; Walko, Martin; Feringa, Ben L.; Rudolf, Petra


    Dithienylethene-based molecular switches have been extensively studied in solution and are considered excellent candidates in the design of molecular-based electronic devices. However, for most foreseeable applications they have to be integrated in the solid state, namely as building blocks in botto

  13. Dichotomous noise models of gene switches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Potoyan, Davit A., E-mail:; Wolynes, Peter G., E-mail: [Department of Chemistry and Center for Theoretical Biological Physics, Rice University, Houston, Texas 77005 (United States)


    Molecular noise in gene regulatory networks has two intrinsic components, one part being due to fluctuations caused by the birth and death of protein or mRNA molecules which are often present in small numbers and the other part arising from gene state switching, a single molecule event. Stochastic dynamics of gene regulatory circuits appears to be largely responsible for bifurcations into a set of multi-attractor states that encode different cell phenotypes. The interplay of dichotomous single molecule gene noise with the nonlinear architecture of genetic networks generates rich and complex phenomena. In this paper, we elaborate on an approximate framework that leads to simple hybrid multi-scale schemes well suited for the quantitative exploration of the steady state properties of large-scale cellular genetic circuits. Through a path sum based analysis of trajectory statistics, we elucidate the connection of these hybrid schemes to the underlying master equation and provide a rigorous justification for using dichotomous noise based models to study genetic networks. Numerical simulations of circuit models reveal that the contribution of the genetic noise of single molecule origin to the total noise is significant for a wide range of kinetic regimes.

  14. Dichotomous noise models of gene switches (United States)

    Potoyan, Davit. A.; Wolynes, Peter. G.


    Molecular noise in gene regulatory networks has two intrinsic components, one part being due to fluctuations caused by the birth and death of protein or mRNA molecules which are often present in small numbers and the other part arising from gene state switching, a single molecule event. Stochastic dynamics of gene regulatory circuits appears to be largely responsible for bifurcations into a set of multi-attractor states that encode different cell phenotypes. The interplay of dichotomous single molecule gene noise with the nonlinear architecture of genetic networks generates rich and complex phenomena. In this paper, we elaborate on an approximate framework that leads to simple hybrid multi-scale schemes well suited for the quantitative exploration of the steady state properties of large-scale cellular genetic circuits. Through a path sum based analysis of trajectory statistics, we elucidate the connection of these hybrid schemes to the underlying master equation and provide a rigorous justification for using dichotomous noise based models to study genetic networks. Numerical simulations of circuit models reveal that the contribution of the genetic noise of single molecule origin to the total noise is significant for a wide range of kinetic regimes.

  15. Photo- and electro-chromism of diarylethene modified ITO electrodes - towards molecular based read-write-erase information storage

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Areephong, J.; Browne, W.R.; Katsonis, N.; Feringa, B.L.


    Molecular memory devices based on dithienylethene switch modified ITO electrodes undergo reversible ring opening/closing both photo- and electro-chemically with non-destructive electrochemical readout.

  16. A new switched power linac structure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Villa, F.


    A new pulse power structure has been described that utilizes an easily accessible rectilinear switch. The new structure is more ''forgiving'' (as far as risetime is concerned) than the radial line transformer, and contains fewer switching structures/unit length. The combination of the new structure with the switch proposed seems to offer interesting possibilities for a future linear collider. 13 refs., 6 figs., 2 tabs.

  17. Nonsmooth Modeling and Simulation for Switched Circuits

    CERN Document Server

    Acary, Vincent; Brogliato, Bernard


    "Nonsmooth Modeling and Simulation for Switched Circuits" concerns the modeling and the numerical simulation of switched circuits with the nonsmooth dynamical systems (NSDS) approach, using piecewise-linear and multivalued models of electronic devices like diodes, transistors, switches. Numerous examples (ranging from introductory academic circuits to various types of power converters) are analyzed and many simulation results obtained with the INRIA open-source SICONOS software package are presented. Comparisons with SPICE and hybrid methods demonstrate the power of the NSDS approach

  18. Improved Lifetime High Voltage Switch Electrode. (United States)


    capabilities of spark switches (e.g., saturable magnetic reactors, ignitions, and high power vacuum tubes), none has the combined high voltage, high...series impedance of the switch . Additionally, the eroded material may be deposited on internal insulators , thereby inducing pretriggering and erratic...of dry air, a typical spark switch insulating gas. -7- ENERGETIC IONS FROM ION IMPLANTER 0 0 0 0 -0 0 00000 0 0 oSUBSTRATE 0 - 0 o 0 SAMPLE= ’ 0• 0 U 0

  19. Switched Systems With Multiple Invariant Sets (United States)


    Motor Control Mode Figure 1: Schematic of mode switching with non-equilibrium limit sets. with σ = 1. For a positive rate of convergence λ > 0, it...while utilizing steady-state control strategies for static balancing or tasks requiring fine motor control . Mode-switching also implicates a large...Switched Systems With Multiple Invariant SetsI Michael Dorothy, Soon-Jo Chung∗ Department of Aerospace Engineering, University of Illinois at Urbana

  20. Ultrafast pulse generation in photoconductive switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Keil, Ulrich Dieter Felix; Dykaar, D. R.


    Carrier and field dynamics in photoconductive switches are investigated by electrooptic sampling and voltage-dependent reflectivity measurements. We show that the nonuniform field distribution due to the two-dimensional nature of coplanar photoconductive switches, in combination with the large...... difference in the mobilities of holes and electrons, determine the pronounced polarity dependence. Our measurements indicate that the pulse generation mechanism is a rapid voltage breakdown across the photoconductive switch and not a local field breakdown...

  1. Description and verification of switched control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    贺风华; 姚郁; 赵霞; 张猛


    A modeling framework has been constructed using the theory of hybrid control systems for the switched control systems (SCS) and it can be more effectively used to describe the behavior of the systems and to more easily realize the simulation of the closed loop SCS under the MATLAB environment. On the other hand, a hybrid automaton model is established to analyze and verify the switched control systems. The proposed method is illustrated by an example of switched inverted pendulum control system.

  2. Control and switching of first hyperpolarizability by pH (United States)

    Asselberghs, Inge; Hennrich, Gunther; Coe, Benjamin J.; Koen, Clays


    Modulating the electronic, magnetic and optical properties at the molecular level using an external trigger has been extended to the field of nonlinear optics. The switching molecule is designed to have a complexation site or a redox active unit which can guarantee electronic communication over the whole conjugated system. The alteration of the nonlinear property is then induced by the modulation of the internal charge-transfer due to the response of the molecule to the external stimulus. This can be achieved by cation binding, protonation/deprotonation or electrochemically.

  3. Topological Nanocolloids with Facile Electric Switching of Plasmonic Properties

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yuan, Ye; Smalyukh, Ivan I.


    Combining topology and plasmonics paradigms in nanocolloidal systems may enable new means of pre-engineering desired composite material properties. Here we design and realize orientationally ordered assemblies of noble metal nanoparticles with genus-one topology and unusual long-range ordering mediated by their interactions with the surrounding nematic fluid host. Facile electric switching of these composites is reminiscent of that of pristine liquid crystals (LCs), but provides a means of reconfiguring the nanoparticle assembly and thus also the ensuing composite medium's optical properties. Our findings may lead to formation of new molecular-colloidal soft matter phases with unusual optical properties, as well as optical metamaterials.

  4. O-GlcNAc: a bittersweet switch in liver

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kaisi eZhang


    Full Text Available The liver is a vital organ responsible for maintaining nutrient homeostasis. After a meal, insulin stimulates glycogen and lipid synthesis in the liver; in the fasted state, glucagon induces gluconeogenesis and ketogenesis, which produce glucose and ketone bodies for other tissues to use as energy sources. These metabolic changes involve spatiotemporally coordinated signaling cascades. O-linked β-N-acetylglucosamine (O-GlcNAc modification has been recognized as a nutrient sensor and regulatory molecular switch. This review highlights mechanistic insights into spatiotemporal regulation of liver metabolism by O-GlcNAc modification and discusses its pathophysiological implications in insulin resistance, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, and fibrosis.

  5. Low-Voltage Switched-Capacitor Circuits

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bidari, E.; Keskin, M.; Maloberti, F.;


    Switched-capacitor stages are described which can function with very low (typically 1 V) supply voltages, without using voltage boosting or switched op-amps. Simulations indicate that high performance may be achieved using these circuits in filter or data converter applications.......Switched-capacitor stages are described which can function with very low (typically 1 V) supply voltages, without using voltage boosting or switched op-amps. Simulations indicate that high performance may be achieved using these circuits in filter or data converter applications....

  6. A Thermal Switch for Space Applications Project (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Various planned NASA missions require thermal switches for active thermal control. As an example cryocoolers, including redundant coolers are incorporated on select...

  7. Wireless Nanoionic-Based Radio Frequency Switch (United States)

    Nessel, James A. (Inventor); Miranda, Felix A (Inventor)


    A nanoionic switch connected to one or more rectenna modules is disclosed. The rectenna module is configured to receive a wireless signal and apply a first bias to change a state of the nanoionic switch from a first state to a second state. The rectenna module can receive a second wireless signal and apply a second bias to change the nanoionic switch from the second state back to the first state. The first bias is generally opposite of the first bias. The rectenna module accordingly permits operation of the nanoionic switch without onboard power.

  8. Simplified design of switching power supplies

    CERN Document Server

    Lenk, John


    Simplified Design of Switching Power Supplies is an all-inclusive, one-stop guide to switching power-supply design. Step-by-step instructions and diagrams render this book essential for the student and the experimenter, as well as the design professional.Simplified Design of Switching Power Supplies concentrates on the use of IC regulators. All popular forms of switching supplies, including DC-DC converters, inverters, buck, boost, buck-boost, pulse frequency modulation, pulse width modulation, current-mode control and pulse skipping, are described in detail. The design examples may

  9. Clocking Scheme for Switched-Capacitor Circuits

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Steensgaard-Madsen, Jesper


    A novel clocking scheme for switched-capacitor (SC) circuits is presented. It can enhance the understanding of SC circuits and the errors caused by MOSFET (MOS) switches. Charge errors, and techniques to make SC circuits less sensitive to them are discussed.......A novel clocking scheme for switched-capacitor (SC) circuits is presented. It can enhance the understanding of SC circuits and the errors caused by MOSFET (MOS) switches. Charge errors, and techniques to make SC circuits less sensitive to them are discussed....

  10. Observability conditions of switched linear singular systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Bin MENG; Jifeng ZHANG


    The observability problem of switched linear singular(SLS) systems is studied in this paper. Based on the observability definition, the unobservable subspaces of given switching laws are investigated under the condition that all subsystems are regular. A necessary condition and a sufficient condition for observability of SLS systems are given. It is shown that the observability and controllability are dual for some special SLS systems with circulatory switching laws. The method developed here is applicable to the observability analysis of normal switched linear systems.

  11. Multipath packet switch using packet bundling

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Berger, Michael Stubert


    The basic concept of packet bundling is to group smaller packets into larger packets based on, e.g., quality of service or destination within the packet switch. This paper presents novel applications of bundling in packet switching. The larger packets created by bundling are utilized to extend...... switching capacity by use of parallel switch planes. During the bundling operation, packets will experience a delay that depends on the actual implementation of the bundling and scheduling scheme. Analytical results for delay bounds and buffer size requirements are presented for a specific scheduling...

  12. The increased importance of sector switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Frederiksen, Anders; Hansen, Jesper Rosenberg


    Sector switching is an important phenomenon that casts light on public–private differences. Yet our knowledge about its prevalence and trends is limited. We study sector switching using unique Danish register-based employer–employee data covering more than 25 years. We find that sector switching...... constitutes 18.5% of all job-to-job mobility, and the trend is increasing both from public to private and from private to public. Sector switching is also generally increasing for middle managers, but for administrative professionals only the flows from private to public increase and for top managers only...

  13. A Heat Switch for Space Applications Project (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Various planned NASA missions require heat switches for active thermal control. As an example cryocoolers, including redundant coolers are incorporated on select...

  14. Simplified design of switching power supplies

    CERN Document Server

    Lenk, John


    * Describes the operation of each circuit in detail * Examines a wide selection of external components that modify the IC package characteristics * Provides hands-on, essential information for designing a switching power supply Simplified Design of Switching Power Supplies is an all-inclusive, one-stop guide to switching power-supply design. Step-by-step instructions and diagrams render this book essential for the student and the experimenter, as well as the design professional. Simplified Design of Switching Power Supplies concentrates on the use of IC regulators. All popular forms of swit

  15. Evaluation of Switch Currents in Nine-Switch Energy Conversion Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Loh, Poh Chiang; Bahman, Amir Sajjad; Qin, Zian;


    Converters with reduced switch counts usually face some performance tradeoffs, which make them suitable for some applications but not others. The same applies to the nine-switch converter, which is a reduced-switch version of the back-to-back twelve-switch converter. The nine-switch converter has...... since been shown to experience a higher voltage stress, which can be lowered in some cases. A corresponding evaluation of its current stress is however lacking, and is hence addressed now by computing its switch currents when used for ac-ac, ac-dc, dc-ac and dc-dc energy conversions. Relevant...... expressions, application requirements and simulation results are presented for identifying cases, where the nine-switch converter can have an improvement in performance despite its reduced switch count....

  16. State-dependent switching control of switched positive fractional-order systems. (United States)

    Zhao, Xudong; Yin, Yunfei; Zheng, Xiaolong


    In this paper, the problem of switching stabilization for a class of continuous-time switched positive fractional-order systems is studied by using state-dependent switching. First, the asymptotic stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems with state-dependent switching is given, which is based on the fractional co-positive Lyapunov method. Moreover, by the sliding sector method, the stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems whose subsystems are possibly all unstable is obtained. A variable structure (VS) switching law with sliding sector is also proposed to guarantee the switched positive fractional-order system to be asymptotically stable. Finally, two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the advantages and effectiveness of our developed results.

  17. Enhanced oxidative stress and the glycolytic switch in superficial urothelial carcinoma of urinary bladder

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yu-Wei Lai


    Conclusions: UC of the UB manifested that the glycolytic phenotype would reflect the Warburg effect. We suggest that the molecular mechanism in the regulation of glycolytic switch in UC of the UB might provide a specific biomarker for the future development of cancer diagnosis.

  18. Atomic origin of ultrafast resistance switching in nanoscale electrometallization cells. (United States)

    Onofrio, Nicolas; Guzman, David; Strachan, Alejandro


    Nanoscale resistance-switching cells that operate via the electrochemical formation and disruption of metallic filaments that bridge two electrodes are among the most promising devices for post-CMOS electronics. Despite their importance, the mechanisms that govern their remarkable properties are not fully understood, especially for nanoscale devices operating at ultrafast rates, limiting our ability to assess the ultimate performance and scalability of this technology. We present the first atomistic simulations of the operation of conductive bridging cells using reactive molecular dynamics with a charge equilibration method extended to describe electrochemical reactions. The simulations predict the ultrafast switching observed in these devices, with timescales ranging from hundreds of picoseconds to a few nanoseconds for devices consisting of Cu active electrodes and amorphous silica dielectrics and with dimensions corresponding to their scaling limit (cross-sections below 10 nm). We find that single-atom-chain bridges often form during device operation but that they are metastable, with lifetimes below a nanosecond. The formation of stable filaments involves the aggregation of ions into small metallic clusters, followed by a progressive chemical reduction as they become connected to the cathode. Contrary to observations in larger cells, the nanoscale conductive bridges often lack crystalline order. An atomic-level mechanistic understanding of the switching process provides guidelines for materials optimization for such applications and the quantitative predictions over an ensemble of devices provide insight into their ultimate scaling and performance.

  19. The Application of High Temperature Superconducting Materials to Power Switches

    CERN Document Server

    March, S A; Ballarino, A


    Superconducting switches may find application in superconducting magnet systems that require energy extraction. Such superconducting switches could be bypass-switches that are operated in conjunction with a parallel resistor or dump-switches where all of the energy is dissipated in the switch itself. Bypass-switches are more suited to higher energy circuits as a portion of the energy can be dissipated in the external dump resistor. Dump- switches require less material and triggering energy as a lower switch resistance is needed to achieve the required total dump resistance. Both superconducting bypass-switches and superconducting dump-switches can be ther- mally activated. Switching times that are comparable to those obtained with mechanical bypass-switch systems can be achieved using a co-wound heater that is powered by a ca- pacitor discharge. Switches that have fast thermal diffusion times through the insulation can be modelled as a lumped system whereas those with slow thermal diffusion times were modelle...

  20. Brownian molecular rotors: Theoretical design principles and predicted realizations (United States)

    Schönborn, Jan Boyke; Herges, Rainer; Hartke, Bernd


    We propose simple design concepts for molecular rotors driven by Brownian motion and external photochemical switching. Unidirectionality and efficiency of the motion is measured by explicit simulations. Two different molecular scaffolds are shown to yield viable molecular rotors when decorated with suitable substituents.

  1. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.


    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may de

  2. 30 CFR 57.19018 - Overtravel by-pass switches. (United States)


    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Overtravel by-pass switches. 57.19018 Section... Hoisting Hoists § 57.19018 Overtravel by-pass switches. When an overtravel by-pass switch is installed, the... switch is held in the closed position by the hoistman. The overtravel by-pass switch shall...

  3. 30 CFR 56.19018 - Overtravel by-pass switches. (United States)


    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Overtravel by-pass switches. 56.19018 Section... Hoisting Hoists § 56.19018 Overtravel by-pass switches. When an overtravel by-pass switch is installed, the... switch is held in the closed position by the hoistman. The overtravel by-pass switch shall...

  4. Sequential Effects in Deduction: Cost of Inference Switch (United States)

    Milan, Emilio G.; Moreno-Rios, Sergio; Espino, Orlando; Santamaria, Carlos; Gonzalez-Hernandez, Antonio


    The task-switch paradigm has helped psychologists gain insight into the processes involved in changing from one activity to another. The literature has yielded consistent results about switch cost reconfiguration (abrupt offset in regular task-switch vs. gradual reduction in random task-switch; endogenous and exogenous components of switch cost;…

  5. 利用原子力显微镜改变P(VDF/TrFE)聚合物分子链偶极子极性实现数据存储的读/写/擦除/改写%Switching the Molecular Chain's Dipoles for Data Storage to Write/Read/Erase/Rewrite in P(VDF/TrFE) Copolymer Using AFM

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)



    A small probe voltage was applied to a ferroelectric ultra-thin polymer film and resulted in the storage of a memory bit. The explanation of this write/read/erase/rewrite data storage phenomenon is based on switching molecular chain's dipoles of the ferroelectric polyvinylidene fluoride-trifluoroethylene P (VDF/TrFE) copolymer under an applied voltage. For this purpose, the use of the Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) in piezoresponse mode, seems to have an advantage over the classic methods for data storage. A twenty nanometer (20 nm) film thickness of P(VDF/TrFE) was sandwiched between the conductive AFM cantilever tip and the graphite substrate. The applied DC voltage through the AFM tip polarized the ferroelectric domains in few milliseconds while the applied AC voltage read them in nano-scale size as 60 nm.The dimension of the nano-domains depends on certain parameters such as the magnitude and the duration of the applied voltage. Therefore, data storage of about 19.2 Gb / cm2 ( 120 Gb/in2 ) could be achieved.%包括读、写、擦除和改写等信息存储现象的产生是由于在外加电压的作用下,铁电体"聚偏二氟乙烯-三氟胸苷"异分子聚合物的分子链偶极子的极性发生了变化.为达此目的,使原子力显微镜工作在压电响应模式下,它比传统的数据存储方法要有优势.将20 nm厚的"聚偏二氟乙烯-三氟胸苷"薄膜放置于原子力显微镜的导电悬臂梁触针和石墨基片之间,直流电通过AFM触针在几微秒的时间内极化铁电畴,同时用交流电来辨识这些纳米尺度(约60 nm)的铁电畴,这些铁电畴的尺寸由外加电压的大小和持续时间等参数来决定,可以实现约19.2 Gb/cm2(120 Gb/in2)的数据存储.

  6. Comparative performance assessment of switching options (United States)

    Vukovic, Alex; Savoie, Michel J.


    Switching is one of the key functionalities in next generation optical networks. It might be performed by either an optical switch (optical-electrical-optical, or OEO) or a "purely" photonic switch (optical-optical-optical or OOO). Both switches are analyzed from two perspectives - as an individual network element, and as an integral part within the communication network. As an individual network element, the performance evaluation of the two switch types is based on the individual assessment of switch footprint and power dissipation, bandwidth utilization, scalability to high speed, transparency, interoperability, technology maturity and ability to manipulate data. Although both switch types have their own advantages as a network element, the full judgement of their role in next generation optical networks requires an overall network perspective. From that viewpoint, network functionalities such as grooming capabilities, scalability, traffic management, protection, line equalization and performance monitoring are those taken into account for comparative analyses to gain an understanding of the impacts of switch choice in the network. As a result of the comparative performance assessment, the merits and benefits of both switch types in actual network applications are analyzed and outlined. Although the paper evaluates some criteria for switch choice in a network, it points out potential technologies or techniques critical to next generation architectural solutions and protocols as well as the challenges to bridge the gap towards implementing flexible, cost-effective and dynamically provisioned networks of the future. Finally, the paper responds to one critical question - What is the expected role of each switch type in next generation applications and services?

  7. Shape-Memory Hydrogels: Evolution of Structural Principles To Enable Shape Switching of Hydrophilic Polymer Networks. (United States)

    Löwenberg, Candy; Balk, Maria; Wischke, Christian; Behl, Marc; Lendlein, Andreas


    The ability of hydrophilic chain segments in polymer networks to strongly interact with water allows the volumetric expansion of the material and formation of a hydrogel. When polymer chain segments undergo reversible hydration depending on environmental conditions, smart hydrogels can be realized, which are able to shrink/swell and thus alter their volume on demand. In contrast, implementing the capacity of hydrogels to switch their shape rather than volume demands more sophisticated chemical approaches and structural concepts. In this Account, the principles of hydrogel network design, incorporation of molecular switches, and hydrogel microstructures are summarized that enable a spatially directed actuation of hydrogels by a shape-memory effect (SME) without major volume alteration. The SME involves an elastic deformation (programming) of samples, which are temporarily fixed by reversible covalent or physical cross-links resulting in a temporary shape. The material can reverse to the original shape when these molecular switches are affected by application of a suitable stimulus. Hydrophobic shape-memory polymers (SMPs), which are established with complex functions including multiple or reversible shape-switching, may provide inspiration for the molecular architecture of shape-memory hydrogels (SMHs), but cannot be identically copied in the world of hydrophilic soft materials. For instance, fixation of the temporary shape requires cross-links to be formed also in an aqueous environment, which may not be realized, for example, by crystalline domains from the hydrophilic main chains as these may dissolve in presence of water. Accordingly, dual-shape hydrogels have evolved, where, for example, hydrophobic crystallizable side chains have been linked into hydrophilic polymer networks to act as temperature-sensitive temporary cross-links. By incorporating a second type of such side chains, triple-shape hydrogels can be realized. Considering the typically given light

  8. Internal Backpressure for Terabit Switch Fabrics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Fagertun, Anna Manolova; Ruepp, Sarah Renée; Rytlig, Andreas


    This paper proposes and analyzes the efficiency of novel backpressure schemes for Terabit switch fabrics. The proposed schemes aim at buffer optimization under uniform traffic distribution with Bernoulli packet arrival process. Results show that a reduction of the needed maximum buffer capacity w...... with up to 47% can be achieved with switch-internal backpressure mechanisms at the expense of a small control overhead....

  9. The Liquid Metal Plasma Valve Closing Switch, (United States)


    Table 1. Switch Specification s Closing HVDC LMPV Switch Converter LMPV Circuit Parameter...Parameters Rating Breaker Rating Peak Voltage 50-200 kV 150 kV nominal 30 kV Pulse Width 20-50 1isec 6 msec 20 msec Peak Current 8-4 kA 1.8 kA nominal

  10. On formalism and stability of switched systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Leth, John-Josef; Wisniewski, Rafal


    In this paper, we formulate a uniform mathematical framework for studying switched systems with piecewise linear partitioned state space and state dependent switching. Based on known results from the theory of differential inclusions, we devise a Lyapunov stability theorem suitable for this class...

  11. Modelling switching power converters as complementarity systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Camlibel, Mehmet; Iannelli, Luigi; Vasca, Francesco


    Switched complementarity models of linear circuits with ideal diodes and/or ideal switches allow one to study well-posedness and stability issues for these circuits by employing the complementarity problems of the mathematical programming. In this paper, we demonstrate that other types of typical el

  12. Proceedings of the switched power workshop

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fernow, R.C. (ed.)


    These proceedings contain most of the presentations given at a workshop on the current state of research in techniques for switched power acceleration. The proceedings are divided, as was the workshop itself, into two parts. Part 1, contains the latest results from a number of groups active in switched power research. The major topic here is a method for switching externally supplied power onto a transmission line. Advocates for vacuum photodiode switching, solid state switching, gas switching, and synthetic pulse generation are all presented. Other important areas of research described in this section concern: external electrical and laser pulsing systems; the properties of the created electromagnetic pulse; structures used for transporting the electromagnetic pulse to the region where the electron beam is located; and possible applications. Part 2 of the proceedings considers the problem of designing a high brightness electron gun using switched power as the power source. This is an important first step in demonstrating the usefulness of switched power techniques for accelerator physics. In addition such a gun could have immediate practical importance for advanced acceleration studies since the brightness could exceed that of present sources by several orders of magnitude. I would like to take this opportunity to thank Kathleen Tuohy and Patricia Tuttle for their assistance in organizing and running the workshop. Their tireless efforts contribute greatly to a very productive meeting.

  13. Learner Code-Switching versus English Only (United States)

    Sampson, Andrew


    This article describes a study into the functions of code-switching in EFL classes at a Colombian language school. It was undertaken to decide whether the official "English-only" policy in place in this and other classrooms is pedagogically justified. The results suggest that code-switching may not necessarily be connected to ability…

  14. Code switching for college students on campus

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)



    <正>I.Introduction In linguistics,code-switching is the concurrent use of more than one language,or language variety,in discourse.Code-switching is a worldwide linguistic phenomenon existing in bilingual or multilingual communities.College students in China,after years of English learning,are bilingually competent underlying codeswitching between Chinese and English.Studies or research

  15. Optical packet switching without packet alignment

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hansen, Peter Bukhave; Danielsen, Søren Lykke; Stubkjær, Kristian


    Operation without packet alignment of an all-optical packet switch is proposed and predicted feasible through a detailed traffic analysis. Packet alignment units are eliminated resulting in a simple switch architecture while optimal traffic performance is maintained through the flexibility provided...

  16. RF MEMS Switches for Mobile Communication

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Steeneken, Peter; Herfst, Rodolf; Suy, Hilco; Goossens, Martijn; Beek, van Joost; Bielen, Jeroen; Stulemeijer, Jiri; Schmitz, Jurriaan


    Switched capacitors based on radio frequency microelectromechanical systems (RF MEMS) can enable a breakthrough in radio technology. Their switching principle is based on the mechanical movement of the plates of a parallel plate capacitor using the electrostatic force. The resulting difference in ca

  17. Novel RF-MEMS capacitive switching structures

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Rottenberg, X.; Jansen, H.; Fiorini, P.; De Raedt, W.; Tilmans, H.A.C.


    This paper reports on novel RF-MEMS capacitive switching devices implementing an electrically floating metal layer covering the dielectric to ensure intimate contact with the bridge in the down state. This results in an optimal switch down capacitance and allows optimisation of the down/up capacitan

  18. Morphological Priming Survives a Language Switch (United States)

    Verdonschot, Rinus G.; Middelburg, Renee; Lensink, Saskia E.; Schiller, Niels O.


    In a long-lag morphological priming experiment, Dutch (L1)-English (L2) bilinguals were asked to name pictures and read aloud words. A design using non-switch blocks, consisting solely of Dutch stimuli, and switch-blocks, consisting of Dutch primes and targets with intervening English trials, was administered. Target picture naming was facilitated…

  19. Detection of recurrent alternative splicing switches in tumor samples reveals novel signatures of cancer. (United States)

    Sebestyén, Endre; Zawisza, Michał; Eyras, Eduardo


    The determination of the alternative splicing isoforms expressed in cancer is fundamental for the development of tumor-specific molecular targets for prognosis and therapy, but it is hindered by the heterogeneity of tumors and the variability across patients. We developed a new computational method, robust to biological and technical variability, which identifies significant transcript isoform changes across multiple samples. We applied this method to more than 4000 samples from the The Cancer Genome Atlas project to obtain novel splicing signatures that are predictive for nine different cancer types, and find a specific signature for basal-like breast tumors involving the tumor-driver CTNND1. Additionally, our method identifies 244 isoform switches, for which the change occurs in the most abundant transcript. Some of these switches occur in known tumor drivers, including PPARG, CCND3, RALGDS, MITF, PRDM1, ABI1 and MYH11, for which the switch implies a change in the protein product. Moreover, some of the switches cannot be described with simple splicing events. Surprisingly, isoform switches are independent of somatic mutations, except for the tumor-suppressor FBLN2 and the oncogene MYH11. Our method reveals novel signatures of cancer in terms of transcript isoforms specifically expressed in tumors, providing novel potential molecular targets for prognosis and therapy. Data and software are available at: and

  20. A single Jahn-Teller active electron as a multi-throw multipolar conductance switch (United States)

    Rios, Laura; Lee, Joonhee; Tallarida, Nicholas; Apkarian, V. Ara


    The final limit in miniaturization of molecular electronics may be regarded as functionality attained through the manipulation of a single electron and no other moving parts. We demonstrate this limit, in the form of a three-throw, bipolar, bistable conductance switch realized by manipulating a Jahn-Teller (JT) active electron on a single zinc etioporphyrin radical anion (ZnEtio-) molecule at the double barrier junction of a cryogenic scanning tunneling microscope (STM). The vibronic JT potential determines the anisotropy of the topography. At resonance, the topography undergoes bistable switching and electroluminescence. Their difference map yields the wiring diagram of the conductance switch; and the spatially-resolved switching kinetics within the molecule yields functional maps for controlling the frequency/amplitude of the switch. Through detailed balance of spontaneous on/off rates, the energy difference between the states leading to the observed bistability is determined as ~ 1 meV. We obtain a consistent interpretation of all observations by assigning the two states to Kramer's pair, with degeneracy broken due to pseudo-rotation on the JT vector potential, where the switching is understood as spin-flipping driven by scattering of tunneling electrons at resonance. Funding by NSF CCI Chemistry at the Space-Time Limit, CHE-082913.

  1. Electrical switching of an antiferromagnet. (United States)

    Wadley, P; Howells, B; Železný, J; Andrews, C; Hills, V; Campion, R P; Novák, V; Olejník, K; Maccherozzi, F; Dhesi, S S; Martin, S Y; Wagner, T; Wunderlich, J; Freimuth, F; Mokrousov, Y; Kuneš, J; Chauhan, J S; Grzybowski, M J; Rushforth, A W; Edmonds, K W; Gallagher, B L; Jungwirth, T


    Antiferromagnets are hard to control by external magnetic fields because of the alternating directions of magnetic moments on individual atoms and the resulting zero net magnetization. However, relativistic quantum mechanics allows for generating current-induced internal fields whose sign alternates with the periodicity of the antiferromagnetic lattice. Using these fields, which couple strongly to the antiferromagnetic order, we demonstrate room-temperature electrical switching between stable configurations in antiferromagnetic CuMnAs thin-film devices by applied current with magnitudes of order 10(6) ampere per square centimeter. Electrical writing is combined in our solid-state memory with electrical readout and the stored magnetic state is insensitive to and produces no external magnetic field perturbations, which illustrates the unique merits of antiferromagnets for spintronics.

  2. Unity power factor switching regulator (United States)

    Rippel, Wally E. (Inventor)


    A single or multiphase boost chopper regulator operating with unity power factor, for use such as to charge a battery is comprised of a power section for converting single or multiphase line energy into recharge energy including a rectifier (10), one inductor (L.sub.1) and one chopper (Q.sub.1) for each chopper phase for presenting a load (battery) with a current output, and duty cycle control means (16) for each chopper to control the average inductor current over each period of the chopper, and a sensing and control section including means (20) for sensing at least one load parameter, means (22) for producing a current command signal as a function of said parameter, means (26) for producing a feedback signal as a function of said current command signal and the average rectifier voltage output over each period of the chopper, means (28) for sensing current through said inductor, means (18) for comparing said feedback signal with said sensed current to produce, in response to a difference, a control signal applied to the duty cycle control means, whereby the average inductor current is proportionate to the average rectifier voltage output over each period of the chopper, and instantaneous line current is thereby maintained proportionate to the instantaneous line voltage, thus achieving a unity power factor. The boost chopper is comprised of a plurality of converters connected in parallel and operated in staggered phase. For optimal harmonic suppression, the duty cycles of the switching converters are evenly spaced, and by negative coupling between pairs out-of-phase, peak currents through the switches can be reduced while reducing the inductor size and mass.

  3. Switched-capacitor isolated LED driver

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sanders, Seth R.; Kline, Mitchell


    A switched-capacitor voltage converter which is particularly well-suited for receiving a line voltage from which to drive current through a series of light emitting diodes (LEDs). Input voltage is rectified in a multi-level rectifier network having switched capacitors in an ascending-bank configuration for passing voltages in uniform steps between zero volts up to full received voltage V.sub.DC. A regulator section, operating on V.sub.DC, comprises switched-capacitor stages of H-bridge switching and flying capacitors. A current controlled oscillator drives the states of the switched-capacitor stages and changes its frequency to maintain a constant current to the load. Embodiments are described for isolating the load from the mains, utilizing an LC tank circuit or a multi-primary-winding transformer.

  4. Ferromagnetic vortex core switching at elevated temperatures (United States)

    Lebecki, Kristof M.; Nowak, Ulrich


    An approach for the investigation of vortex core switching is presented. Thermal effects up to the Curie point are included in a micromagnetic framework based on the recently developed Landau-Lifshitz-Bloch equation. In this approach it is easier to avoid numerical discretization artifacts, commonly present when a Bloch point is mediating the switching process. Switching in thin circular permalloy disks caused by the application of a slowly increasing magnetic field oriented orthogonally to the disk is considered. An energy barrier which can be overcome by thermal fluctuations is taken into account, leading to a strong influence of the temperature on the switching field. In particular, the switching field goes to zero at a significantly smaller temperature than the Curie temperature. The deduced nucleation volume is smaller than the typical grain size in permalloy.

  5. Low Power Switching for Antenna Reconfiguration (United States)

    Bauhahn, Paul E. (Inventor); Becker, Robert C. (Inventor); Meyers, David W. (Inventor); Muldoon, Kelly P. (Inventor)


    Methods and systems for low power switching are provided. In one embodiment, an optical switching system is provided. The system comprises at least one optically controlled switch adapted to maintain one of an open state and a closed state based on an associated light signal; and at least one light source adapted to output the associated light signal to the at least one switch, wherein the at least one light source cycles the light signal on and off, wherein the at least one light source is cycled on for a sufficient duration of time and with a sufficient periodicity to maintain the optically controlled switch in one of an open state and a closed state.


    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    L(U) Jinhu


    This paper reviews and introduces some simple switching piecewise-linear controllers, which can generate complex chaotic behaviors from simple switching systems. The mechanism of simple switching rules creating complex chaotic behaviors is further investigated.

  7. Chiral switching by spontaneous conformational change in adsorbed organic molecules. (United States)

    Weigelt, Sigrid; Busse, Carsten; Petersen, Lars; Rauls, Eva; Hammer, Bjørk; Gothelf, Kurt V; Besenbacher, Flemming; Linderoth, Trolle R


    Self-assembly of adsorbed organic molecules is a promising route towards functional surface nano-architectures, and our understanding of associated dynamic processes has been significantly advanced by several scanning tunnelling microscopy (STM) investigations. Intramolecular degrees of freedom are widely accepted to influence ordering of complex adsorbates, but although molecular conformation has been identified and even manipulated by STM, the detailed dynamics of spontaneous conformational change in adsorbed molecules has hitherto not been addressed. Molecular surface structures often show important stereochemical effects as, aside from truly chiral molecules, a large class of so-called prochiral molecules become chiral once confined on a surface with an associated loss of symmetry. Here, we investigate a model system in which adsorbed molecules surprisingly switch between enantiomeric forms as they undergo thermally induced conformational changes. The associated kinetic parameters are quantified from time-resolved STM data whereas mechanistic insight is obtained from theoretical modelling. The chiral switching is demonstrated to enable an efficient channel towards formation of extended homochiral surface domains. Our results imply that appropriate prochiral molecules may be induced (for example, by seeding) to assume only one enantiomeric form in surface assemblies, which is of relevance for chiral amplification and asymmetric heterogenous catalysis.

  8. Two TPX2-dependent switches control the activity of Aurora A.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xue Xu

    Full Text Available Aurora A is an important oncogenic kinase for mitotic spindle assembly and a potentially attractive target for human cancers. Its activation could be regulated by ATP cycle and its activator TPX2. To understand the activation mechanism of Aurora A, a series of 20 ns molecular dynamics (MD simulations were performed on both the wild-type kinase and its mutants. Analyzing the three dynamic trajectories (Aurora A-ATP, Aurora A-ADP, and Aurora A-ADP-TPX2 at the residue level, for the first time we find two TPX2-dependent switches, i.e., switch-1 (Lys-143 and switch-2 (Arg-180, which are tightly associated with Aurora A activation. In the absence of TPX2, Lys-143 exhibits a "closed" state, and becomes hydrogen-bonded to ADP. Once TPX2 binding occurs, switch-1 is forced to "open" the binding site, thus pulling ADP away from Aurora A. Without facilitation of TPX2, switch-2 exits in an "open" conformation which accompanies the outward-flipping movement of P·Thr288 (in an inactive conformation, leading to the crucial phosphothreonine exposed and accessible for deactivation. However, with the binding of TPX2, switch-2 is forced to undergo a "closed" movement, thus capturing P·Thr288 into a buried position and locking its active conformation. Analysis of two Aurora A (K143A and R180A mutants for the two switches further verifies their functionality and reliability in controlling Aurora activity. Our systems therefore suggest two switches determining Aurora A activation, which are important for the development of aurora kinase inhibitors.

  9. Redox Switching of Orthoquinone-Containing Aromatic Compounds with Hydrogen and Oxygen Gas. (United States)

    Urakawa, Kazuki; Sumimoto, Michinori; Arisawa, Mitsuhiro; Matsuda, Masaki; Ishikawa, Hayato


    Unique redox switching of orthoquinone-containing pentacyclic aromatic compounds with molecular hydrogen and oxygen in the presence of a palladium nanoparticle catalyst (SAPd) is disclosed. These molecules were predicted by in silico screening before synthesis. Efficient protocols for the synthesis of orthoquinone-containing aromatic compounds by palladium-mediated homocoupling and the benzoin condensation reaction were developed. Clear switching between orthoquinone and aromatic hydroquinone compounds was observed on the basis of their photoluminescence properties. Furthermore, the twist strain of the orthoquinone moiety could induce dramatic changes in color and emission.

  10. Stabilization of a class of switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    The stabilization of a class of switched nonlinear systems is investigated in the paper. The systems concerned are of (generalized) switched Byrnes-Isidori canonical form, which has all switched models in (generalized) ByrnesIsidori canonical form. First, a stability result of switched systems is obtained. Then it is used to solve the stabilization problem of the switched nonlinear control systems. In addition, necessary and sufficient conditions are obtained for a switched affine nonlinear system to be feedback equivalent to (generalized) switched Byrnes-Isidori canonical systems are presented.Finally, as an application the stability of switched lorenz systems is investigated.

  11. Staged circuit switching for network computers

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Arango, M.; Gelernter, D.; Badr, H.; Bernstein, A.J.


    Staged cricuit switching (SCS) is a message-switching technique which combines a new protocol with new communication hardware. Protocol and hardware are designed specifically for networks which are intended to function as integrated, general-purpose MIMD machines, i.e. for network computers. The SCS protocol is a form of circuit switching which degrades automatically into packet switching when unavailable output lines make further extension of a partial circuit impossible. The SCS hardware uses a front-end crossbar switch to multiplex some small number of communication channels among all of a given node's incident links. Together, hardware and protocol represent an attempt to convert spare bandwidth into lower network delays. They also allow experimentation with networks which reconfigure themselves dynamically in response to measured traffic patterns. SCS is compared with packet switching, circuit switching and the virtual cut-through protocol of P. Kermani and L.Kleinrock (see Comput. Networks, vol.3, p.267, 1979, and IEEE Trans. Comput. C-29,12, p.1052, December 1980), and an SCS implementation designed for the SBN network computer is discussed. 23 references.

  12. Resistance switching memory in perovskite oxides

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yan, Z.B., E-mail:; Liu, J.-M., E-mail:


    The resistance switching behavior has recently attracted great attentions for its application as resistive random access memories (RRAMs) due to a variety of advantages such as simple structure, high-density, high-speed and low-power. As a leading storage media, the transition metal perovskite oxide owns the strong correlation of electrons and the stable crystal structure, which brings out multifunctionality such as ferroelectric, multiferroic, superconductor, and colossal magnetoresistance/electroresistance effect, etc. The existence of rich electronic phases, metal–insulator transition and the nonstoichiometric oxygen in perovskite oxide provides good platforms to insight into the resistive switching mechanisms. In this review, we first introduce the general characteristics of the resistance switching effects, the operation methods and the storage media. Then, the experimental evidences of conductive filaments, the transport and switching mechanisms, and the memory performances and enhancing methods of perovskite oxide based filamentary RRAM cells have been summarized and discussed. Subsequently, the switching mechanisms and the performances of the uniform RRAM cells associating with the carrier trapping/detrapping and the ferroelectric polarization switching have been discussed. Finally, the advices and outlook for further investigating the resistance switching and enhancing the memory performances are given.

  13. Cue-switch costs in task-switching: cue priming or control processes? (United States)

    Grange, James A; Houghton, George


    In the explicitly cued task-switching paradigm, two cues per task allow separation of costs associated with switching cues from costs of switching tasks. Whilst task-switch costs have become controversial, cue-switch costs are robust. The processes that contribute to cue-switch costs are under-specified in the literature: they could reflect perceptual priming of cue properties, or priming of control processes that form relevant working memory (WM) representations of task demands. Across two experiments we manipulated cue-transparency in an attention-switching design to test the contrasting hypotheses of cue-switch costs, and show that such costs emerge from control processes of establishing relevant WM representations, rather than perceptual priming of the cue itself. When the cues were maximally transparent, cue-switch costs were eradicated. We discuss the results in terms of recent theories of cue encoding, and provide a formal definition of cue-transparency in switching designs and its relation to WM representations that guide task performance.

  14. Gain and Efficiency of a Superconducting Microwave Compressor with a Switching Cavity in an Interference Switch (United States)

    Artemenko, S. N.; Samoylenko, G. M.


    We study the processes of radiation output from a microwave storage cavity through a superconducting interference switch, which is based on a H-junction with a superconducting switching cavity connected to the side branch of the junction for various ways of controlling the parameters of the switching cavity. It is shown that efficient control over radiation output in such a switch can be achieved by varying the resonance frequency or Q-factor of the switching cavity, as well as by varying these parameters simultaneously. It is found that in the case of controlling the resonance frequency of the switching cavity, there exists an optimal interval of the frequency variation, within which the total efficiency and extraction efficiency are maximum. When the Q-factor of the switching cavity changes, the dependence of the total efficiency and extraction efficiency on the Q-factor has the monotonic character. The mixed regime of radiation output control is also studied. The envelopes of the output compressor pulses are plotted on the basis of recurrent relationships between the amplitudes of the waves in the system for three regimes of switch operation. It is shown that pulses with an almost rectangular shape of the envelope can be formed in the regime of controlling the switching cavity by varying the Q-factor. An example of possible realization of the switching cavity is considered.

  15. Radically enhanced molecular recognition

    KAUST Repository

    Trabolsi, Ali


    The tendency for viologen radical cations to dimerize has been harnessed to establish a recognition motif based on their ability to form extremely strong inclusion complexes with cyclobis(paraquat-p-phenylene) in its diradical dicationic redox state. This previously unreported complex involving three bipyridinium cation radicals increases the versatility of host-guest chemistry, extending its practice beyond the traditional reliance on neutral and charged guests and hosts. In particular, transporting the concept of radical dimerization into the field of mechanically interlocked molecules introduces a higher level of control within molecular switches and machines. Herein, we report that bistable and tristable [2]rotaxanes can be switched by altering electrochemical potentials. In a tristable [2]rotaxane composed of a cyclobis(paraquat-p-phenylene) ring and a dumbbell with tetrathiafulvalene, dioxynaphthalene and bipyridinium recognition sites, the position of the ring can be switched. On oxidation, it moves from the tetrathiafulvalene to the dioxynaphthalene, and on reduction, to the bipyridinium radical cation, provided the ring is also reduced simultaneously to the diradical dication. © 2010 Macmillan Publishers Limited. All rights reserved.

  16. Language and task switching in the bilingual brain: Bilinguals are staying, not switching, experts. (United States)

    Weissberger, Gali H; Gollan, Tamar H; Bondi, Mark W; Clark, Lindsay R; Wierenga, Christina E


    Bilinguals' ability to control which language they speak and to switch between languages may rely on neurocognitive mechanisms shared with non-linguistic task switching. However, recent studies also reveal some limitations on the extent control mechanisms are shared across domains, introducing the possibility that some control mechanisms are unique to language. We investigated this hypothesis by directly comparing the neural correlates of task switching and language switching. Nineteen Spanish-English bilingual university students underwent a functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) study employing a hybrid (event-related and blocked) design involving both color-shape switching and language switching paradigms. We compared the two switching tasks using within-subject voxel-wise t-tests for each of three trial types (single trials in single blocks, and stay and switch trials in mixed blocks). Comparing trial types to baseline in each task revealed widespread activation for single, stay, and switch trials in both color-shape and language switching. Direct comparisons of each task for each trial type revealed few differences between tasks on single and switch trials, but large task differences during stay trials, with more widespread activation for the non-linguistic than for the language task. Our results confirm previous suggestions of shared mechanisms of switching across domains, but also reveal bilinguals have greater efficiency for sustaining the inhibition of the non-target language than the non-target task when two responses are available. This efficiency of language control might arise from bilinguals' need to control interference from the non-target language specifically when not switching languages, when speaking in single- or mixed-language contexts.

  17. 160-Gb/s Silicon All-Optical Packet Switch for Buffer-less Optical Burst Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hu, Hao; Ji, Hua; Pu, Minhao;


    We experimentally demonstrate a 160-Gb/s Ethernet packet switch using an 8.6-mm-long silicon nanowire for optical burst switching, based on cross phase modulation in silicon. One of the four packets at the bit rate of 160 Gb/s is switched by an optical control signal using a silicon based 1 × 1 all......-optical packet switch. Error free performance (BER switched packet. The use of optical burst switching protocols could eliminate the need for optical buffering in silicon packet switch based optical burst switching, which might be desirable for high-speed interconnects within a short...

  18. Modeling and simulation of multiport RF switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vijay, J [Student, Department of Instrumentation and Control Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli-620015 (India); Saha, Ivan [Scientist, Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) (India); Uma, G [Lecturer, Department of Instrumentation and Control Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli-620015 (India); Umapathy, M [Assistant Professor, Department of Instrumentation and Control Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli-620015 (India)


    This paper describes the modeling and simulation of 'Multi Port RF Switch' where the latching mechanism is realized with two hot arm electro thermal actuators and the switching action is realized with electrostatic actuators. It can act as single pole single thrown as well as single pole multi thrown switch. The proposed structure is modeled analytically and required parameters are simulated using MATLAB. The analytical simulation results are validated using Finite Element Analysis of the same in the COVENTORWARE software.

  19. Design of a switched reluctance generator

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Heese, T.; Pyrhoenen, J.


    This report presents the design of a low voltage switched reluctance generator for variable speed applications showing the design of its construction and commutation unit. For the realisation of the control system the control strategy is presented. The principle and the theory of switched reluctance generators are described in this context. Also an overview of existing generator technology for these applications is given. The results gained suggest that switched reluctance machines can also advantageously be used as generators if the generating operation is considered within the design process. Compared with the existing technology a higher output power and efficiency is reached over the whole speed range. (orig.)

  20. Fault tolerant control for switched linear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Du, Dongsheng; Shi, Peng


    This book presents up-to-date research and novel methodologies on fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control for switched linear systems. It provides a unified yet neat framework of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control of switched systems. It can therefore serve as a useful textbook for senior and/or graduate students who are interested in knowing the state-of-the-art of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control areas, as well as recent advances in switched linear systems.  

  1. Consumer poaching, brand switching, and price transparency

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Schultz, Christian


    This paper addresses price transparency on the consumer side in markets with behavioral price discrimination which feature welfare reducing brand switching. When long-term contracts are not available, an increase in transparency intensifies competition, lowers prices and profits, reduces brand...... switching and benefits consumers and welfare. With long-term contracts, an increase in transparency reduces the use of long-term contracts, leading to more brand switching and a welfare loss. Otherwise, the results are the same as without long-term contracts....

  2. Switching to a Mac For Dummies

    CERN Document Server

    Reinhold, Arnold


    Learn how to make the switch from PC to Mac a completely smooth transition The number of Mac users continues to increase significantly each year. If you are one of those people and are eager but also anxious about making the switch, then fear not! This friendly guide skips the jargon to deliver you an easy-to-read, understandable introduction to the Macintosh computer. Computer guru Arnold Reinhold walks you through the Mac OS, user interface, and icons. You'll learn how to set up your Mac, move your files from your PC to your Mac, switch applications, get your Mac online, network your Mac, se

  3. A magnetic iron(III) switch with controlled and adjustable thermal response for solution processing. (United States)

    Gandolfi, Claudio; Morgan, Grace G; Albrecht, Martin


    Spin crossover requires cooperative behavior of the metal centers in order to become useful for devices. While cooperativity is barely predictable in solids, we show here that solution processing and the covalent introduction of molecular recognition sites allows the spin crossover of iron(III) sal(2)trien complexes to be rationally tuned. A simple correlation between the number of molecular recognition sites and the spin crossover temperature enabled the fabrication of materials that are magnetically bistable at room temperature. The predictable behavior relies on combining function (spin switching) and structure (supramolecular assembly) through covalent interactions in a single molecular building block.

  4. Bipolar resistive switching based on bis(8-hydroxyquinoline)cadmium complex: Mechanism and non-volatile memory application

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wang Ying; Yang Ting; Xie Ji-Peng; Lü Wen-Li; Fan Guo-Ying; Liu Su


    Stable and persistent bipolar resistive switching was observed in an organic diode with the structure of indium-tin oxide (ITO)/bis(8-hydroxyquinoline) cadmium (Cdq2)/Al.Aggregate formation and electric field driven trapping and detrapping of charge carriers in the aggregate states that lie in the energy gap of the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) and the lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of the organic molecule were proposed as the mechanism of the observed bipolar resistive switching,and this was solidly supported by the results of AFM investigations.Repeatedly set,read,and reset measurements demonstrated that the device is potentially applicable in non-volatile memories.


    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xi Kang; Ge Ning; Feng Chongxi


    Shared Memory (SM) switches are widely used for its high throughput, low delay and efficient use of memory. This paper compares the performance of two prominent switching schemes of SM packet switches: Cell-Based Switching (CBS) and Packet-Based Switching (PBS).Theoretical analysis is carried out to draw qualitative conclusion on the memory requirement,throughput and packet delay of the two schemes. Furthermore, simulations are carried out to get quantitative results of the performance comparison under various system load, traffic patterns,and memory sizes. Simulation results show that PBS has the advantage of shorter time delay while CBS has lower memory requirement and outperforms in throughput when the memory size is limited. The comparison can be used for tradeoff between performance and complexity in switch design.

  6. Novel polarization diversity without switch duplication of a Si-wire PILOSS optical switch. (United States)

    Tanizawa, Ken; Suzuki, Keijiro; Ikeda, Kazuhiro; Namiki, Shu; Kawashima, Hitoshi


    We demonstrate the compact polarization diversity based on the bidirectional full-port use of a path-independent-insertion-loss (PILOSS) optical switch. A polarization-diversity 4 × 4 strictly non-blocking optical switch is developed using a single thermooptic PILOSS Si-wire switch and fiber-based polarization beam splitters (PBSs) and combiners (PBCs). We measure characteristics of the switch and confirm that the proposed configuration demonstrates the performance in the insertion loss, polarization-dependent loss (PDL), and differential group delay (DGD) comparable with that of a conventional polarization-diversity 4 × 4 PILOSS switch using double switch elements. On the other hand, higher crosstalk is observed. The crosstalk increase is associated with the backward crosstalk at a waveguide intersection based on a directional coupler. The effect of the backward crosstalk on the total crosstalk is estimated, and future prospects are discussed.

  7. Novel Switched Flux Permanent Magnet Machine Topologies

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)



    This paper overviews various switched flux permanent magnet machines and their design and performance features,with particular emphasis on machine topologies with reduced magnet usage or without using magnet,as well as with variable flux capability.

  8. Titanium Oxide Intelligent "Optical Switch" Surface

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    @@ Bio-mimic\tsuper-hydrophobic\tand super-hydrophilic switches were highly concerned because of their extensive application perspectives in gene transfers,non-loss liquid transportation,micro fluid,gene chips,and slow released drug.

  9. Photonic technology for switched rf avionics networks (United States)

    Hamilton, Michael C.; Thaniyavarn, Suwat; Abbas, Gregory L.; LaGasse, Michael J.; Traynor, Timothy; Lin, Jack P.


    The application of photonics technology in switched RF networks is discussed with emphasis on the benefits for avionics applications. System requirements and performance issues are addressed. A 16 X 16 photonic switch module prototype is described and results for RF fiber-optic links passing through the module are presented. RF channel isolation measured was at least 75 dB. A demonstration is described in which a photonic network using the switch module passed signals from a dynamic electromagnetic environment simulator to two radar warning systems under test. Demonstration modes included simulation of both aperture sharing and processor sharing. Finally, a novel alternative switch module architecture is described that is strictly non-blocking and has inherently better channel isolation.

  10. CMOS compatible nanoscale nonvolatile resistance switching memory. (United States)

    Jo, Sung Hyun; Lu, Wei


    We report studies on a nanoscale resistance switching memory structure based on planar silicon that is fully compatible with CMOS technology in terms of both materials and processing techniques employed. These two-terminal resistance switching devices show excellent scaling potential well beyond 10 Gb/cm2 and exhibit high yield (99%), fast programming speed (5 ns), high on/off ratio (10(3)), long endurance (10(6)), retention time (5 months), and multibit capability. These key performance metrics compare favorably with other emerging nonvolatile memory techniques. Furthermore, both diode-like (rectifying) and resistor-like (nonrectifying) behaviors can be obtained in the device switching characteristics in a controlled fashion. These results suggest that the CMOS compatible, nanoscale Si-based resistance switching devices may be well suited for ultrahigh-density memory applications.

  11. Active plasmonics in WDM traffic switching applications

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Papaioannou, S.; Kalavrouziotis, D.; Vyrsokinos, K.;


    With metal stripes being intrinsic components of plasmonic waveguides, plasmonics provides a "naturally" energy-efficient platform for merging broadband optical links with intelligent electronic processing, instigating a great promise for low-power and small-footprint active functional circuitry....... The first active Dielectric-Loaded Surface Plasmon Polariton (DLSPP) thermo-optic (TO) switches with successful performance in single-channel 10 Gb/s data traffic environments have led the inroad towards bringing low-power active plasmonics in practical traffic applications. In this article, we introduce...... active plasmonics into Wavelength Division Multiplexed (WDM) switching applications, using the smallest TO DLSPP-based Mach-Zehnder interferometric switch reported so far and showing its successful performance in 4310 Gb/s low-power and fast switching operation. The demonstration of the WDM...

  12. Permanent Magnet Boosted Modular Switched Reluctance Motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    SZABÓ Loránd


    Full Text Available This paper deals with the analyses of a novel motor structure obtained by boosting with permanent magnets a formerly studied modular switched reluctance motor. Upon dynamic simulation results the improvements of the proposed motor are emphasized.

  13. Analysis of Switched-Rigid Floating Oscillator

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Prabhakar R. Marur


    Full Text Available In explicit finite element simulations, a technique called deformable-to-rigid (D2R switching is used routinely to reduce the computation time. Using the D2R option, the deformable parts in the model can be switched to rigid and reverted back to deformable when needed during the analysis. The time of activation of D2R however influences the overall dynamics of the system being analyzed. In this paper, a theoretical basis for the selection of time of rigid switching based on system energy is established. A floating oscillator problem is investigated for this purpose and closed-form analytical expressions are derived for different phases in rigid switching. The analytical expressions are validated by comparing the theoretical results with numerical computations.

  14. Blood and Books: Performing Code Switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jeff Friedman


    Full Text Available Code switching is a linguistic term that identifies ways individuals use communication modes and registers to negotiate difference in social relations. This essay suggests that arts-based inquiry, in the form of choreography and performance, provides a suitable and efficacious location within which both verbal and nonverbal channels of code switching can be investigated. Blood and Books, a case study of dance choreography within the context of post-colonial Maori performance in Aotearoa/New Zealand, is described and analyzed for its performance of code switching. The essay is framed by a discussion of how arts-based research within tertiary higher education requires careful negotiation in the form of code switching, as performed by the author's reflexive use of vernacular and formal registers in the essay. URN: urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0802462

  15. Teachers' Code Switching in EFL Classroom

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)



    In theory, language teaching today should be entirely monolingual-using target language as the medium of instruction.ciency' (Brice 2000). This paper is devoted to exploring the theoretical justification for the existence of code switching and the pedagogical purposes for the use of it in EFL classroom, with a hope to raise EFT teachers' awareness of the actual use of code switching in classroom and help them develop an appropriate attitude towards its role in EFL teaching.

  16. Bimetal switches in an AND logic gate (United States)

    Lubrica, Joel V.; Lubrica, Quantum Yuri B.


    In this frontline, we use bimetal switches to provide inputs in an electrical AND logic gate. These switches can be obtained from the pre-heat starters of fluorescent lamps, by safely removing the glass enclosure. They may be activated by small open flames. This frontline has a historical aspect because fluorescent lamps, together with pre-heat starters, are now being replaced by compact fluorescent, halogen, and LED lamps.

  17. Dual-Antenna Microwave Reception Without Switching (United States)

    Hartop, Robert W.


    Receiver remains connected to both antennas, transmitter switched to connect it to one or other. Combination of hybrid junction, circulators, and filter provides simultaneous reception paths from both antennas without significantly altering radiation patterns of antennas. Communication system considered for use in spacecraft and in which mechanical switch permitted on downlink but not on uplink. Applicable to terrestrial microwave communication stations subject to dual-antenna requirements.

  18. Portfolio Selection with Jumps under Regime Switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lin Zhao


    Full Text Available We investigate a continuous-time version of the mean-variance portfolio selection model with jumps under regime switching. The portfolio selection is proposed and analyzed for a market consisting of one bank account and multiple stocks. The random regime switching is assumed to be independent of the underlying Brownian motion and jump processes. A Markov chain modulated diffusion formulation is employed to model the problem.


    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Yi-jing; WANG Long


    The problem of adaptive generalized predictive control which consists of output prediction errors for a class of switched systems is studied. The switching law is determined by the output predictive errors of a finite number of subsystems. For the single subsystem and multiple subsystems cases, it is proved that the given direct algorithm of generalized predictive control guarantees the global convergence of the system. This algorithm overcomes the inherent drawbacks of the slow convergence and large transient errors for the conventional adaptive control.

  20. Stabilization of Slowly Varying Switched Linear Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG Bing; LIANG Tong


    The stabilization problem of systems that switch among a finite set of slowly varying linear systems with arbitrary switching frequency is discussed.It is shown that if the entries of the pointwise stabilizing feedback gain matrix are continuously differentiable functions of the entries of the system coefficient matrices,then the closed-loop system is uniformly asymptotically stable if the rate of time variation of the system coefficient matrices is sufficiently small.

  1. Defense Switched Network Technology and Experiments Program. (United States)


    3) development and test of data communication techniques using DoD-standard data protocols in an integrated voice /data network, and (4) EISN system... communication techniques using DoD-standard data protocols in an integrated voice /data network, and (4) EISN system coordination and experiment planning...control voice trunks that use E&M signaling and go from the RCP switch to the PCI or to another RCP switch; (e) A Dual- Tone Multiple-Frequency (DTMF

  2. Equilibrium yield curves under regime switching


    García-Verdú, Santiago


    This paper studies how inflation as a macroeconomic indicator affects nominal bond prices. I consider an economy with a representative agent with Epstein- Zin preferences. Regime switching affects the state-space capturing inflation and consumption growth. Thus, the agent is concerned about the intertemporal distribution of risk, which is affected by the persistence of the variables and the regimes. Regime switching allows for structural changes in the volatility of unexpected shocks. To the ...

  3. Decision maker based on atomic switches


    Song-Ju Kim; Tohru Tsuruoka; Tsuyoshi Hasegawa; Masashi Aono; Kazuya Terabe; Masakazu Aono


    We propose a simple model for an atomic switch-based decision maker (ASDM), and show that, as long as its total number of metal atoms is conserved when coupled with suitable operations, an atomic switch system provides a sophisticated ``decision-making'' capability that is known to be one of the most important intellectual abilities in human beings. We considered a popular decision-making problem studied in the context of reinforcement learning, the multi-armed bandit problem (MAB); the probl...

  4. Magnetic field penetration of erosion switch plasmas (United States)

    Mason, Rodney J.; Jones, Michael E.; Grossmann, John M.; Ottinger, Paul F.


    Computer simulations demonstrate that the entrainment (or advection) of magnetic field with the flow of cathode-emitted electrons can constitute a dominant mechanism for the magnetic field penetration of erosion switch plasmas. Cross-field drift in the accelerating electric field near the cathode starts the penetration process. Plasma erosion propagates the point for emission and magnetic field injection along the cathode toward the load-for the possibility of rapid switch opening.

  5. Quantum switches and nonlocal microwave fields (United States)

    Davidovich, L.; Maali, A.; Brune, M.; Raimond, J. M.; Haroche, S.


    A scheme to realize an optical switch with quantum coherence between its ``open'' and ``closed'' states is presented. It involves a single atom in a superposition of circular Rydberg states crossing a high Q cavity. A combination of switches could be used to prepare a quantum superposition of coherent microwave field states located simultaneously in two cavities. Such nonclassical states and their decoherence due to cavity dissipation could be studied by performing atom correlation experiments.

  6. My View on Code-Switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)



    Code-switching is a linguistic phenomenon that has been studied by linguists from different aspects.It is widely used in people’s daily communication,especially for people who have developed some knowledge and ability in second language and thus become bilingual.In this article,the author intends to present her understanding about the definition of code-switching,its classification with the help of some specific examples.

  7. Thermal management of solid state power switches


    Tighe, Christopher James Frederick


    The transient temperature of solid state power switches is investigated using thermal resistance network modelling and experimental testing. The ability of a heat sink mounted to the top of the device to reduce the transient temperature is assessed. Transient temperatures for heat pulses of up to 100ms are of most interest. The transient temperature distribution inside a typical stack-up of a solid state power switch is characterised. The thermal effects of adding a heat sink to the top o...

  8. United assembly algorithm for optical burst switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jinhui Yu(于金辉); Yijun Yang(杨教军); Yuehua Chen(陈月华); Ge Fan(范戈)


    Optical burst switching (OBS) is a promising optical switching technology. The burst assembly algorithm controls burst assembly, which significantly impacts performance of OBS network. This paper provides a new assembly algorithm, united assembly algorithm, which has more practicability than conventional algorithms. In addition, some factors impacting selections of parameters of this algorithm are discussed and the performance of this algorithm is studied by computer simulation.

  9. Resistance switching of electrodeposited cuprous oxide (United States)

    Yazdanparast, Sanaz

    In this work, the resistance switching behavior of electrodeposited cuprous oxide (Cu2O) thin films in Au/Cu2O/top electrode (Pt, Au-Pd, Al) cells was studied. After an initial FORMING process, the fabricated cells show reversible switching between a low resistance state (16.6 O) and a high resistance state (0.4 x 106 O). Changing the resistance states in cuprous oxide films depends on the magnitude of the applied voltage which corresponds to unipolar resistance switching behavior of this material. The endurance and retention tests indicate a potential application of the fabricated cells for nonvolatile resistance switching random access memory (RRAM). The results suggest formation and rupture of one or several nanoscale copper filaments as the resistance switching mechanism in the cuprous oxide films. At high electric voltage in the as-deposited state of Au/Cu 2O/Au-Pd cell structure, the conduction behavior follows Poole-Frenkel emission. Various parameters, such as the compliance current, the cuprous oxide microstructure, the cuprous oxide thickness, top electrode area, and top electrode material, affect the resistance switching characteristics. The required FORMING voltage is higher for Au/Cu2O/Al cell compared with the Au/Cu2O/Pt which is related to the Schottky behavior of Al contact with Cu2O. Cu2O nanowires in Au-Pt/ Cu 2O/Au-Pt cell also show resistance switching behavior, indicating scalable potential of this cell for usage as RRAM. After an initial FORMING process under an electric field of 3 x 106 V/m, the Cu2O nanowire is switched to the LRS. During the FORMING process physical damages are observed in the cell, which may be caused by Joule heating and gas evolution.

  10. Monotone switching networks for directed connectivity are strictly more powerful than certain-knowledge switching networks

    CERN Document Server

    Potechin, Aaron


    L (Logarithmic space) versus NL (Non-deterministic logarithmic space) is one of the great open problems in computational complexity theory. In the paper "Bounds on monotone switching networks for directed connectivity", we separated monotone analogues of L and NL using a model called the switching network model. In particular, by considering inputs consisting of just a path and isolated vertices, we proved that any monotone switching network solving directed connectivity on $N$ vertices must have size at least $N^{\\Omega(\\lg(N))}$ and this bound is tight. If we could show a similar result for general switching networks solving directed connectivity, then this would prove that $L \

  11. Hybrid Optical Switching for Data Center Networks

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Matteo Fiorani


    Full Text Available Current data centers networks rely on electronic switching and point-to-point interconnects. When considering future data center requirements, these solutions will raise issues in terms of flexibility, scalability, performance, and energy consumption. For this reason several optical switched interconnects, which make use of optical switches and wavelength division multiplexing (WDM, have been recently proposed. However, the solutions proposed so far suffer from low flexibility and are not able to provide service differentiation. In this paper we introduce a novel data center network based on hybrid optical switching (HOS. HOS combines optical circuit, burst, and packet switching on the same network. In this way different data center applications can be mapped to the optical transport mechanism that best suits their traffic characteristics. Furthermore, the proposed HOS network achieves high transmission efficiency and reduced energy consumption by using two parallel optical switches. We consider the architectures of both a traditional data center network and the proposed HOS network and present a combined analytical and simulation approach for their performance and energy consumption evaluation. We demonstrate that the proposed HOS data center network achieves high performance and flexibility while considerably reducing the energy consumption of current solutions.

  12. Evaluation of Speedup and Expansion in Terabit Switch Fabrics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ruepp, Sarah Renée; Rytlig, Andreas; Berger, Michael Stübert


    This paper evaluates speedup and expansion in a multi-stage Terabit switch fabric. Single-stage switch fabrics, e.g. crossbar switches, are difficult to scale up to a Terabit system. Hence, a multi-stage switch fabric, where traffic can be distributed on different chips, offers a promising...

  13. A new Zero-Voltage-Transition PWM switching cell

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Grigore, V. [Electronics and Telecommunications Faculty `Politebuica` University Bucharest (Romania); Kyyrae, J. [Helsinki University of Technology, Otaniemi (Finland): Institute of Intelligent Power Electronics


    In this paper a new Zero-Voltage-Transition (ZVT) PWM switching cell is presented. The proposed switching cell is composed of the normal hard-switched PWM cell (consisting of one active switch and one passive switch), plus an auxiliary circuit (consisting of one active switch and some reactive components). The auxiliary circuit is inactive during the ON and OFF intervals of the switches in the normal PWM switch. However, the transitions between the two states are controlled by the auxiliary circuit. Prior to turn-on, the voltage across the active switch in the PWM cell is forced to zero, thus the turn-on losses of the active switch are practically eliminated. At turn-off the auxiliary circuit behaves like a non-dissipative passive snubber reducing the turn-off losses to a great extent. Zero-Voltage-Transition switching technique almost eliminates switching losses. The active switch operates under ZVT conditions, the passive switch (diode) has a controlled reverse recovery, and the switch in the auxiliary circuit operates under Zero-Current-Switching (ZCS) conditions. (orig.) 6 refs.

  14. A review of opening switch technology for inductive energy storage (United States)

    Schoenbach, K. H.; Kristiansen, M.; Schaefer, G.


    A review of the state of the art in opening switches is presented. The general operating principles and present and potential future operating parameters for several switch categories are discussed. Among the switch categories described are: mechanical, solid state, vacuum arc, crossed field, fuse, explosive, plasma gun, superconducting, thermal, MHD instability, diffuse discharge, plasma erosion switches, and reflex triodes.

  15. Theoretical Insights into the Biophysics of Protein Bi-stability and Evolutionary Switches.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tobias Sikosek


    Full Text Available Deciphering the effects of nonsynonymous mutations on protein structure is central to many areas of biomedical research and is of fundamental importance to the study of molecular evolution. Much of the investigation of protein evolution has focused on mutations that leave a protein's folded structure essentially unchanged. However, to evolve novel folds of proteins, mutations that lead to large conformational modifications have to be involved. Unraveling the basic biophysics of such mutations is a challenge to theory, especially when only one or two amino acid substitutions cause a large-scale conformational switch. Among the few such mutational switches identified experimentally, the one between the GA all-α and GB α+β folds is extensively characterized; but all-atom simulations using fully transferrable potentials have not been able to account for this striking switching behavior. Here we introduce an explicit-chain model that combines structure-based native biases for multiple alternative structures with a general physical atomic force field, and apply this construct to twelve mutants spanning the sequence variation between GA and GB. In agreement with experiment, we observe conformational switching from GA to GB upon a single L45Y substitution in the GA98 mutant. In line with the latent evolutionary potential concept, our model shows a gradual sequence-dependent change in fold preference in the mutants before this switch. Our analysis also indicates that a sharp GA/GB switch may arise from the orientation dependence of aromatic π-interactions. These findings provide physical insights toward rationalizing, predicting and designing evolutionary conformational switches.

  16. Atomistic simulations of electrochemical metallization cells: mechanisms of ultra-fast resistance switching in nanoscale devices. (United States)

    Onofrio, Nicolas; Guzman, David; Strachan, Alejandro


    We describe a new method that enables reactive molecular dynamics (MD) simulations of electrochemical processes and apply it to study electrochemical metallization cells (ECMs). The model, called EChemDID, extends the charge equilibration method to capture the effect of external electrochemical potential on partial atomic charges and describes its equilibration over connected metallic structures, on-the-fly, during the MD simulation. We use EChemDID to simulate resistance switching in nanoscale ECMs; these devices consist of an electroactive metal separated from an inactive electrode by an insulator and can be reversibly switched to a low-resistance state by the electrochemical formation of a conducting filament between electrodes. Our structures use Cu as the active electrode and SiO2 as the dielectric and have dimensions at the foreseen limit of scalability of the technology, with a dielectric thickness of approximately 1 nm. We explore the effect of device geometry on switching timescales and find that nanowires with an electroactive shell, where ions migrate towards a smaller inactive electrode core, result in faster switching than planar devices. We observe significant device-to-device variability in switching timescales and intermittent switching for these nanoscale devices. To characterize the evolution in the electronic structure of the dielectric as dissolved metallic ions switch the device, we perform density functional theory calculations on structures obtained from an EChemDID MD simulation. These results confirm the appearance of states around the Fermi energy as the metallic filament bridges the electrodes and show that the metallic ions and not defects in the dielectric contribute to the majority of those states.

  17. Molecular physics

    CERN Document Server

    Williams, Dudley


    Methods of Experimental Physics, Volume 3: Molecular Physics focuses on molecular theory, spectroscopy, resonance, molecular beams, and electric and thermodynamic properties. The manuscript first considers the origins of molecular theory, molecular physics, and molecular spectroscopy, as well as microwave spectroscopy, electronic spectra, and Raman effect. The text then ponders on diffraction methods of molecular structure determination and resonance studies. Topics include techniques of electron, neutron, and x-ray diffraction and nuclear magnetic, nuclear quadropole, and electron spin reson

  18. Dynamic actuation methods for capacitive MEMS shunt switches (United States)

    Khater, M. E.; Vummidi, K.; Abdel-Rahman, E. M.; Nayfeh, A. H.; Raman, S.


    We develop dynamic actuation methods for capacitive MEMS shunt switches. We show that the dynamic actuation voltage is significantly less than the static actuation voltage and demonstrate 60% reduction in the actuation voltage. We also show that this reduction in the actuation voltage depends on the specific dynamic switching technique adopted. For a given operating condition, the minimum realizable switching time is that obtained using static switching. However, we developed a dynamic switching method that yields comparable switching time to that minimum. We also found that squeeze-film damping is the dominant damping mechanism for a shunt switch with a relatively slender bridge (aspect ratio of 11:1).

  19. Two Novel Structures of Optical Packet Switching Nodes

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YIN Hongxi; XU Anshi; WU Deming


    All-optical packet switching networkis currently one of the research hotspots of all-opticalcommunication networks and optical packet switchingnodes are the key technique of optical packet switch-ing network. In this paper, two novel structures ofoptical packet switching nodes are put forward, and the switching capacity of the node and the packet con-tention resolution are analyzed. These two switchingarchitectures can realize wavelength routing switchingfunction and broadcast-and-select switching functionrespectively. They are simple but efficient for realizingoptical packet switching network.

  20. Research of high speed optical switch based on compound semiconductor

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG MingHua; QI Wei; YU Hui; JIANG XiaoQing; YANG JianYi


    High-speed optical switch and its array are the crucial components of all-optical switching system. This paper presents the analytical model of a total-internal-reflection (TIR) optical switch. By employing the carrier injection effect in GaAs and the GaAs/AlGaAs double heterojunction structure, the X-junction TIR switch and the Mach-Zehnder interference (MZI) switch are demonstrated at 1.55 IJm. The measured results show that the extinction ratio of both switches exceeds 20 dB. The switching speed reaches the scale of 10 ns.

  1. Detail study of SiC MOSFET switching characteristics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Li, Helong; Munk-Nielsen, Stig


    This paper makes detail study of the latest SiC MOSFETs switching characteristics in relation to gate driver maximum current, gate resistance, common source inductance and parasitic switching loop inductance. The switching performance of SiC MOSFETs in terms of turn on and turn off voltage...... and current are presented. Switching losses analysis is made according to the experiment results. The switching characteristics study and switching losses analysis could give some guidelines of gate driver IC and gate resistance selection, switching losses estimation and circuit design of SiC MOSFETs....

  2. High frequency switched-mode stimulation can evoke postsynaptic responses in cerebellar principal neurons

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marijn Van Dongen


    Full Text Available This paper investigates the efficacy of high frequency switched-mode neural stimulation. Instead of using a constant stimulation amplitude, the stimulus is switched on and off repeatedly with a high frequency (up to 100kHz duty cycled signal. By means of tissue modeling that includes the dynamic properties of both the tissue material as well as the axon membrane, it is first shown that switched-mode stimulation depolarizes the cell membrane in a similar way as classical constant amplitude stimulation.These findings are subsequently verified using in vitro experiments in which the response of a Purkinje cell is measured due to a stimulation signal in the molecular layer of the cerebellum of a mouse. For this purpose a stimulator circuit is developed that is able to produce a monophasic high frequency switched-mode stimulation signal. The results confirm the modeling by showing that switched-mode stimulation is able to induce similar responses in the Purkinje cell as classical stimulation using a constant current source. This conclusion opens up possibilities for novel stimulation designs that can improve the performance of the stimulator circuitry. Care has to be taken to avoid losses in the system due to the higher operating frequency.

  3. Speed switching of gonococcal surface motility correlates with proton motive force.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Rainer Kurre

    Full Text Available Bacterial type IV pili are essential for adhesion to surfaces, motility, microcolony formation, and horizontal gene transfer in many bacterial species. These polymers are strong molecular motors that can retract at two different speeds. In the human pathogen Neisseria gonorrhoeae speed switching of single pili from 2 µm/s to 1 µm/s can be triggered by oxygen depletion. Here, we address the question how proton motive force (PMF influences motor speed. Using pHluorin expression in combination with dyes that are sensitive to transmembrane ΔpH gradient or transmembrane potential ΔΨ, we measured both components of the PMF at varying external pH. Depletion of PMF using uncouplers reversibly triggered switching into the low speed mode. Reduction of the PMF by ≈ 35 mV was enough to trigger speed switching. Reducing ATP levels by inhibition of the ATP synthase did not induce speed switching. Furthermore, we showed that the strictly aerobic Myxococcus xanthus failed to move upon depletion of PMF or oxygen, indicating that although the mechanical properties of the motor are conserved, its regulatory inputs have evolved differently. We conclude that depletion of PMF triggers speed switching of gonococcal pili. Although ATP is required for gonococcal pilus retraction, our data indicate that PMF is an independent additional energy source driving the high speed mode.


    KAUST Repository

    Abdul Rahim, Farhan


    MEMS based mechanical switches are seen to be the likely replacements for CMOS based switches due to the several advantages that these mechanical switches have over CMOS switches. Mechanical switches can be used in systems under extreme conditions and also provide more reliability and cause less power loss. A major problem with mechanical switches is bouncing. Bouncing is an undesirable characteristic which increases the switching time and causes damage to the switch structure affecting the overall switch life. This thesis proposes a new switch design that may be used to mitigate bouncing by using two voltage sources using a double electrode configuration. The effect of many switch’s tunable parameters is also discussed and an effective tuning technique is also provided. The results are compared to the current control schemes in literature and show that the double electrode scheme is a viable control option.

  5. Switching and Rectification in Carbon-Nanotube Junctions (United States)

    Srivastava, Deepak; Andriotis, Antonis N.; Menon, Madhu; Chernozatonskii, Leonid


    Multi-terminal carbon-nanotube junctions are under investigation as candidate components of nanoscale electronic devices and circuits. Three-terminal "Y" junctions of carbon nanotubes (see Figure 1) have proven to be especially interesting because (1) it is now possible to synthesize them in high yield in a controlled manner and (2) results of preliminary experimental and theoretical studies suggest that such junctions could exhibit switching and rectification properties. Following the preliminary studies, current-versus-voltage characteristics of a number of different "Y" junctions of single-wall carbon nanotubes connected to metal wires were computed. Both semiconducting and metallic nanotubes of various chiralities were considered. Most of the junctions considered were symmetric. These computations involved modeling of the quantum electrical conductivity of the carbon nanotubes and junctions, taking account of such complicating factors as the topological defects (pentagons, heptagons, and octagons) present in the hexagonal molecular structures at the junctions, and the effects of the nanotube/wire interfaces. A major component of the computational approach was the use of an efficient Green s function embedding scheme. The results of these computations showed that symmetric junctions could be expected to support both rectification and switching. The results also showed that rectification and switching properties of a junction could be expected to depend strongly on its symmetry and, to a lesser degree, on the chirality of the nanotubes. In particular, it was found that a zigzag nanotube branching at a symmetric "Y" junction could exhibit either perfect rectification or partial rectification (asymmetric current-versus-voltage characteristic, as in the example of Figure 2). It was also found that an asymmetric "Y" junction would not exhibit rectification.

  6. RF Reference Switch for Spaceflight Radiometer Calibration (United States)

    Knuble, Joseph


    The goal of this technology is to provide improved calibration and measurement sensitivity to the Soil Moisture Active Passive Mission (SMAP) radiometer. While RF switches have been used in the past to calibrate microwave radiometers, the switch used on SMAP employs several techniques uniquely tailored to the instrument requirements and passive remote-sensing in general to improve radiometer performance. Measurement error and sensitivity are improved by employing techniques to reduce thermal gradients within the device, reduce insertion loss during antenna observations, increase insertion loss temporal stability, and increase rejection of radar and RFI (radio-frequency interference) signals during calibration. The two legs of the single-pole double-throw reference switch employ three PIN diodes per leg in a parallel-shunt configuration to minimize insertion loss and increase stability while exceeding rejection requirements at 1,413 MHz. The high-speed packaged diodes are selected to minimize junction capacitance and resistance while ensuring the parallel devices have very similar I-V curves. Switch rejection is improved by adding high-impedance quarter-wave tapers before and after the diodes, along with replacing the ground via of one diode per leg with an open circuit stub. Errors due to thermal gradients in the switch are reduced by embedding the 50-ohm reference load within the switch, along with using a 0.25-in. (approximately equal to 0.6-cm) aluminum prebacked substrate. Previous spaceflight microwave radiometers did not embed the reference load and thermocouple directly within the calibration switch. In doing so, the SMAP switch reduces error caused by thermal gradients between the load and switch. Thermal issues are further reduced by moving the custom, highspeed regulated driver circuit to a physically separate PWB (printed wiring board). Regarding RF performance, previous spaceflight reference switches have not employed high-impedance tapers to improve

  7. Controlled tautomeric switching in azonaphthols tuned by substituents on the phenyl ring. (United States)

    Antonov, Liudmil; Deneva, Vera; Simeonov, Svilen; Kurteva, Vanya; Crochet, Aurelien; Fromm, Katharina M; Shivachev, Boris; Nikolova, Rositsa; Savarese, Marika; Adamo, Carlo


    A series of new tautomeric azonaphthols are synthesized and the possibilities for molecular switching are investigated using molecular spectroscopy, X-ray analysis and density functional theory quantum chemical calculations. Two opposite effects that influence switching are studied: attaching a piperidine sidearm, and adding substituents to the phenyl ring. On the one hand, the attached piperidine moiety stabilizes the enol form leading to a controlled shift of the equilibrium upon protonation. On the other hand, the relative stability of the azonaphthol tautomers strongly depends on the effects of the substituents on the phenyl ring: electron donors tend to stabilize the enol tautomer, whereas electron acceptors lead to stabilization of the keto form. However, these effects do not shift fully the equilibrium towards either of the tautomers. Nevertheless, the effect of the substituents can be an additional tool to affect the switching between "on" and "off" states. Electron-withdrawing substituents stabilize the keto form and impede switching to the off state, whereas electron donors stabilize the enol form. The effect of the piperidine unit is dominant overall, and with strongly electron-withdrawing substituents at the phenyl ring, the enol form exists as a zwitterion.

  8. Bipolar resistive switching in different plant and animal proteins

    KAUST Repository

    Bag, A.


    We report bipolar resistive switching phenomena observed in different types of plant and animal proteins. Using protein as the switching medium, resistive switching devices have been fabricated with conducting indium tin oxide (ITO) and Al as bottom and top electrodes, respectively. A clockwise bipolar resistive switching phenomenon is observed in all proteins. It is shown that the resistive switching phenomena originate from the local redox process in the protein and the ion exchange from the top electrode/protein interface.

  9. Resistive switching in Ag-TiO2 contacts (United States)

    Ghenzi, N.; Stoliar, P.; Fuertes, M. C.; Marlasca, F. G.; Levy, P.


    We study the electric pulse induced resistance switching of TiO2-Ag contacts at room temperature, exploring both unipolar and bipolar switching modes. Initially we observed unipolar response. After hundred pulsing cycles the unipolar switching response vanishes but the device can still be operated in bipolar switching regime. The underlying mechanism for resistance switching is modeled in terms of formation and rupture of filament, and movement of oxygen vacancies.

  10. Large arrays and properties of 3-terminal graphene nanoelectromechanical switches. (United States)

    Liu, Xinghui; Suk, Ji Won; Boddeti, Narasimha G; Cantley, Lauren; Wang, Luda; Gray, Jason M; Hall, Harris J; Bright, Victor M; Rogers, Charles T; Dunn, Martin L; Ruoff, Rodney S; Bunch, J Scott


    Large arrays of 3-terminal nanoelectromechanical graphene switches are fabricated. The switch is designed with a novel geometry that leads to low actuation voltages and improved mechanical integrity, while reducing adhesion forces, which improves the reliability of the switch. A finite element model including non-linear electromechanics is used to simulate the switching behavior and to deduce a scaling relation between the switching voltage and device dimensions.

  11. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Switch Technology and Vendor Survey (United States)

    Berry, Noemi


    Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) switch and software features are described and compared in order to make switch comparisons meaningful. An ATM switch's performance cannot be measured solely based on its claimed switching capacity; traffic management and congestion control are emerging as the determining factors in an ATM network's ultimate throughput. Non-switch ATM products and experiences with actual installations of ATM networks are described. A compilation of select vendor offerings as of October 1994 is provided in chart form.

  12. Adjust or Synchronize LM2586/88 Switching Frequency

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    INTRODUCTIONSwitching frequency is a very important parameter in switchingpower converters. As the switching frequency increases, the physicalsize of magnetic elements and other components in the circuit reducesignificantly. Switching frequency also plays a great role incontrol loop gain and compensation design. Switching frequency determinesthe maximum allowable bandwidth of the control loop.Switching frequency is also important parameter for EMI and noiseissues. The EMI spectrum is a direct function of the switching fre-

  13. Resistive switching in Ag-TiO{sub 2} contacts

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ghenzi, N., E-mail: [Gerencia de Investigacion y Aplicaciones, CAC, CNEA, (1650) San Martin, Pcia. de Buenos Aires (Argentina); Stoliar, P. [Gerencia de Investigacion y Aplicaciones, CAC, CNEA, (1650) San Martin, Pcia. de Buenos Aires (Argentina); Escuela de Ciencia y Tecnologia, Campus Migueletes, UNSAM, Pcia. de Buenos Aires (Argentina); Fuertes, M.C. [Gerencia Quimica, CAC, CNEA, (1650) San Martin, Pcia. de Buenos Aires (Argentina); Marlasca, F.G.; Levy, P. [Gerencia de Investigacion y Aplicaciones, CAC, CNEA, (1650) San Martin, Pcia. de Buenos Aires (Argentina)


    We study the electric pulse induced resistance switching of TiO{sub 2}-Ag contacts at room temperature, exploring both unipolar and bipolar switching modes. Initially we observed unipolar response. After hundred pulsing cycles the unipolar switching response vanishes but the device can still be operated in bipolar switching regime. The underlying mechanism for resistance switching is modeled in terms of formation and rupture of filament, and movement of oxygen vacancies.

  14. Fast packet switch architectures for broadband integrated services digital networks (United States)

    Tobagi, Fouad A.


    Background information on networking and switching is provided, and the various architectures that have been considered for fast packet switches are described. The focus is solely on switches designed to be implemented electronically. A set of definitions and a brief description of the functionality required of fast packet switches are given. Three basic types of packet switches are identified: the shared-memory, shared-medium, and space-division types. Each of these is described, and examples are given.

  15. Molecular valves actuated by intermolecular forces. (United States)

    Snyder, M A; Vlachos, D G


    Phase behavior in nanostructured thin films under a gradient in chemical potential is studied via kinetic Monte Carlo simulation. Switching between saturated, partially saturated, and unsaturated states drives precipitous changes in permeation. This phenomenon could render nanostructured thin films as molecular valves, where adsorbate-adsorbate forces actuate the flow of molecules.

  16. 160-Gb/s Silicon All-Optical Packet Switch for Buffer-less Optical Burst Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hu, Hao; Ji, Hua; Pu, Minhao


    We experimentally demonstrate a 160-Gb/s Ethernet packet switch using an 8.6-mm-long silicon nanowire for optical burst switching, based on cross phase modulation in silicon. One of the four packets at the bit rate of 160 Gb/s is switched by an optical control signal using a silicon based 1 × 1 all-optical...... packet switch. Error free performance (BER optical burst switching protocols could eliminate the need for optical buffering in silicon packet switch based optical burst switching, which might be desirable for high-speed interconnects within a short...

  17. Crystal structure of an HIV assembly and maturation switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wagner, Jonathan M.; Zadrozny, Kaneil K.; Chrustowicz, Jakub; Purdy, Michael D.; Yeager, Mark; Ganser-Pornillos, Barbie K.; Pornillos, Owen


    Virus assembly and maturation proceed through the programmed operation of molecular switches, which trigger both local and global structural rearrangements to produce infectious particles. HIV-1 contains an assembly and maturation switch that spans the C-terminal domain (CTD) of the capsid (CA) region and the first spacer peptide (SP1) of the precursor structural protein, Gag. The crystal structure of the CTD-SP1 Gag fragment is a goblet-shaped hexamer in which the cup comprises the CTD and an ensuing type II β-turn, and the stem comprises a 6-helix bundle. The β-turn is critical for immature virus assembly and the 6-helix bundle regulates proteolysis during maturation. This bipartite character explains why the SP1 spacer is a critical element of HIV-1 Gag but is not a universal property of retroviruses. Our results also indicate that HIV-1 maturation inhibitors suppress unfolding of the CA-SP1 junction and thereby delay access of the viral protease to its substrate.

  18. Probabilistic and Flux Landscapes of the Phage $\\lambda$ Genetic Switch

    CERN Document Server

    Borggren, Nathan


    The phage $\\lambda$ infection of an \\textit{E. coli} cell has become a paradigm for understanding the molecular processes involved in gene expression and cell signaling. This system provides an example of a genetic switch, as cells with identical DNA choose either of two cell cycles: a lysogenic cycle, in which the phage genome is incorporated into the host and copied by the host; or a lytic cycle, resulting in the death of the cell and a burst of viruses. The robustness of this switch is remarkable; although the first stages of the lysogenic and lytic cycles are identical, a lysogen rarely spontaneously flips, and external stressors or instantaneous cell conditions are required to induce flipping. In particular, the cell fate decision can depend on the populations of two proteins, cI and Cro, as well as their oligomerization and subsequent binding affinities to three DNA sites. These processes in turn govern the rates at which RNAp transcribes the cI and Cro genes to produce more of their respective proteins...

  19. Optimization of multi-branch switched diversity systems

    KAUST Repository

    Nam, Haewoon


    A performance optimization based on the optimal switching threshold(s) for a multi-branch switched diversity system is discussed in this paper. For the conventional multi-branch switched diversity system with a single switching threshold, the optimal switching threshold is a function of both the average channel SNR and the number of diversity branches, where computing the optimal switching threshold is not a simple task when the number of diversity branches is high. The newly proposed multi-branch switched diversity system is based on a sequence of switching thresholds, instead of a single switching threshold, where a different diversity branch uses a different switching threshold for signal comparison. Thanks to the fact that each switching threshold in the sequence can be optimized only based on the number of the remaining diversity branches, the proposed system makes it easy to find these switching thresholds. Furthermore, some selected numerical and simulation results show that the proposed switched diversity system with the sequence of optimal switching thresholds outperforms the conventional system with the single optimal switching threshold. © 2009 IEEE.

  20. Generalized Multi-Cell Switched-Inductor and Switched-Capacitor Z-source Inverters

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Li, Ding; Chiang Loh, Poh; Zhu, Miao;


    . Their boosting gains are, therefore, limited in practice. To overcome these shortcomings, the generalized switched-inductor and switched-capacitor Z-source inverters are proposed, whose extra boosting abilities and other advantages have already been verified in simulation and experiment....

  1. Analysis on the Motivations of Code–Switching%Analysis on the Motivations of Code– Switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)



    Code-switching is a common phenomenon in language contact. It reflects the speaker's psychological state and his attitude towards a certain language or a language variety. This paper briefly analyzes the social and psychological motivations of the speakers when they use code-switching.

  2. A notion of passivity for switched systems with state-dependent switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)


    A passivity concept for switched systems with state-dependent switching is presented. Each subsystem has a storage function to describe the "energy" stored in the subsystem. The passivity property of a switched system is given in terms of multiple Storage functions. Each storage function is allowed to grow on the "switched on" time sequence but the total growth is bounded by a certain function. Stability is inferred from passivity and asymptotic stability is achieved under further assumptions of a detectivity property of a local form and boundedness of the total change of some storage function on its inactive intervals. A state-dependent switching law that renders the system passive is also designed.

  3. Rapid and reversible photoinduced switching of a rotaxane crystal (United States)

    Chen, Kai-Jen; Tsai, Ya-Ching; Suzaki, Yuji; Osakada, Kohtaro; Miura, Atsushi; Horie, Masaki


    Crystalline phase transitions caused by external stimuli have been used to detect physical changes in the solid-state properties. This study presents the mechanical switching of crystals of ferrocene-containing rotaxane controlled by focused laser light. The expansion and contraction of the crystals can be driven by turning on and off laser light at 445 nm. The irradiation-induced expansion of the crystal involves elongation along the a, b and c axes at 30 °C, whereas heating of the crystal at 105 °C causes the shortening of c axis. The expansions reversibly occur and have the advantage of a rapid relaxation (reverse) process. Single-crystal X-ray crystallography reveals the detailed structural changes of the molecules, corresponding to a change in the size of the crystals on laser irradiation. This molecular crystal behaviour induced by laser irradiation, is demonstrated for the remote control of objects, namely, microparticle transport and microswitching in an electric circuit.

  4. Ultrafast Surface Plasmonic Switch in Non-Plasmonic Metals

    CERN Document Server

    Bévillon, E; Recoules, V; Zhang, H; Li, C; Stoian, R


    We demonstrate that ultrafast carrier excitation can drastically affect electronic structures and induce brief surface plasmonic response in non-plasmonic metals, potentially creating a plasmonic switch. Using first-principles molecular dynamics and Kubo-Greenwood formalism for laser-excited tungsten we show that carrier heating mobilizes d electrons into collective inter and intraband transitions leading to a sign flip in the imaginary optical conductivity, activating plasmonic properties for the initial non-plasmonic phase. The drive for the optical evolution can be visualized as an increasingly damped quasi-resonance at visible frequencies for pumping carriers across a chemical potential located in a d-band pseudo-gap with energy-dependent degree of occupation. The subsequent evolution of optical indices for the excited material is confirmed by time-resolved ultrafast ellipsometry. The large optical tunability extends the existence spectral domain of surface plasmons in ranges typically claimed in laser se...

  5. Control of Stochastic and Induced Switching in Biophysical Networks (United States)

    Wells, Daniel K.; Kath, William L.; Motter, Adilson E.


    Noise caused by fluctuations at the molecular level is a fundamental part of intracellular processes. While the response of biological systems to noise has been studied extensively, there has been limited understanding of how to exploit it to induce a desired cell state. Here we present a scalable, quantitative method based on the Freidlin-Wentzell action to predict and control noise-induced switching between different states in genetic networks that, conveniently, can also control transitions between stable states in the absence of noise. We apply this methodology to models of cell differentiation and show how predicted manipulations of tunable factors can induce lineage changes, and further utilize it to identify new candidate strategies for cancer therapy in a cell death pathway model. This framework offers a systems approach to identifying the key factors for rationally manipulating biophysical dynamics, and should also find use in controlling other classes of noisy complex networks. PMID:26451275

  6. Mitochondrial biology. Replication-transcription switch in human mitochondria. (United States)

    Agaronyan, Karen; Morozov, Yaroslav I; Anikin, Michael; Temiakov, Dmitry


    Coordinated replication and expression of the mitochondrial genome is critical for metabolically active cells during various stages of development. However, it is not known whether replication and transcription can occur simultaneously without interfering with each other and whether mitochondrial DNA copy number can be regulated by the transcription machinery. We found that interaction of human transcription elongation factor TEFM with mitochondrial RNA polymerase and nascent transcript prevents the generation of replication primers and increases transcription processivity and thereby serves as a molecular switch between replication and transcription, which appear to be mutually exclusive processes in mitochondria. TEFM may allow mitochondria to increase transcription rates and, as a consequence, respiration and adenosine triphosphate production without the need to replicate mitochondrial DNA, as has been observed during spermatogenesis and the early stages of embryogenesis.

  7. Control of Stochastic and Induced Switching in Biophysical Networks (United States)

    Wells, Daniel K.; Kath, William L.; Motter, Adilson E.


    Noise caused by fluctuations at the molecular level is a fundamental part of intracellular processes. While the response of biological systems to noise has been studied extensively, there has been limited understanding of how to exploit it to induce a desired cell state. Here we present a scalable, quantitative method based on the Freidlin-Wentzell action to predict and control noise-induced switching between different states in genetic networks that, conveniently, can also control transitions between stable states in the absence of noise. We apply this methodology to models of cell differentiation and show how predicted manipulations of tunable factors can induce lineage changes, and further utilize it to identify new candidate strategies for cancer therapy in a cell death pathway model. This framework offers a systems approach to identifying the key factors for rationally manipulating biophysical dynamics, and should also find use in controlling other classes of noisy complex networks.

  8. Launched electrons in plasma opening switches (United States)

    Mendel, C. W., Jr.; Rochau, G. E.; Sweeney, M. A.; McDaniel, D. H.; Quintenz, J. P.; Savage, M. E.; Lindman, E. L.; Kindel, J. M.

    Plasma opening switches have provided a means to improve the characteristics of super-power pulse generators. Recent advances involving plasma control with fast and slow magnetic fields have made these switches more versatile, allowing for improved switch uniformity, triggering, and opening current levels that are set by the level of auxiliary fields. Such switches necessarily involve breaks in the translational symmetry of the transmission line geometry and therefore affect the electron flow characteristics of the line. These symmetry breaks are the result of high electric field regions caused by plasma conductors remaining in the transmission line, ion beams crossing the line, or auxilliary magnetic field regions. Symmetry breaks cause the canonical momentum of the electrons to change, thereby moving them away from the cathode. Additional electrons are pulled from the cathode into the magnetically insulated flow, resulting in an excess of electron flow over that expected for the voltage and line current downstream of the switch. These electrons are called launched electrons. Unless they are recaptured at the cathode or else are fed into the load and used beneficially, they cause a large power loss downstream. Examples are shown of SuperMite and PBFA II data showing these losses, the tools used to study them are explained, and the mechanisms employed to mitigate the problem are discussed. The losses will be reduced primarily by reducing the amount of launched electron flow.


    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ali Muhammad Ali Rushdi


    Full Text Available There is an established equivalence between relational database Functional Dependencies (FDs and a fragment of switching algebra that is built typically of Horn clauses. This equivalence pertains to both concepts and procedures of the FD relational database domain and the switching algebraic domain. This study is an exposition of the use of switching-algebraic tools in solving problems typically encountered in the analysis and design of relational databases. The switching-algebraic tools utilized include purely-algebraic techniques, purely-visual techniques employing the Karnaugh map and intermediary techniques employing the variable-entered Karnaugh map. The problems handled include; (a the derivation of the closure of a Dependency Set (DS, (b the derivation of the closure of a set of attributes, (c the determination of all candidate keys and (d the derivation of irredundant dependency sets equivalent to a given DS and consequently the determination of the minimal cover of such a set. A relatively large example illustrates the switching-algebraic approach and demonstrates its pedagogical and computational merits over the traditional approach.

  10. An overview of packet-switching communications (United States)

    Heggestad, H. M.


    A brief introduction is provided to an alternative computer-based technique for connecting a source to a destination, one which is not an evolutionary improvement in circuit switching but a radical departure from traditional techniques, namely packet switching. It is noted that this mechanism is becoming firmly established as a method for communicating digital data. Advances are also being made rapidly in the transmission of voice by this means, and packet switching may in fact be ideal for some future systems in which voice and data are fully integrated. The distinguishing feature of a packet-switched system is that a computer organizes outgoing digital information into segments which make their way independently to the receiving stations. Here, other computers reassemble them into replicas of the original message. One of the objectives conveniently achieved by packet systems is robustness with respect to blockage on particular links in the network. It is pointed out that two significant limitations affect the design and use of packet-switched systems; one is the need for substantial computer processing and bit manipulation at the network nodes, the other is accumulation of delay for real-time traffic.

  11. An evaluation of Access Tier local area network switches.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Eldridge, John M.; Olsberg, Ronald R.


    This reports tabulates the Test and Evaluation results of the Access Class Switch tests conducted by members of Department 9336. About 15 switches were reviewed for use in the enterprise network as access tier switches as defined in a three tier architecture. The Access Switch Tier has several functions including: aggregate customer desktop ports, preserve and apply QoS tags, provide switched LAN access, provide VLAN assignment, as well as others. The typical switch size is 48 or less user ports. The evaluation team reviewed network switch evaluation reports from the Tolly Group as well as other sources. We then used these reports as a starting point to identify particular switches for evaluation. In general we reviewed the products of dominant equipment manufacturers. Also, based on architectural design requirements, the majority of the switches tested were of relatively small monolithic unit variety.

  12. A new Zero-Current-Transition PWM switching cell

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Grigore, V. [Electronics and Telecommunications Faculty, `Politechnica` University Bucharest (Romania); Kyyrae, J. [Helsinki University of Technology, Otaniemi (Finland): Institute of Intelligent Power Electronics


    In this paper a new Zero-Current-Transition (ZCT) PWM switching cell is presented. The proposed switching cell is composed of the normal hard-switched PWM cell (consisting of one active switch and one passive switch), plus as auxiliary circuit. The auxiliary circuit is inactive during the ON ad OFF intervals of the switches in the normal PWM switch. The transitions between the two states are controlled by the auxiliary circuit. Prior to turn-off, the current through the active switch in the PWM cell is forced to zero, thus the turn-off losses of the active switch are practically eliminated. At turn-on the auxiliary circuit slows down the growing rate of the current through the main switch. Thus, turn-on losses are also very much reduced. The active switch operates under ZCT conditions, the passive switch (diode) has a controlled reverse recovery, while the switch in the auxiliary circuit operates under Zero-Current-Switching (ZCS) conditions. (orig.) 3 refs.

  13. Ultra High-Speed Radio Frequency Switch Based on Photonics. (United States)

    Ge, Jia; Fok, Mable P


    Microwave switches, or Radio Frequency (RF) switches have been intensively used in microwave systems for signal routing. Compared with the fast development of microwave and wireless systems, RF switches have been underdeveloped particularly in terms of switching speed and operating bandwidth. In this paper, we propose a photonics based RF switch that is capable of switching at tens of picoseconds speed, which is hundreds of times faster than any existing RF switch technologies. The high-speed switching property is achieved with the use of a rapidly tunable microwave photonic filter with tens of gigahertz frequency tuning speed, where the tuning mechanism is based on the ultra-fast electro-optics Pockels effect. The RF switch has a wide operation bandwidth of 12 GHz and can go up to 40 GHz, depending on the bandwidth of the modulator used in the scheme. The proposed RF switch can either work as an ON/OFF switch or a two-channel switch, tens of picoseconds switching speed is experimentally observed for both type of switches.

  14. Switching overvoltages in offshore wind power grids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Arana Aristi, Ivan

    Switching transients in wind turbines, the collection grid, the export system and the external grid in offshore wind farms, during normal or abnormal operation, are the most important phenomena when conducting insulation coordination studies. However, the recommended models and methods from...... electrical systems and the topic of transients is given in Chapter 1. In Chapter 2 it is described how the component and sub-system models are developed and used from an applied point of view, where common and detail models are mentioned. In Chapter 3 results from frequency domain measurement on transformers...... and cables are presented. In Chapter 4 results from time domain measurements and simulations of switching operations in offshore wind power grids are described. Specifically, switching operations on a single wind turbine, the collection grid, the export system and the external grid measured in several real...

  15. Nanoeletromechanical switch and logic circuits formed therefrom (United States)

    Nordquist, Christopher D.; Czaplewski, David A.


    A nanoelectromechanical (NEM) switch is formed on a substrate with a source electrode containing a suspended electrically-conductive beam which is anchored to the substrate at each end. This beam, which can be formed of ruthenium, bows laterally in response to a voltage applied between a pair of gate electrodes and the source electrode to form an electrical connection between the source electrode and a drain electrode located near a midpoint of the beam. Another pair of gate electrodes and another drain electrode can be located on an opposite side of the beam to allow for switching in an opposite direction. The NEM switch can be used to form digital logic circuits including NAND gates, NOR gates, programmable logic gates, and SRAM and DRAM memory cells which can be used in place of conventional CMOS circuits, or in combination therewith.

  16. [Switching and combining strategies of antidepressant medications]. (United States)

    Charpeaud, Thomas; Moliere, Fanny; Bubrovszky, Maxime; Haesebaert, Frédéric; Allaïli, Najib; Bation, Rémy; Nieto, Isabel; Richieri, Raphaëlle; Saba, Ghassen; Bellivier, Frank; Bennabi, Djamila; Holtzmann, Jérôme; Camus, Vincent; Courtet, Philippe; Courvoisier, Pierre; d'Amato, Thierry; Doumy, Olivier; Garnier, Marion; Bougerol, Thierry; Lançon, Christophe; Haffen, Emmanuel; Leboyer, Marion; Llorca, Pierre-Michel; Vaiva, Guillaume; El-Hage, Wissam; Aouizerate, Bruno


    Switching antidepressant medication may be helpful in depressed patients having no benefit from the initial antidepressant treatment. Before considering switching strategy, the initial antidepressant treatment should produce no therapeutic effect after at least 4 weeks of administration at adequate dosage. Choosing an antidepressant of pharmacologically distinct profile fails to consistently demonstrate a significant superiority in terms of effectiveness over the switching to another antidepressant within the same pharmacological class. Augmenting SSRI/SNRIs with mirtazapine/mianserin has become the most recommended strategy of antidepressant combinations. Augmenting SSRI with tricyclic drugs is now a less recommended strategy of antidepressant combinations given the increased risk for the occurrence of pharmacokinetic drug-drug interactions and adverse effects.

  17. A case of 'task-switching acalculia'. (United States)

    Domahs, Frank; Benke, Thomas; Delazer, Margarete


    In this study we describe a patient (FR) with left frontal lesions due to a cerebrovascular disorder of embolic origin. Beyond a general slowness, FR showed deficits in simple multiplication only when problems were presented in a mixed operations list (multiplication, addition, and subtraction), while no such deficits were observed for the same multiplication problems in blocked presentation. Deficits were restricted to trials directly affected by a switch (increased switch costs), but not to subsequent trials (no increased mixing costs). Thus, we provide the first detailed description of a condition which could be termed 'task-switching acalculia' in a stroke patient. This case highlights the need for mixed operation lists in the diagnosis of acalculia.

  18. Interaction-Induced Mode Switching in Microlasers

    CERN Document Server

    Ge, Li; Johnson, Steven G; Rotter, Stefan; Tureci, Hakan E; Cerjan, Alexander; Cao, Hui; Stone, A Douglas


    We demonstrate that due to strong modal interactions through cross-gain saturation, the onset of a new lasing mode can switch off an existing mode via a negative power slope. In this process of interaction-induced mode switching (IMS) the two involved modes maintain their identities, i.e. they do not change their spatial field patterns or lasing frequencies. For a fixed pump profile, a simple analytic criterion for the occurrence of IMS is given in terms of their self- and cross-interaction coefficients and non-interacting thresholds, which is verified for the example of a two-dimensional microdisk laser. When the spatial pump profile is varied as the pump power is increased, IMS can be induced even when it would not occur with a fixed pump profile, as we show for two coupled laser cavities. Our findings may have potential applications in robust and flexible all-optical switching.

  19. Vacuum interrupters and thyratrons as opening switches (United States)

    Honig, E. M.

    High power opening switches for inductive storage for large scale energy storage applications are described. The triggered vacuum interrupter and the magnetically quenched thyratrons are discussed. By electrically retriggering the discharge in the vacuum interrupter between pulses, the dependence on mechanical motion is eliminated. This should enable repetition rate operation at 10 to 15 kHz while still maintaining the vacuum interrupter's proven interrupting performance of tens of kiloamps at tens of kilovolts. The magnetically quenched thyratron uses a cross magnetic field to raise the switch impedance by decreasing the electron mobility and driving the discharge into an arc chute wall where it is quenched. Attempts to understand the basic mechanisms involved and to increase the switch, ratings, and particularly the conduction time, are discussed.

  20. Magnetic switching of nanoscale antidot lattices

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ulf Wiedwald


    Full Text Available We investigate the rich magnetic switching properties of nanoscale antidot lattices in the 200 nm regime. In-plane magnetized Fe, Co, and Permalloy (Py as well as out-of-plane magnetized GdFe antidot films are prepared by a modified nanosphere lithography allowing for non-close packed voids in a magnetic film. We present a magnetometry protocol based on magneto-optical Kerr microscopy elucidating the switching modes using first-order reversal curves. The combination of various magnetometry and magnetic microscopy techniques as well as micromagnetic simulations delivers a thorough understanding of the switching modes. While part of the investigations has been published before, we summarize these results and add significant new insights in the magnetism of exchange-coupled antidot lattices.

  1. Language switching makes pronunciation less nativelike. (United States)

    Goldrick, Matthew; Runnqvist, Elin; Costa, Albert


    It is well known that multilingual speakers' nonnative productions are accented. Do these deviations from monolingual productions simply reflect the mislearning of nonnative sound categories, or can difficulties in processing speech sounds also contribute to a speaker's accent? Such difficulties are predicted by interactive theories of production, which propose that nontarget representations, partially activated during lexical access, influence phonetic processing. We examined this possibility using language switching, a task that is well known to disrupt multilingual speech production. We found that these disruptions extend to the articulation of individual speech sounds. When native Spanish speakers are required to unexpectedly switch the language of production between Spanish and English, their speech becomes more accented than when they do not switch languages (particularly for cognate targets). These findings suggest that accents reflect not only difficulty in acquiring second-language speech sounds but also the influence of representations partially activated during on-line speech processing.

  2. Observation of Single-Photon Switching

    CERN Document Server

    Chen, Y F; Liu, Y C; Yu, I A; Chen, Yong-Fan; Tsai, Zen-Hsiang; Liu, Yu-Chen; Yu, Ite A.


    We report an experimental demonstration of single-photon switching in laser-cooled $^{87}$Rb atoms. A resonant probe pulse with an energy per unit area of one photon per $\\lambda^2/2\\pi$ propagates through the optically thick atoms. Its energy transmittance is greater than 63% or loss is less than $e^{-1}$ due to the effect of electromagnetically induced transparency. In the presence of a switching pulse with an energy per unit area of 1.4 photons per $\\lambda^2/2\\pi$, the energy transmittance of the same probe pulse becomes less than 37% or $e^{-1}$. This substantial reduction of the probe transmittance caused by single switching photons has potential applications in single-photon-level nonlinear optics and the manipulation of quantum information.

  3. Micro electro mechanical system optical switching (United States)

    Thorson, Kevin J; Stevens, Rick C; Kryzak, Charles J; Leininger, Brian S; Kornrumpf, William P; Forman, Glenn A; Iannotti, Joseph A; Spahn, Olga B; Cowan, William D; Dagel, Daryl J


    The present disclosure includes apparatus, system, and method embodiments that provide micro electo mechanical system optical switching and methods of manufacturing switches. For example, one optical switch embodiment includes at least one micro electro mechanical system type pivot mirror structure disposed along a path of an optical signal, the structure having a mirror and an actuator, and the mirror having a pivot axis along a first edge and having a second edge rotatable with respect to the pivot axis, the mirror being capable of and arranged to be actuated to pivot betweeen a position parallel to a plane of an optical signal and a position substantially normal to the plane of the optical signal.

  4. Magnetic switch for reactor control rod. [LMFBR (United States)

    Germer, J.H.


    A magnetic reed switch assembly is described for activating an electromagnetic grapple utilized to hold a control rod in position above a reactor core. In normal operation the magnetic field of a permanent magnet is short-circuited by a magnetic shunt, diverting the magnetic field away from the reed switch. The magnetic shunt is made of a material having a Curie-point at the desired release temperature. Above that temperature the material loses its ferromagnetic properties, and the magnetic path is diverted to the reed switch which closes and short-circuits the control circuit for the control rod electro-magnetic grapple which allows the control rod to drop into the reactor core for controlling the reactivity of the core.

  5. Magnetic switching of nanoscale antidot lattices (United States)

    Gräfe, Joachim; Lebecki, Kristof M; Skripnik, Maxim; Haering, Felix; Schütz, Gisela; Ziemann, Paul; Goering, Eberhard; Nowak, Ulrich


    Summary We investigate the rich magnetic switching properties of nanoscale antidot lattices in the 200 nm regime. In-plane magnetized Fe, Co, and Permalloy (Py) as well as out-of-plane magnetized GdFe antidot films are prepared by a modified nanosphere lithography allowing for non-close packed voids in a magnetic film. We present a magnetometry protocol based on magneto-optical Kerr microscopy elucidating the switching modes using first-order reversal curves. The combination of various magnetometry and magnetic microscopy techniques as well as micromagnetic simulations delivers a thorough understanding of the switching modes. While part of the investigations has been published before, we summarize these results and add significant new insights in the magnetism of exchange-coupled antidot lattices. PMID:27335762

  6. Chalcogenide Nanoionic-based Radio Frequency Switch (United States)

    Nessel, James (Inventor); Lee, Richard (Inventor)


    A nonvolatile nanoionic switch is disclosed. A thin layer of chalcogenide glass engages a substrate and a metal selected from the group of silver and copper photo-dissolved in the chalcogenide glass. A first oxidizable electrode and a second inert electrode engage the chalcogenide glass and are spaced apart from each other forming a gap therebetween. A direct current voltage source is applied with positive polarity applied to the oxidizable electrode and negative polarity applied to the inert electrode which electrodeposits silver or copper across the gap closing the switch. Reversing the polarity of the switch dissolves the electrodeposited metal and returns it to the oxidizable electrode. A capacitor arrangement may be formed with the same structure and process.

  7. Code-switching in letter writing

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P.S. Sobahle


    Full Text Available The study sets out to investigate code switching in letter writing among a small group ofXhosa speaking people. Code switching is found in informal speech and informal writing. It was established from the data that the closer people are, the more code switching there is. Code switching seems to follow a pattern in that it was observed to occur: (a only with certain people (b when talking about certain topics (c when wanting to exclude another person (d when emphasising a point. Code switching also appears to have a 'grammar' of its own. It is not in any way a pidgin. It is clear from the data that code switching does not reflect denial of one's identity. English, being the medium of education for Blacks in South Africa, is therefore bound to be reflected not only in their speech but also in their writing. Die studie het ten doe/ om registeroorskakeling in die skryf van briewe deur 'n klein groepie Xhosasprekendes te ondersoek. Registeroorskakeling word gevind in informele spraak en informele skryfwerk. Daar is uit die data vasgestel dat hoe intiemer mense is hoe meer vind registeroorskakeling plaas. Volgens waarneming blyk dit dat registeroorskakeling 'n patroon volg, want dit het voorgekom: (a net by sekere mense (b wanneer oor sekere onderwerpe gepraat is (c wanneer 'n ander per soon uitgeskakel is (d wanneer 'n mening beklemtoon is. Registeroorskakeling blyk 'n eie grammatika te he. Dit is geensins "pidgin" nie. Dit blyk uit data dat die skrywer se identiteit nie verlore raak tydens registeroorskakeling nie. Omdat Engels die medium van onderrig vir Swartes in Suid-Afrika is, sal dit noodwendig nie net in hulle spraak nie, maar ook in hul skryfwerk gereflekteer word.

  8. Manufacturing fuel-switching capability, 1988

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)


    Historically, about one-third of all energy consumed in the United States has been used by manufacturers. About one-quarter of manufacturing energy is used as feedstocks and raw material inputs that are converted into nonenergy products; the remainder is used for its energy content. During 1988, the most recent year for which data are available, manufacturers consumed 15.5 quadrillion British thermal units (Btu) of energy to produce heat and power and to generate electricity. The manufacturing sector also has widespread capabilities to switch from one fuel to another for either economic or emergency reasons. There are numerous ways to define fuel switching. For the purposes of the Manufacturing Energy Consumption Survey (MECS), fuel switching is defined as the capability to substitute one energy source for another within 30 days with no significant modifications to the fuel-consuming equipment, while keeping production constant. Fuel-switching capability allows manufacturers substantial flexibility in choosing their mix of energy sources. The consumption of a given energy source can be maximized if all possible switching into that energy source takes place. The estimates in this report are based on data collected on the 1988 Manufacturing Energy Consumption Survey (MECS), Forms 846 (A through C). The EIA conducts this national sample survey of manufacturing energy consumption on a triennial basis. The MECS is the only comprehensive source of national-level data on energy-related information for the manufacturing industries. The MECS was first conducted in 1986 to collect data for 1985. This report presents information on the fuel-switching capabilities of manufacturers in 1988. This report is the second of a series based on the 1988 MECS. 8 figs., 31 tabs.

  9. Switching to a Mac For Dummies

    CERN Document Server

    Reinhold, Arnold


    Thinking of making the switch from your PC to a Mac? Congratulations! You're in for a great, virus-free ride. And Switching to Mac For Dummies makes it smoother than you ever imagined. From buying the Mac that's right for you to transferring your files to breaking your old Windows habits and learning to do things the (much easier) Mac way, it makes the whole process practically effortless. Whether you've been using Windows XP, Vista, or even Linux, you'll find simple, straightforward ways to make your transition go smoothly. That will leave you plenty of time to get familiar with Mac'

  10. Solid state opening switches of new type (United States)

    Kudasov, Yu. B.; Makarov, I. V.; Pavlov, V. N.


    We discuss two new types of high-current solid-state opening switches based on nonlinear diffusion of a strong magnetic field into a substance. In the first case, a magnetic field penetrates into solid solution (V 1- xCr x) 2O 3, which undergoes a metal-insulator phase transition of the first order under Joule heating. In the second case, a switching of current occurs due to the Hall diffusion of magnetic field into n-InAs. Results of numerical analysis are presented.

  11. Resistance switching in silver - manganite contacts

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gomez-Marlasca, F [Materia Condensada GIA GAIANN CAC -CNEA, and Instituto de Nanociencia y Nanotecnologia, CNEA, Gral Paz 1499 (1650) San Martin, Pcia. Buenos Aires (Argentina); Levy, P, E-mail:


    We investigate the electric pulse induced resistance switching in a transition metal oxide-metal contact at room temperature - a non volatile, reversible and multilevel memory device. Using a simple multiterminal configuration, we find that the complementary effect -in which the contact resistance of each pulsed electrode displays variations of opposite sign- is strongly influenced by the history of the pulsing procedure. Loops performed by varying the magnitude and sign of the stimulus at each pulsed electrode allow to disentangle their sole contribution at different stages of the process. Electromigration of oxygen ions and vacancies is discussed as participating at the core of the underlying mechanisms for resistance switching.

  12. Theory of circuit block switch-off

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Henzler


    Full Text Available Switching-off unused circuit blocks is a promising approach to supress static leakage currents in ultra deep sub-micron CMOS digital systems. Basic performance parameters of Circuit Block Switch-Off (CBSO schemes are defined and their dependence on basic circuit parameters is estimated. Therefore the design trade-off between strong leakage suppression in idle mode and adequate dynamic performance in active mode can be supported by simple analytic investigations. Additionally, a guideline for the estimation of the minimum time for which a block deactivation is useful is derived.

  13. Scalable and Practical Nonblocking Switching Networks

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Si-Qing Zheng; Ashwin Gumaste


    Large-scale strictly nonblocking (SNB) and wide-sense nonblocking (WSNB) networks may be infeasible due to their high cost. In contrast, rearrangeable nonblocking (RNB) networks are more scalable because of their much lower cost. However, RNB networks are not suitable for circuit switching. In this paper, the concept of virtual nonblockingness is introduced. It is shown that a virtual nonblocking (VNB) network functions like an SNB or WSNB network, but it is constructed with the cost of an RNB network. The results indicate that for large-scale circuit switching applications, it is only needed to build VNB networks.

  14. Automatic Mode Switch (AMS Causes Less Synchronization

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)



    Full Text Available Introduction Cardiac resynchronization devices are part of modern heart failure management. After implantation, we analyze and program devices in an attempt to ensure their success. Biventricular pacing should be 98% or more for the lowest mortality and best symptom improvement. Case Presentation In this case series, we present a combination of far field sensing and automatic mode switching (AMS in six patients. It is found that this combination causes ventricular sensing (VS episodes with wide QRS and no synchronization. We turn off the AMS and alleviate the problem. Conclusions Switching AMS off may increase biventricular pacing in some patients.

  15. Design of a Clap Activated Switch

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Seyi Stephen OLOKEDE


    Full Text Available This paper presents the design of a clap activated switch device that will serve well in different phono-controlled applications, providing inexpensive key and at the same time flee from false triggering.This involves the design of various sages consisting of the pickup transducer, low frequency, audio low power and low noise amplifier, timer, bistable and switches. It also consists of special network components to prevent false triggering and ensure desired performance objectives. A decade counter IC serves the bistable function instead of flip-flop, special transistor and edge triggering network for low audio frequency.

  16. Designing a zero emissions power switch locomotive

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shapiro, J.; Hines, J. [National Instruments, Austin, TX (United States)


    In addition to providing electric power and drinking water in manned spacecraft, fuel cell power plants have provided safe, clean electric power to hospitals, universities and other facilities since the early 1990s. This paper described a zero emissions hydrogen and battery-powered hybrid switching locomotive designed for use in rail, port and military base applications. Designed in partnership with a consortium, the prototype hybrid switching locomotive is comprised of a number of proven commercial technologies and includes a control system developed by National Instruments. New applications for hydrogen fuel cell use in industrial vehicles were also discussed. The new design was scheduled for field testing at the end of 2008.

  17. Synchronization of Asynchronous Switched Boolean Network. (United States)

    Zhang, Hao; Wang, Xingyuan; Lin, Xiaohui


    In this paper, the complete synchronizations for asynchronous switched Boolean network with free Boolean sequence controllers and close-loop controllers are studied. First, the basic asynchronous switched Boolean network model is provided. With the method of semi-tensor product, the Boolean dynamics is translated into linear representation. Second, necessary and sufficient conditions for ASBN synchronization with free Boolean sequence control and close-loop control are derived, respectively. Third, some illustrative examples are provided to show the efficiency of the proposed methods.

  18. Code-switching and borrowing in Irish


    Hickey, Tina


    An increase in code-switching is one of the signs that a minority language is coming under pressure from a majority language. This study examines the extent and nature of code-switching among a key group of adult native speakers of Irish -Leaders in Irish-medium preschools. Data were collected from 10 women (aged 30-50) as they interacted with preschool children (aged 3-5) years in naíonraí (Irish-medium preschools) in Irish-speaking communities. The frequency of intrasentential code-switchin...

  19. A novel photonic crystal fibre switch

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Alkeskjold, Thomas Tanggaard; Hermann, D.S.; Broeng, Jes


    A new thermo-optic fibre switch is demonstrated, which utilizes the phase transitions of a thermochromic liquid crystal inside a photonic crystal fibre. We report an extinction ratio of 60 dB and an insertion loss of 1 dB.......A new thermo-optic fibre switch is demonstrated, which utilizes the phase transitions of a thermochromic liquid crystal inside a photonic crystal fibre. We report an extinction ratio of 60 dB and an insertion loss of 1 dB....

  20. Valley blockade quantum switching in Silicon nanostructures. (United States)

    Prati, Enrico


    In analogy to the Coulomb and the Pauli spin blockade, based on the electrostatic repulsion and the Pauli exclusion principle respectively, the concept of valley blockade in Silicon nanostructures is explored. The valley parity operator is defined. Valley blockade is determined by the parity conservation of valley composition eigenvectors in quantum transport. A Silicon quantum changeover switch based on a triple of donor quantum dots capable to separate electrons having opposite valley parity by virtue of the valley parity conservation is proposed. The quantum changeover switch represents a novel kind of hybrid quantum based classical logic device.